Marked for Death: A Rational Naruto Quest (STORY ONLY)

Interlude: On the Same Page
Interlude: On the Same Page

16.45 p.m., Monday, January 11th, 1069 AS, the day before the Hokage election.

Two pages turned in unison. A second passed.

"Does this look like a contradiction to you, Shikamaru? On page twelve, he draws a parallel between the parent-child relationship and master-apprentice relationship, yet here he suggests the two are so different they cannot be compared."

"On the contrary, Ami. You must remember, this chapter was written in 1040, soon after the artificial family of the Three disbanded and went their separate ways. He had been their father figure during their apprentice days, the two relationships being parallel and often inseparable. However, while he could not be blamed for the dissolution of the master-apprentice relationship over the course of the war, as the newly-minted Third Hokage he felt doubly responsible for his personal failure to preserve their family bonds. This contrast gave rise to the apparent contradiction."

"Can an inconsistent philosophy truly be made consistent by grounding it in life experience? But let us move on. I'm curious to see how he expands the topic."

Two pages turned in unison.

-o-​

Shikamaru gave a profound groan as he looked up from his desk, which had long since turned from its rich mahogany to the all-consuming light brown of paper. "Ami, you are the last person in the world I wish to see right now."

"Naruto, converted to the Spirit of Youth and with a full set of clones."

"Fine," Shikamaru said miserably. "You are the thirty-second last person I wish to see right now. Please leave the compound via the nearest exit, and go interact with Keiko, or whatever pastime of yours does the least damage to my village." He waved in a none-too-hopeful manner in the direction of the door.

"Keiko? Least damaging pastime?" Ami gave him a sceptical look.

"Yes, fine, you talking to Keiko earlier is about to give rise to disaster on a scale surpassing a Hyūga victory. Now please assume that I have devised a suitable pretext for removing you from the premises, and act accordingly."

"Give me two hours of your time," Ami said. "You are barely on your feet, and that's sitting down."

"I don't have two hours," Shikamaru snapped. "The village is tearing itself apart around me."

"You need this, Shikamaru," Ami said more gently. "And I need Keiko's husband to be in peak condition. She'll need a peaceful home life to make up for the chaos I'll be throwing her into, and you'll need to stay alert so you don't accidentally break the non-intervention pact."

"No," Shikamaru said. "I do not intend to spend two hours of my precious time with a woman whose very presence is a threat to my sense of reality. "

"For the duration of the evening," Ami said, "I am your painstakingly sane, beloved sister-in-law who wants you to be happy and healthy, or at least less depressed and not on the verge of collapse. All I'm asking for is two hours of Nara time. If you're not satisfied afterwards, you can have an hour of Ami time, and I think you can imagine what I can get done in an hour."

"And supposing I refuse?"

-o-​

Two pages turned in unison. A second passed.

"Pause," Shikamaru said.

Ami put down her book within a safe distance of her teacup (i.e. where it could be snatched out of the way with jōnin reflexes in case of an accidental spill), and lounged even further back in her armchair. The room, luxurious in its own way, boasted a table large enough for several people to sit at a comfortable distance, respecting the Nara trend towards expansive personal space while still conveying an air of intimacy. A couple of paintings of fountains on the walls lent the room a feeling of calm. By contrast, the tag outside was an emphatic red.

"I should not be doing this," Shikamaru said, not for the first time. "The outside world demands my urgent attention in a dozen different ways, of which I am addressing none."

"While you are here, there is no outside world, Shikamaru," Ami said soothingly. "Shiori is organising your paperwork so you can work on it more easily later. Your mother, whom I have taken care to avoid, is seeing to your clansmen's emotional needs. The servants I captured on the way here are preparing dinner to be taken straight to your office. Keiko is on her way back and will look after you. For the next hour, thirty minutes and forty seconds, nothing exists except this room."

Shikamaru sighed. "I suppose if nothing else, the activity itself is pleasant. When Chōji and Ino feel the need to afflict me with entertainment, they rarely consider my preference for a good book. Would I be correct in guessing that your usual partner was Keiko?"

Ami shook her head. "We never had that much time to spend together. There was always more that needed to be done… and then it was too late.

"Shall we resume? I'm curious how the Third intends to solve the conundrum from the previous section."

Two pages turned in unison.

Two more.

Two more.

"Ami…"

"Mmm?"

"Why are you actually here? I have already forfeited my clan head rights over Keiko. You have already committed to a limited non-intervention pact in return. You should have no more use for me, at least for now. We may be family, but it is not as if we are friends."

Ami raised an amused eyebrow. "As if someone like me could have friends."

Shikamaru blinked. "Does Keiko not count?"

"We are sisters," Ami said as if that explained everything.

She punctuated her statement with a sip of tea. "Shikamaru, I am bonding with you over shared vulnerabilities. In this way, you will feel less threatened, and have the connection between Keiko and myself reaffirmed in your mind. In time, you will also feel a natural need to reciprocate, and that will open up countless possibilities. By being open like this, I also create an unconscious sense of trust."

Shikamaru nodded neutrally. "And if you are telling me this, it is because you don't think there is anything I can do to stop it."

"Why would you want to try? As long as Keiko cares for you and you are not my political opponent, I do have reason to consider your well-being.

"Shall we resume?"

Ami and Shikamaru picked up their copies of On Family Values in unison.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 282: Travel the World, Meet Interesting Creatures...

Now...

"On your left!"

"Fuck!" Noburi shouted, desperately (and far too slowly) slashing his Water Whip to the side as the fourth octocat leaped at him, tentacle claws raking at his face.

o-o-o-o​

Five hours before 'Now'...

"It's fine," Mari said. "Noburi, I appreciate your concern, but genjutsu doesn't work like that. I'm not a Yamanaka; I can't actually see Naruto's thoughts or memories when I'm using my technique on him, only the images that I'm putting in his mind. There's no way the seal could have affected me." She smiled, green eyes twinkling. "And no, I'm not hungry."

Glances were exchanged. Dubious ones.

"Pepperoni didn't have any problems saying that he was compromised," one of the Naruto clones said. "Oh, and by the way, I'm Uzumaki Naruto FuckYouSeals, nice to meet all of you."

"'FuckYouSeals'," Noburi asked in amused disbelief. "So, can I call you FUS for short?"

"No! ...Wait. Yes. Yes, that's hilarious. Call me Fuss." He struck a dramatic pose. "I shall be the team fussbudget, tasked with ensuring all rules are followed and all I's are crossed and all T's are dotted." He glanced at his 'siblings'. "That especially applies to you lot."

The nearest clone snorted. "Yeah, that'll happen. Anyway, I'm Uzumaki Naruto PleaseSir."

"I thought we made a rule that we wouldn't choose names like that," Naruto Prime griped.

"Eh. We made that promise to Grandpa and then he came down with a bad case of being dead. If he can't even be bothered to stick around and enforce the rules, why should we have to do it?"

"I am not calling you that." Mari's tone was flat and without the possibility of debate.

"Well, you're going to have to because that's my name."

She locked eyes with him. "I am very serious about this. If you insist on following through with this puerile nonsense I will make you regret it. Are you sure you want to pick this fight?"

Naruto PleaseSir glanced at Naruto Prime. "Um, Boss—"

Naruto Prime raised both hands, palm out. "Hey, leave me out of this. You want to tangle with her, you're on your own. Do me a favor and get blackout drunk afterwards so I don't have to remember it."

"Someone grab a brush!" one of the as-yet-unnamed clones said urgently. "We need to mark him so that she knows which one he is!"

"Okay, okay, I'll change it," said The Naruto No-Longer-Known-As-PleaseSir.

"Bawk, bawk, bacaw," muttered a different Naruto.

"I hereby dub you, 'Uzumaki Naruto Asshole'," No-Longer-Known-As-PleaseSir said, jabbing his finger at his mocker.

"Okay, no," Naruto Prime said. "No one gets names that are direct insults."

"Aw, Boss—!"

"No! And you're not being PleaseSir either. I'm not putting up with Firehair being all crabby with me just because you were feeling snotty."

No-Longer-Known-As-PleaseSir sighed. "Fine. I'll be Naruto TheBest."

"And I," said one of the heretofore-silent clones, "am Uzumaki Naruto MegaDeluxeEdition!"

There was much groaning.

"I'm not feeling as stroppy as those guys," one of them said. "I'll just be Naruto Chartreuse."

"Too many syllables," Naruto Prime said. "By the time we finished saying 'Chartreuse, duck!' you'd already be dead. How about Scarlet?"

"...Eh, okay."

By now the other clones had had time to think and the answers came thick and fast.

"Call me ElkHorn."

"I shall be MonsterCrusher!"

"Oooh, I want to be Naruto Ramen!"

A dozen raspberries were blown his way.

"Fine, fine," the clone said grumpily. "Instead of Ramen, I'll be Naruto Meringue."

One of the others snorted. "That's a lame name!" He struck a pose. "I'm going to be Uzumaki Naruto DungeonDestroyer! I'll show this place what's what!"

"DungeonDestroyer?! Lame! You think too small, bro. I am Uzumaki Naruto Worldbreaker, the fearsomest Naruto ever!"

"I'm HandOfDeathyDeathness!"

"Hey, how come Chartreuse was too many syllables but he gets 'HandOfDeathyDe—'"

"Hush!/Hush!/Hush!/Hush!/Hush!/Hush!/Hush!/Hush!/Hush!/Hush!/Hush!" not-quite-chorused the Narutos.

"Uzumaki Naruto Stormchaser, reporting for duty!"

"Uzumaki Naruto LadySmoocher, at your service!" He gave Mari an exaggerated wink.

Mari laughed. "Kid, you're adorable, but I am so far out of your league." Her smile took most of the sting out of the words.

"In honor of our late lamented brother, I shall be Uzumaki Naruto NotACannibal!"

"You can't be," Prime said. "None of us are a cannibal."

"Fine, grumble, grumble. How about Uzumaki Naruto UnderProtest?"

Noburi leaned over to Hazō. "Do you think it's always like this when he makes clones?" he whispered.

Hazō shrugged helplessly. "I hope not."

"Okay," Naruto Prime said firmly. "We're done here. This is all getting ridiculous. You"—he pointed at the self-proclaimed Naruto TheBest—"are Alpha. HandofDeathyDeathness, you're Green. LadySmoocher, you're—"

"For the record, I thought it was kinda cute," Mari offered, ducking her head to apologize for the interruption.

"...Okay, you can keep that one. UnderProtest...you're fine. In fact, everyone else is fine. C'mon, let's roll."

"Hang on," Hazō said. "We've all been being too careless."

Kagome-sensei straightened up from where he'd been rummaging in his wheelbarrow. His metaphorical tail was puffed out and snapping sparks as he turned on his student. "What. Did. You. Say?"

Hazō swallowed nervously but forced himself to go on. "I said, we've been being too careless. We need to take more precautions."

Every single eye turned to him in astonishment.

"Dude, are you feeling okay?" Noburi asked. "It took us an hour to go thirty feet down this corridor and then another hour to open the door. Kagome's been setting up a spiked blast shield, then tapping every inch of the floor with that pole of his, then slooshing water over it to check for cracks or seams, then blowing flour everywhere to detect invisible chakra effects, then setting off small explosives over everything that looks even slightly out of place, then setting off more explosives in order to...what did you call it?"

"Seismic verification," Kagome-sensei grunted. "You do it in a few different places and check to see if the vibrations feel different. S'also good for spotting hidden doors, that kind of thing."

"Right," Noburi said, nodding. "He's been doing that, then using that long-handled scrub brush to clean up all the flour/water goop so we're not leaving tracks, doing more scrubbing on anything that was slightly differently colored in case it was a jumpspider lair, rolling boulders ahead of us to check for pressure plates or pits, using a piece of chalk on a stick to mark the walls and ceiling so we don't get lost—"

"And also as a secondary way to detect seams or secret doors, don't forget that part."

"Yes, right. What he said. Then he starts swinging a caged canary and a piece of raw steak ahead of us in order to lure out anything that wants to eat the living—"

"Or sees heat," Kagome-sensei interjected. "Some snakes do that. They don't like water or flour so they'll hide, and they won't jump at the boulder because it's room temperature, but they'll go for the bird." He paused. "Snakes, and other things."

"Sure. So he does all that, then we move the blast shield forward three or four feet and he does the whole damn routine again. And you're seriously going to say that we're being careless?!"

"Yes, well, I feel like there are other things we could be doing," Hazō said defensively.

"I am not wearing that face mask all the time," Naruto Scarlet (née Chartreuse) said firmly. "I'll take my chances on nasty smells and gases, but I'm not wearing something that makes it hard to hear. There's a certain piquancy to how short my particular existence shall be, but I need to at least live longer than that jerk." He jerked his thumb towards Naruto Green (née HandOfDeathyDeathness), who immediately put on an innocent 'Who, me?' expression.

"What did you have in mind, Hazō?" Mari asked, clearly making an effort to jump ahead of the ensuing squabble.

"Well, um...okay. First, we should make more effort at the between-floors areas. Set up a full staging area. Isolate the area from the floor below via Force Walls—"

"Force Walls are always four meters by four meters, and none of the rooms we've been through thus far have been tall enough," Mari pointed out. "Even if we find one that is, how do you set them up and then get through them in order to progress?"

"We set them up on an angle," Hazō said. "We put three sets of them together to form a puptent around the door. It won't be completely tight, but it'll stop most things. And we can leave a Naruto to activate the seals as soon as we're into the next floor."

Kagome-sensei snorted. "So you want to block what is probably the only path of retreat, using an essentially impenetrable seal that lasts half a day, and we need to rely on a clone to let us out if we need to do a hot exfil? Suppose the clone gets popped or times out or something? Or Naruto gets knocked out or separated from us?" He turned to the nearest blond ninja. "You clones pop when he goes unconscious, right?"

"It's complicated," Naruto Prime said with a shrug. "Definitely not a good idea to rely on a me while me-me is out." He grinned and struck a hard-style pose, one fist at chest level with forearm horizontal and the other fist thrust overhead. "Not that anything down here could actually be a challenge for..."

"The All-Naruto..." cried Naruto LadySmoocher, leaping over to stand with his back against Prime's left side. He adopted a cat stance, open hands extended for knife-hand strikes.

"...Fox Force..." shouted Naruto DungeonDestroyer, moving to Prime's right side and mirroring LadySmoocher's pose.

"...Fifty-Five!" yelled all the other clones, forming up around the first three in various exaggerated taijutsu stances. There wasn't enough space in the corridor so they spread out across the walls and ceiling, forming an intricate three-dimensional puzzle with their bodies.

"...Less Forty-Two," Naruto Prime added.

The Narutos held their position for a moment, then relaxed. There was high-fiving. Compliments and mockery were exchanged about the speed and grace of everyone's movements, the drama of their poses, and how well they had maintained the required left/right symmetry around Prime.

"Okay, well, we don't have to do the Force Wall thing," Hazō said. "Still, we should spend a couple minutes disinfecting the area at each staging ground, then set up medic tents before we move on."

Noburi frowned. "Why do we need to disinfect things? If I'm working on someone I can chase the flesh spirits out easily enough and it's not like they'll move into the body on their own. And what's with the tents? Medical tents are to keep sun, rain, wind, and dust off the patients while the medics work. We're underground. There's no sun, rain, or wind to worry about, and a disturbing absence of dust."

"Uh...okay. Well, forget the tents. What about doors? I think we've been too casual about how we clear rooms."

The Narutos exchanged glances. "Look, kid," Naruto UnderProtest said, his voice struggling to conceal a hint of waspish impatience, "I think it's great that you're trying to be properly paranoid. Good habits, right? Still, at some point, you've got to stop preparing and do stuff. Us clones are clearing the rooms before you meatsacks go in, and we've done more hot entries than you've done hot dinners. The ones in the field all went perfectly, and the ones done during training...well, we've been crushing those since we were ten, and most of the time we were doing them against Kakashi, Gai, Jiraiya, or Grandpa." He paused and swallowed hard, his face quivering slightly until he got it under control and cleared his throat. "Or whichever half-dozen jōnin were available if one of those guys wasn't."

Naruto Stormchaser laughed. "Remember that time that Jiraiya surprised us with Uncle Bunty? We didn't do the crushing that time."

Prime and all of the clones smiled; Alpha, Scarlet, and MonsterCrusher chuckled.

"Who is 'Uncle Bunty'?" Akane asked.

"Gamabunta," Naruto Prime explained. "He's the Boss of the Toad Clan same as Pantsā is the Boss of the Pangolin Clan. He's an absolutely epic badass, and he's also the size of a friggin' house. A big house.

"I was about two months from graduating the Academy when Uncle Jiraiya tells me we're doing entry training and he'd built a new stomphouse for the exercise. It was this shitty two-story thing that he must have whipped up with Earth Wall jutsu. Sturdy, but ugly as a farmer's asscrack. Big for a stomphouse, maybe fifty feet on a side. He told me that they had divided it up inside and it was going to be a speed run—find the hostage and rescue them before the bad guys could whack them, that kind of thing.

"Anyway, I show up, breach through all four walls and the ceiling simultaneously, and it turns out the whole damn building is just a shell over a giant pit that Uncle Bunty is crouching in. The first twelve of me go in and fall to their screaming deaths before we have time to realize that there isn't actually a floor there. Then Uncle Bunty shoots his tongue out the door and grabs me and a bunch of the others with it, yanks me inside and dribbles me for a while." He smiled. "Toads have these really slimy, sticky tongues. It took me a week of baths to feel clean again."

"Look," Hazō said desperately, "I get that you're a huge badass. I'm just saying that you guys shouldn't have to die casually."

Naruto Prime took a deep breath and let it out slowly. "All right, Hazō," he said calmly. "How would you recommend we do entry?"

"First, when we're going to clear a room we should set up an Air Dome in front of it with us inside it. Then we—"

"That's crazy! Why—"

Naruto Prime raised a calming hand. "Let him talk, Kagome. Hazō, you were saying?"

"Uh...we get under the Air Dome and then we have an Earth Clone open the door and toss in some Usamatsu's Glorious Life-Saving Purifier seals and some Tunneler's Friends. The Purifiers will clean the air of any smoke or gas and the Tunneler's Friends will pump clean air into the room."

"Could do," Naruto Prime said, nodding. "Not a bad thought, but it's got some tradeoffs, like the fact that it would alert who- or whatever is inside. Personally, I'm a fan of quick takedowns. Also, there's—Kagome, you look like you want to comment?"

"What's with the Air Dome?! Stupid idea! I've been setting up blast shields every time we breach—you can take cover behind them but you're not trapped in place the way you are with a Dome!"

"Yes," Hazō said. "But—"

"But nothing! You—"

"Excuse me," Mari said, raising her volume in order to cut across the 'discussion'. "You're both right, you're just optimizing for different things. Hazō, any defense is a tradeoff between protection and mobility. As an example, ninja generally don't wear armor because armor that's strong enough to block a jutsu will slow you down enough that the next jutsu also hits you. Better to be able to dodge so the jutsu doesn't hit you in the first place. Kagome's blast shields provide decent defense and good mobility. The Domes offer good defense but zero mobility. They have better coverage against space-filling jutsu like a fireball, but using them requires us to be packed tightly together and static. If an attack was strong enough to pierce the Dome then we wouldn't be able to dodge. It's a legitimate question which version is better, and the answer depends on the situation. Personally, in this particular time and place, I tend to favor Kagome's approach."

Hazō struggled not to feel betrayed. "...Okay," he said. He hesitated. "I think that, once we're in, we should try to disable traps instead of destroying them and, ideally, capture any living beings without killing them."

"You're saying I shouldn't have killed that man, aren't you?" Kagome-sensei growled. "Aren't you the one who's always talking about caring about people? Would you really have forced him to keep living in those conditions?"

Hazō winced. To be honest, the thought had crossed his mind. Surely, with all the resources of the Gōketsu, they could have found a way to make Orochimaru's research subject more comfortable? And the amount they could have learned from him...it could have been world-changing. Still, he had a feeling that wasn't the right thing to say at this moment. "Well...no, I guess not. Um. Moving on, I was thinking that we should leave Substitution targets behind us so that we can evacuate quickly if we need to."

"I've given you all Substitution privileges with me and my boys," Naruto Prime said, gesturing to his clones. "You can swap with them if you need to get out of here. And, since you gave me permissions, they've got orders to Substitute you out of the way of anything that might hurt you."

"S'not a bad thought," Kagome-sensei grunted, ignoring Naruto's words in favor of responding to Hazō's original suggestion. "Thought about it when we came down here. On balance, don't like it. There's enough of us that leaving that many targets at each corner would clutter up the hallway, make it easy to trip over things if we had to run or fight in that spot. Also leaves a trail behind us that's more visible than the chalk markings I'm making. If something comes in from behind us it leads them right to us. Easier just to use the clones."

"Oh," Hazō said. "Okay. Well, one last thing on that: nobody, especially not the Narutos, looks at any written materials until those materials have been cleared, okay?"

"No argument from me," Naruto Prime said fervently.

"How do we do that, though?" Akane asked. She had been silent through all of the bickering, clearly enjoying the Narutos clowning and not wanting to be involved in the struggle for the crown of 'Alpha Paranoid', but now it was time for brass tacks. "If even looking at them is a danger..."

"We'll have an Earth Clone hold a mirror over them," Hazō said. "Presumably, if a seal is going to interact with your mind then you need to be able to see the thing and recognize it. It probably also has a limited range at which it can affect you. I'll stand as far away as possible from the writing and I'll only look at it in the mirror. I won't be able to see details and everything will be flipped, keeping me from really understanding the seal, but I'll be able to tell if it is a seal. If it is then I can at least see how complicated it is. If it's not a seal, it's probably safe to read. If it is a seal but it's not too complicated then it almost certainly isn't one of those 'go off if you look at them' things, so it's safe for Kagome-sensei to evaluate."

"Hang on," Kagome-sensei said suspiciously, "how come you're the one making the identification? I'm senior, I'm more likely to recognize a risk."

Hazō shrugged. "As the junior sealmaster here, I'm the disposable one. If I get whammied it's much more likely that you can figure out what happened and maybe how to reverse it than if you got whammied and I had to do the same."

A double dozen plus two Naruto eyebrows were raised.

"Well, ain't you the heroic type," Naruto Stormchaser drawled, the amusement in his tone not entirely concealing the respect.

"Spend an hour with him," Mari said ruefully. "You have no idea."

Hazō fidgeted awkwardly, unsure how to handle the praise. "Well...I guess we should keep going, right?"

"Yup," Kagome-sensei grunted. "Let me just get the flour."

"Hang on," said Naruto MegaDeluxeEdition, his face lighting up. "I just had a really cool idea."

o-o-o-o​

Two hours before 'Now'...

It had taken a solid hour of arguing to convince Kagome-sensei that it was okay to deputize the Naruclones. After much flattery and cajoling by the entire group, he grumpily agreed to train Naruto on the proper way to progress through a Dread Doom Fortress. (Or 'DDF', as Naruto LadySmoocher immediately dubbed it.)

It then took another hour to convince Naruto to be properly deputized, meaning to actually follow the protocols laid out by the older man no matter how silly they seemed. Convincing him of this required convincing Kagome-sensei to provide a highly vivid and detailed description of his prior experience breaking into a DDF. (Mari was careful to manage the conversation such that the story ended just before the part about "and then I became a missing-nin, a type of person generally regarded as a traitor to their village and someone who should never be trusted or given any sort of leadership or teaching role.") Naruto had started off amused, passed through disbelieving, and finally arrived at 'grudgingly respectful'. Mari then followed this up with some carefully-chosen words about the concept of 'Senior Sealmaster Onsite', the presence in the complex of at least one seal that could destroy whomever merely glanced at it, and a highlights recitation of some of the perils Kagome-sensei's defenses had seen the team through in the past.

At last, harmony had been achieved: Kagome-sensei was willing to give instruction on how to clear a corridor and Naruto was willing to both take that instruction and actually follow it. More importantly, the several dozen clones that he created were willing to follow it.

Soon enough there was a Naruclone every five feet down the length of the corridor, plus one standing sideways on each wall and on the ceiling. Each of them had a notional five-foot square that they were responsible for. They faithfully executed Kagome-sensei's protocols for checking said square, twice. (Some accommodations were necessary for the 'slooshing water' and 'rolling a boulder' stages of the procedure, and for the inadequate supply of caged canaries.) At that point the entire corridor had been checked, so they all jogged to the end of the corridor, split themselves to the left and right, and started checking the next set.

What would have taken days for Kagome-sensei alone was done in minutes by the army of Naruclones.

Kagome-sensei watched all this with a grumpy frown and a sniff. "Not bad," he grumbled.

The remaining seven Narutos (Prime and six clones) grinned.

"Now let me show you how to check a door."

Naruto's faces fell.

o-o-o-o​

Two minutes before 'Now'...

"Hazō," Akane said. "Please put that away. We are moving on to the next room. This will all still be here later."

"Give me two minutes? I want to grab a food bar and skim a bit more of this." Hazō gestured with the leather-bound journal that he'd found on the desk of what was clearly some sort of...office? Aside from the desk there was a comfortable chair, several strange crystals and lumps of glass, a grinding wheel but no kunai to sharpen, a set of jeweler's tools, an array of dried-out inkwells, and several ancient calligraphy brushes that had been improperly cleaned when they were last put away and were now stiff and brittle.

The process of clearing the journal for human review had been exacting; Kagome-sensei was feeling irritable about his methods being impugned and grumpy about the prior issue with Naruto Pepperoni, and he was in no mood. There had been an evacuation of the room, summoning of an Earth Clone, mirror, and page-by-page verification where each page was covered in sheer cheesecloth during review in order to hopefully make it harder for vision-based seals to trigger. The entire time, Hazō had been bouncing in excitement to get his hands on what was undoubtedly one of Orochimaru's actual journals.

And now he had, and he was practically giddy. The handwriting was horrible, the ink faded enough to be barely legible, and it had been written in a confusing mishmash of notes, probably-significant groups of numbers and letters that looked less like a code and more like a catalogue, and hasty shorthand. Still, the tiny bit that he had been able to make out used tantalizing words like 'body enhancement' and 'physical augmentation'. (Also 'fetal tissue', but he was choosing to not think too much about the implications of that part.)

"Hazō!" Mari called. "C'mon, we need you to—HOLY SHIT!"

Hazō's head snapped up at Mari's horrified shout.

The air vent near the ceiling had attracted everyone's attention when they walked in: It was a one-foot square hole in the wall and it disappeared into blackness. A faint breeze could be felt blowing through it.

Everyone had looked at the vent with a combination of feelings that included 'surprise', 'interest', and 'concern' in proportions and degrees dependent on their persona. Kagome-sensei's had been a dash of 'what the flibbertigibbet is that?', a lot of 'in what interesting way will it kill us?', and several wagonloads of, 'oh no you won't.' He had promptly set up a chakra tripwire + explosives combination inside the vent, pounded a solid lump of granite into the opening tight enough that chakra-boosted ninja strength could not move it, stuffed the crevices full of rags soaked in lamp oil, and used a wooden mallet and a dozen ironwood doorstops as wedges to jam the whole thing in place.

The team's first warning was when the explosives went off. Their second warning, coming so close on the heels of the first that perhaps it should not count as a separate warning, was when the massive chunk of granite went flying across the room and embedded itself in the far wall, ironwood splinters raining everywhere. The trio of clawed tentacles emerging from the vent provided a momentary clue as to what had converted the intended barrier into a weapon. The clue was only momentary as the tentacles grabbed onto the wall and launched their owner forth at speeds Keiko's kunai would have envied.

Hazō threw himself aside from the first attack, catching momentary glimpses as he rolled desperately across the room.

Three (four?) of them. Brindle/black/grey-furred. Lynx-sized and -shaped, four tentacles emerging from the ribcage. Tentacles thick as Hazō's wrist at the base, black, suckered like an octopus, with a claw at the end that would do credit to a blood eagle. Brindle one digs two claws into the stone of the ceiling, allowing it to run inverted and leap directly at Naruto Prime. Four sets of jaws open wide and four womanly shrieks rip forth, making Hazō's skin crawl and his muscles go weak.

Initiative: Octocat #1 > Narutos Prime, LadySmoocher, and MegaDeluxeEdition (the others having been sent down the hall to start checking the next door) > Octocats #2-4 > Mari > Akane > Hazō > Noburi. (NB: I'm not actually running this as a surprise round, so no one has the "Flat-Footed" Aspect.)

Kagome and 4 Narutos are down the hall checking the next door. They will each arrive on their respective initiatives in round 2. (If there is a round 2!)
Octocat #1: AoE sonic attack against every non-octocat in the room, ? + invoke "Hunting Shriek" (-1 FP) + 4dF: ?
Octocat #2: AoE sonic attack against every non-octocat in the room, ? + invoke "Hunting Shriek" (-1 FP) + 4dF: ?
Octocat #3: AoE sonic attack against every non-octocat in the room, ? + invoke "Hunting Shriek" (-1 FP) + 4dF: ?
Octocat #4: AoE sonic attack against every non-octocat in the room, ? + invoke "Hunting Shriek" (-1 FP) + 4dF: ?

Naruto Prime, Resolve: ? + 4dF: ?
Naruto LadySmoocher, Resolve: ? + 4dF: ?
Naruto MegaDeluxeEdition, Resolve: ? + 4dF: ?
Mari, Resolve: ? + 4dF: ?
Hazō, Resolve: 20 + 4dF (3): 26
Akane, Resolve: 20 + 4dF (-3): 17
Noburi, Resolve: 20 + 4dF (-3): 17

Naruto Prime, Resolve: ? + 4dF: ?
Naruto LadySmoocher, Resolve: ? + 4dF: ?
Naruto MegaDeluxeEdition, Resolve: ? + 4dF: ?
Mari, Resolve: ? + 4dF: ?
Naruto Prime, Resolve: ? + 4dF: ?
Naruto LadySmoocher, Resolve: ? + 4dF: ?
Naruto MegaDeluxeEdition, Resolve: ? + 4dF: ?
Mari, Resolve: ? + 4dF: ?
Naruto Prime, Resolve: ? + 4dF: ?
Naruto LadySmoocher, Resolve: ? + 4dF: ?
Naruto MegaDeluxeEdition, Resolve: ? + 4dF: ?
Mari, Resolve: ? + 4dF: ?

Good news: The effects of the shriek last for the duration of the battle and do not stack, so it won't be used again in this battle.
Bad news: Hazō, Akane, and Noburi all failed that check and now have the Aspect 'Rattled'. Each Octocat gets a tag on each person who has that Aspect. (One tag, not one tag per round.)
Good news: Naruto and Mari were unaffected.
Bad news: Octocats get four attacks per round, one with each tentacle. They pay for an invoke or spend a tag once in order to gain the Aspect Bonus benefit for each tentacle attacking that target that round.

Octocat #1: Tentacle #1, attack Naruto Prime: ? + invoke 'Lethal Hunter' (-1 FP) + invoke Naruto's 'Malnourished' Consequence (-1 FP) + - (0.5 * 4dF: ?
Octocat #1: Tentacle #2-3: In use as locomotion
Octocat #1: Tentacles #4: Severely damaged in the explosion when attempting to unblock the vent. Octocat has taken 7 stress already, meaning its stress track is full and it has a Medium Consequence, "Crippled Tentacle".

Octocat #2: Tentacle #1, attack Naruto MegaDeluxeEdition: ? + invoke 'Lethal Hunter' (-1 FP) + invoke Naruto's 'Malnourished' Consequence (-1 FP) + 4dF: ?
Octocat #2: Tentacle #2, attack Naruto MegaDeluxeEdition: ? + Aspect Bonus (Lethal Hunter invoked) + Aspect Bonus (Naruto's 'Malnourished' Consequence invoked) + 4dF: ?
Octocat #2: Tentacle #3, attack Naruto MegaDeluxeEdition: ? + Aspect Bonus (Lethal Hunter invoked) + Aspect Bonus (Naruto's 'Malnourished' Consequence invoked) + 4dF: ?
Octocat #2: Tentacle #4, attack Naruto MegaDeluxeEdition: ? + Aspect Bonus (Lethal Hunter invoked) + Aspect Bonus (Naruto's 'Malnourished' Consequence invoked) + 4dF: ?

Octocat #3: Tentacle #1, attack Naruto LadySmoocher: ? + invoke 'Lethal Hunter' (-1 FP) + invoke Naruto's 'Malnourished' Consequence (-1 FP) + 4dF: ?
Octocat #3: Tentacle #2, attack Naruto LadySmoocher: ? + Aspect Bonus (Lethal Hunter invoked) + Aspect Bonus (Naruto's 'Malnourished' Consequence invoked) + 4dF: ?
Octocat #3: Tentacle #3, attack Hazō: ? + tag 'Rattled' + 4dF: ?
Octocat #3: Tentacle #4, attack Akane: ? + tag 'Rattled' + 4dF: ?

Octocat #4: Tentacle #1, attack Noburi: ? + invoke 'Lethal Hunter' (-1 FP) + tag 'Rattled' + 4dF: ?
Octocat #4: Tentacle #2, attack Noburi: ? + Aspect Bonus (Lethal Hunter invoked) + Aspect Bonus (Rattled tagged) + 4dF: ?
Octocat #4: Tentacle #3, attack Mari: ? + 4dF: ?
Octocat #4: Tentacle #4, attack Hazō: ? + tag 'Rattled' + 4dF: ?

(NB: Noburi is able to reflexively cast his Water Whip, so he is armed at the start of combat. No one else has a jutsu with Reflexive Casting, so they are not able to cast jutsu until their initiative. Narutos LadySmoocher and MegaDeluxeEdition were on bodyguard duty, so they each had a Rasengan active. Prime did not, since he wanted his hands free.)

Tune in next time for the exciting conclusion! (@Velorien, your ball.)






XP AWARD: 4

Author's Note:
I am chagrined to admit that I somehow missed the ginormous SOP that the players put together in the plan for last chapter and therefore these precautions were not shown onscreen in that chapter. This provoked a certain amount of...spirited comment among some players and I was pointed to the thing I missed. I have now addressed most of those things onscreen, so hopefully everyone is feeling better. Mea culpa on the glitch.

That said, I will make two observations: First, there were a lot of problems with the SOP, such as the fact that Force Walls are always 4m x 4m, too large to deploy in most indoor settings, that Air Domes only last 20 minutes and are therefore not useful for blocking off the stairs between levels, that the Domes are, well, domes and therefore not better for blocking a door than a doorstop, etc. There were other issues, but I've made the point. I had Hazō patch some of these and not mention many of the ones that I thought were unpatchable since it would just have led to the other characters criticizing him more for the mistake. I did have him mention some of those, just so there would be no concern about the plan not being followed again.

The second thing I'd like to address is that everyone's thought process seemed to go like this: "(1) Hazō and the others were not explicitly shown to be taking the precautions that we specified. (2) Therefore, Hazō and the others are taking no precautions." This despite the fact that chapter 281 clearly stated that the team had taken an hour to move 30' down the hallway because Kagome was being paranoid, and had then waited another hour while Kagome searched the door for traps or other issues. Perhaps, the next time something seems off, re-read and offer benefit of the doubt?

On a different topic: Chapter 281 has been edited to correct a minor mistake. The phrase 'both hands' has been replaced with 'hand'. Everything else is as it was.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, August 28, 2019, at 12pm London time.
 
Last edited:
Interlude: Hanging in the Balance
Interlude: Hanging in the Balance

The ritual could be delayed, but never denied. One second, there was a peaceful atmosphere of enforced silence. The next, Kei was overwhelmed by cacophony as the souls of the damned erupted from the gates, their overlapping howls of joy celebrating a brief reprieve. Yet she knew as well as they that, come dawn, they would be dragged back into that fortress of unending torment by a law that was iron and without mercy.

"Good afternoon, Hanabi," Kei said. "Congratulations on surviving another day at the Academy."

"Mistress!" Hanabi exclaimed, coming to an instant halt in the middle of the exit. "It's so good to see you! Congratulations on your marriage!"

Kei nodded. "While the circumstances are less than auspicious, it is good to see you as well, my young apprentice. Have you been practising diligently?"

Hanabi did not respond, nor make any clear sound or motion, but the students around her suddenly decided to take the long way round to leave the grounds, some climbing over walls in their haste. A tutor chasing an escaping delinquent student abruptly thought better of it, and retreated to the main building, muttering about paperwork.

"Enough," Kei said. "It seems you have learned to assert your dominance over the feeble-minded."

"Everyone in the lower years," Hanabi said proudly. "I'm working my way up."

"Everyone, you say?" Kei frowned. "A word of warning, Hanabi. The girl named Honoka is under our protection. You are not to touch her."

"Honoka?" Hanabi repeated. "That crybaby?"

"She has sworn a pact with my cousin, just as you have with me. He has offered her the true teachings that the powers of this world deny their subjects, and he will transform her into a being of calculation that may one day be a valuable ally."

Hanabi took a second to absorb this.

"Will I be a being of calculation?"

Kei weighed in her mind the value of an advanced intellect versus that of a heart that could withstand pain. "No, Hanabi. You will be far, far more."

Hanabi hesitated as she walked out through the gates, from the warm cocoon of the Academy buildings into the harsh winter of the real world. "Mistress?"

"Yes?"

"Are we supposed to be enemies now? Only I know your clan was on the side of the people who didn't want Father to be Hokage, and now he is, and if I were him I'd be looking for a clever way to destroy you so you couldn't rise up against him again."

Kei laughed. "You and I? Enemies over something so petty? No, my apprentice. You and I have a much deeper bond, and you know where it is to lead us."

Hanabi nodded seriously. "I will learn everything you have to teach me, and as proof that my apprenticeship is complete, I will surpass you and cast you down. I will then use your vacated place as a stepping stone towards greater power. It is the ultimate gesture of respect."

"Exactly. I look forward to that distant day. In the meantime, I should not need to tell you your priorities."

"I know," Hanabi said, clutching her little fists tight. "I will crush the wills of those who wish me harm, achieve mastery of the dark side of the human soul, and be home by curfew."

"Good," Kei said. "Now, follow me. I believe the time has come."

"Time for what?" Hanabi asked with unbecoming trepidation.

"Time to face the embodiment of ultimate control, that which warps the world with the merest touch of its will and is beyond mortal domination. The primal source of our path and its final goal. Yes, I will now introduce you to my sister."

-o-​

"Good evening, Lady Hanabi." Neji smiled. Finally, finally, he was able to come to meet her rather than the other way round. Amidst the clan's general jubilation, Lord Hiashi—no, the Sixth Hokage—had seen fit to offer Neji a second chance. This time, Neji would not humiliate himself and the Hyūga. He would complete his secret mission without fail. But for now, there was a different source of happiness in front of him.

"You're later than usual," Neji said. "Did something happen?"

"The Mistress came to pick me up from the Academy!" Hanabi beamed. "I had a wonderful time."

"The Mistress," Neji repeated warily. "Tell me you didn't forget what I've taught you over the past few weeks about associating with that girl."

"Of course not! Besides, the Academy covered becoming a triple agent only last month!"

Neji blinked. "What was that?"

"I said I know all about being a double agent," Hanabi said. "I know exactly where my loyalties lie."

"Good. Good. You can help me teach that upstart her true place."

"You mean her being the fourth greatest ninja in the world?"

Were it not for extensive training with the Byakugan, Neji's eyeballs would have popped out of their sockets.

"Fourth greatest?"

"Of course," Hanabi said seriously. "Father is number one, obviously. He made us Leaf's greatest clan and he saved the world and he became Hokage. No one's ever done all of those at the same time before.

"Lord Uzumaki has to be second. Everyone knows he's the strongest ninja in the world, and he's a genius and he's really kind. I saw a dozen of him walking down the street once, and one of them turned around and smiled at me! Isn't that amazing?

"Then when everyone talks about how great Lord Uzumaki is, they compare him to all the past Kage and the Leaf Three. But all of them except Lady Tsunade have rejoined the Will of Fire, so she must be the next strongest. Plus she's the world's greatest medic-nin even though she's not a Hyūga. They say she's going to cure every disease ever.

"I think Lord Nara was supposed to be fourth, because he was Father's fated rival. Only that Lord Nara is gone now, and I don't know if you're allowed to have a second one. That makes me a little sad.

"So now the Mistress is fourth. She's the world's strongest genin—or maybe she's a chūnin now—and she's a summoner, and she's second-in-command of Lord Nara's clan, and she's co-running the KEI, which I don't really get, but it's driving Father up the wall, so it must be important. Plus it means Lord Uzumaki's recognised her as an equal.

"I wish I could grow up faster so he'd recognise me as an equal," Hanabi added. "I'm already very mature for my age. I should ask her how she did it."

Neji resisted the urge to beat his head against the wall. It would be an unseemly example to set for Lady Hanabi.

"Lady Hanabi," he said with forced patience, "you do not know her as I do. She is… She is arrogant, dismissive, and intolerant, with misplaced loyalties, an exaggerated view of her own abilities, questionable social skills, and unearned special powers which only mask her own incompetence. She fails at any form of leadership, and brings nothing but trouble to her own side.

"Above all, she is a foreigner."

"She can't be a foreigner!" Hanabi snapped. "She's a good person! It's not her fault she was born in the wrong village.

"Also, she isn't any of the other things you said either. She's an avatar of cold-blooded rationality, drawing her strength from a darkness that would swallow a lesser mortal whole, and offering guidance on the path to power for those who would otherwise be lost in this cruel and uncaring world. I really think you'd like her if you got to know her better."

"The stars will sooner fall from the sky, Lady Hanabi," Neji said with a gentleman's incredible restraint.

That newly-ennobled vixen might think she'd found the keys to Lady Hanabi's heart, but Neji would show her that two could play at that game.

"You know, Lady Hanabi, it's been some time since your last roleplaying game, and I was thinking of writing a new adventure. How do you feel about playing warrior spirits battling the hungry undead using swords and magic and magic swords?"

Lady Hanabi considered this.

"What kind of magic swords?"

He had her.

"You could have a sword made of razor-sharp cherry blossoms that could slice people into tiny fragments. Or a sword that turned into a giant flying manta ray. Or a sword that took over people's minds and you could then stab them with it. Or a sword that turned into a giant holy centipede baby that breathed poison." He paused. "No, wait, scratch that last one."

"No," Hanabi said, "Shiki can have the giant holy centipede baby that breathes poison. It sounds like something he'd like. And I want the mind control sword. Then I can make everyone else use their magic sword powers for me, and I can stab them when I don't need them anymore."

"Then it's decided," Neji said. "You do the invitations, Lady Hanabi, and I'll have it ready by the end of the week."

He'd show Nara Keiko which one of them was better at manipulating a nine-year-old girl if it was the last thing he did.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 283: ...And Kill Them

Hazō threw himself aside from the first attack, catching momentary glimpses as he rolled desperately across the room.

Three (four?) of them. Brindle/black/grey-furred. Lynx-sized and -shaped, four tentacles emerging from the ribcage. Tentacles thick as Hazō's wrist at the base, black, suckered like an octopus, with a claw at the end that would do credit to a blood eagle. Brindle one digs two claws into the stone of the ceiling, allowing it to run inverted and leap directly at Naruto Prime. Four sets of jaws open wide and four womanly shrieks rip forth, making Hazō's skin crawl and his muscles go weak.

Tentacles exploded seemingly everywhere, looping back and forth to attack from various angles, each of the octocats attacking multiple people. Naruto MegaDeluxeEdition exploded before he could even move, a tentacle from the second cat curling up and over to slash the clone's throat out and tear him into a puff of smoke.

The first cat out of the vent, the runt of the litter, jumped at Naruto Prime. The words Wrong choice, shrimpy, flashed through Hazō's mind even as he forced himself back to his feet and staggered, the effects of the chakra-laden scream disrupting his balance and coordination. More important thoughts crowded out the snark, the most important of which was a wish that Kagome-sensei and all but two of the Naruto clones were here instead of down the hall checking the next room. Sure, this room wasn't really big enough for that many people, but the extra firepower would have been nice.

Naruto Prime had wanted his hands free, so he wasn't holding a Rasengan with which to defend himself as a massive tentacle and the attached talon lashed at his face. Fortunately Naruto LadySmoocher had been specifically tasked to "Substitute with any meatsack in our party who is in danger", a wording that the rest of the team had found a bit insulting yet still welcome.

In the blink of an eye, Prime and LadySmoocher had changed places and the clawed tentacle that had been inches from tearing Prime's face off was a similar distance from the identical visage of LadySmoocher...and the Rasengan that the clone was holding. The clone twisted aside and rammed the jutsu through the attacking tentacle. The beast screamed as chakra raced through its body and detonated, tearing the monster to pieces from the inside. Before it died it still managed one last attack at its killer and, still rocky from Substitution shock, Naruto LadySmoocher was not fast enough to avoid it. The talon passed straight through his head from left to right and blasted him into smoke and dust.

One of the tentacles came at Hazō even as a second came at Akane; he couldn't think and his body felt far away, but the Iron Nerve and years of training moved his hands in a deflect/hammerfist-counterpunch combination that Momma had drilled into him when he was nine. The strike hit the cat on its left-front elbow joint and made it scream. He pivoted and followed up with a rising kick that bumped the animal a foot higher in the air, crushing all the ribs on its left side in the process.

The extra lift gave Akane time to move. With a cry of "YOOOOUUUUTHHHHHH!!!!!" (Hazō found himself having flashbacks to animated corpses and horrific meatsuits), she dove forward, rolled under a pair of tentacles, and came up on one knee, all the momentum of the roll converting into a spear-hand strike that went under the cat's right-front shoulderblade from underneath. She grabbed it by the spine from the inside, twisted her body, and smashed the cat face-first against the floor. It hit with a sound like a dropped mudpie.

Just to their right, Mari made it look easy; she waited calmly for the attack, swirled forward around it, and landed a Descending Heaven elbow strike on the beast's spine that slammed it to the ground, just in time for a snap kick that broke most of its ribs on the left side. The beast screamed, the sound almost like a human woman in agony, and crawled forward away from its tormenter. Two more tentacles, gifts of a different attacker, pincered in at her head from opposite directions. She stepped back, grabbed a tentacle in each hand, chakra-locked one foot to the ground for stability, and yanked the cat towards her, meeting it en route with a front kick that tore it in half.

From the corner of his eye, Hazō saw Noburi under attack and turned to help, knowing he wasn't fast enough. What was clear from Hazō's angle was invisible from Noburi's: There were not two tentacles attacking him, there were three, one hidden beneath another.

Noburi had conjured his Water Whip into his hand with the reflexive speed of the survivor he was. The first tentacle was casually flicked aside, the tip of the Whip tearing open a fine line across it. That tentacle was the distraction, with the true attack coming an instant behind it. Noburi's squawk of surprise turned into a scream of pain as the talon at the end of the tentacle latched into his left orbital ridge and tore downwards, narrowly missing his eye and ripping completely through his cheek.

The third and final attack came from above and behind, lancing down at Noburi's unprotected neck. Noburi wouldn't have seen it if the attack to his face hadn't made him instinctively jerk back. He was off-balance, still rattled from the earlier sonic attack, his Water Whip was out of position, and the shrieking pain of his wound had visibly turned his brain to static. His leg buckled out from under him and he fell backwards, twisting to hit face-down instead of on his barrel. His Whip, responsive to his thoughts as much as to his muscles, lashed out to the side, racing the descending tentacle and winning: It went in through the attacking cat's eye, pithed the brain and dropped it in a limp-tentacled heap.

Sudden silence covered the room, broken only by the sound of panting humans and pounding footsteps in the hall. Hazō pushed himself to his feet and looked around to check on his teammates. There were three Naruto clones now, not two; Naruto must have summoned more at some point. Everyone except Noburi seemed unhurt; the boy in question was grunting in pain and simultaneously choking on the blood that poured from his shredded cheek and into his mouth. Hazō hurried over to help him, pulling a cloth from his pocket.

"Mo'f'kr," Noburi choked. He spat out a giant glob of blood and took the cloth from Hazō with a grateful nod, tucking it inside his mouth to sop up the blood. "Fuck'n' cat."

"You okay aside from that?" Hazō asked.

Noburi nodded. "Yeah, moftly. We are fuckin' leaving."

"No arg—"

Hazō was interrupted by a series of Narutos and Kagome-sensei bursting into the room, all with signature weapons upraised.

"What happened?! / What did you do?!" they all demanded. (Despite the cacophony of voices, Hazō had no trouble guessing who had spoken the out-of-place line.)

"Stand down," Naruto Prime said. "Chakra beast attack. It's dealt with."

"A likely stor—oh wait there's dead cats. Never mind." Kagome-sensei shuffled awkwardly into the room and went over to help Noburi up.

"Everyone okay?" Hazō asked.

Acknowledgements went around the room, including a grudging one from Noburi. "We're leaving," the wounded medic informed everyone.

"No argument from me," Mari said, looking at the blood and viscera that caked her sandal and the more blood that soaked her uniform. "I need about a week's worth of stand-up washing and then a long hot bath."

"I as well," Akane said, holding her arm (once again slicked in guts up to the shoulder) out to one side as she tried to shake the muck off her hand.

"Sounds great to me," said one of the as-yet-unnamed Newrutos. "I'm fine with spending the rest of my soap-bubble-like existence basking in a hot tub instead of getting all icky with monster guts."

The suggestion was met with universal approval and people immediately started gathering themselves up, checking that their gear was in place and ready, etc.

"Oh, hey," Kagome-sensei said. "Are these useful?" He held up a pair of small glass bottles, one with a tiny bit of yellow dust at the bottom and the other with a tiny bit of dried leaf flakes.

Noburi pounced on the bottles with the hunger of an octocat leaping on its prey. "Where did you get these?" He winced in pain, one hand coming up to touch his damaged face as the act of speaking sent a blast of agony through him.

"Back there," Kagome-sensei said, jerking a thumb down the hall. "There's a...storage room, I guess? Bunch of cages with skeletons in them and a rack with about a dozen bottles like these."

"Show me, now!"

Note: I rolled to see what the cats should have for skills. The results were interesting, but I should have used a higher base.

As with most fights, I ran into a few issues that hadn't been identified before or weren't clear from the rules. I managed to catch up with @Velorien for some of these but, due to timezones and RL commitments, I was not able to catch either @Velorien or @OliWhail to discuss the rest, so I'm making up the interpretations. Things might not work the same in future, but we will not retcon this fight.

Definite: The following items have been discussed and agreed to between me and @Velorien, although the exact language may be cleaned up a bit before it's added to the rules:

  • The rules state that you can chakra boost up to the Aspect Bonus (AB) of your highest combat skill. It's unclear if that means raw skill level or effective level after bloodlines/consequences/other long-term modifiers. The correct answer is effective level.
  • When one being launches a set of simultanenous attacks, those attacks are considered a 'group'
  • Simultaneous attacks:
    • When a being launches more than one simultaneous attacks, those attacks are called a 'group'.
    • Penalties for Consequences generated during the group are not applied until after it completes.
    • The tags that come with a Consequence are available immediately. If two attacks in a group target you and you counterattack hard enough to generate a Consequence on the attacker for the first attack then you can use the tag from that Consequence to boost your roll against the other attack.
    • You cannot pass Consequence-created tags to someone else until after the group finishing resolving.

Tentative: The specific might-change-in-the-future interpretations:
  • More simo-attack stuff, but I didn't manage to nail it down with @Velorien when we talked: If you kill someone with one attack in the group, you can redirect the other attacks that were aimed at them to a different target. Doing so gives you a -3 on each of those attacks.
  • Clones go 10 initiatives after their creator. If Alice goes on 34 and summons a clone then the clone acts on 24. Shadow Clones appear with orders in place but they do not have a chance to set up a bodyguard Block action until their initiative, meaning that they cannot Substitute someone out of the way of a threat until their turn comes up, although they can Substitute themselves as normal. They retain their initiative throughout the fight.

Octocat #1: Tentacle #1, attack Naruto Prime: ? + invoke 'Lethal Hunter' (-1 FP) + invoke Naruto's 'Malnourished' Consequence (-1 FP) - ? (pre-battle Medium Consequence "Crippled Tentacle") + 4dF (-3): ?

Before combat, Naruto LadySmoocher (NLS) and Naruto MegaDeluxeEdition (MDE) established and have been maintaining bodyguard Blocks with the wording "Substitute with any meatsack in our party who is in danger, preferring Prime. Call dibs so I don't clash with the other clone trying to do the same thing." NLS is going first; can he pull off his Substitution in time?
Athletics + (1/2 * Substitution) - Consequences + 4dF (-3): ?

He successfully swaps with Prime! NLS is now at -2 to all rolls and must block the attack!
NLS: Taijutsu - Consequences - 2 (Substitution) + ? (chakra boost) + 4dF (3): ?

NLS successfully used Taijutsu to counterattack! NLS is holding a Rasengan! The Rasengan detonates! It's super effective!
Octocat #1 takes ? damage from the roll + [a crapton] from the Rasengan and explodes!
Octocat #1's other tentacles were occupied with locomotion or damaged so no further attacks to resolve.

Narutos, go!
NLS has already taken his action.
MegaDeluxeEdition (MDE) is holding in case he needs to swap with someone.
Prime will (you guessed it) summon clones. Lots of clones. Well, 3 clones, which is about as many as can fit in this room with all the other people and critters present. They will go between Akane and Hazō.

Octocat #2: Tentacle #1, attack Naruto MegaDeluxeEdition: ? + invoke 'Lethal Hunter' (-1 FP) + invoke Naruto's 'Malnourished' Consequence (-1 FP) + 4dF (0): ?
MDE, Athletics + ? (chakra boost) - Consequences + 4dF(-3): ?

Naruto MegaDeluxeEdition is destroyed! His bodyguard block is invalidated! Octocat redirects his remaining attacks to...(roll, roll, roll) Naruto Prime, Mari, and Noburi. The FP that were already spent are invalidated since the person they targeted isn't there anymore, but he does get to tag Noburi's 'Rattled' Aspect. Also, I'm giving him a -3 CM on each of these attacks because he's having to redirect

Octocat #2: Tentacle #2, attack Naruto Prime: ? - 3 (redirecting) + 4dF (+6): ?
Prime, Taijutsu - Consequences + 4dF(3): ?
Octocat #2 has taken stress! Its stress track is full!

Octocat #2: Tentacle #3, attack Mari : ? - 3 (redirecting) + 4dF (-6): ?
Mari, Taijutsu + 4dF(6): ?
Octocat #2 has taken 8 stress! It gets a Mild Consequence ("Bruised"), a Medium Consequence ("Battered"), and a Severe Consequence ("I Be F'd Up, Yo")

Octocat #2: Tentacle #4, attack Noburi: ? - 3 (redirecting) + tag 'Rattled' + 4dF (0): ?
Noburi, Water Whip (40) + 4dF(6): 46
Octocat #2 has taken 1 stress! Its stress track and Consequences were full! Octocat #2 is dead!

Octocat #3: Tentacle #1, attack Naruto LadySmoocher: ? + invoke 'Lethal Hunter' (-1 FP) + invoke Naruto's 'Malnourished' Consequence (-1 FP) + 4dF (0): ?
NLS, Taijutsu ? + ? (chakra boost) - Consequences + 4dF(-9): ?
Uzumaki Naruto LadySmoocher is destroyed! Octocat #3 redirects tentacle #2 to (rolls...) Hazō! Bonuses for previously spent FP are lost, attack is at -3 for redirecting

Octocat #3: Tentacle #2, attack Hazō: ? + tag "Rattled" - 3 (redirected) + 4dF(6): ?
Hazō defends! He's can't use Roki because it's not going to work on an octocat (not human, not natural, feline senses)
Hazō, Taijutsu (43) + 5 (chakra boost; -25 CP!!!) + 5 (invoke "(Formerly) Marked for Death" (-1FP!!!)) + 4dF(6): 59
Octocat #3 takes 6 stress + 1 for Ninja Hands! Its stress track is full and it takes the Mild Consequence "Battered" and the Medium Consequence "Bum Leg"

Octocat #3: Tentacle #3, attack Hazō: ? + Aspect Bonus (already tagged 'Rattled') + 4dF(-6): ?
Hazō, Taijutsu (43) + 5 (chakra boost) + 5 tag "Bum Leg" + 5 tag "Battered" + 5 (already invoked "(Formerly) Marked for Death") + 4dF(0): 63
Octocat #3 has taken all the stress! It explodes into meat soup! (Metaphorically. It's really just dead, but it's really, really dead!) Its remaining attacks still happen, since they were simultaneous.

Octocat #3: Tentacle #4, attack Akane: ? + tag 'Rattled' + 4dF (3): ?
Akane goes for the Youthful Fist of the Mythological Beast That is Really Strong and Tough! She rolls her Physique (30) + Physique Aspect Bonus (+4) vs the Octocat's Physique. I don't actually know what that should be so, upon consideration, I'm going to call it 60/40 in her favor. (rolls...) She wins! The Octocat has a temporary fragile Aspect, "Vulnerable Shoulder Joint"!
Akane, Taijutsu (50) + tag "Vulnerable Shoulder Joint" + 4dF(0): 56
Octocat would have exploded if it weren't already dead!

Octocat #4: Tentacle #1, attack Noburi: ? + invoke 'Lethal Hunter' (-1 FP) + tag 'Rattled' + 4dF (9): a lot!
Interesting note: Noburi has no combat-related Aspects on his character sheet!
Noburi, Water Whip (40) + 5 (chakra boost; 25 CP) + 4dF(-3): 42
Ouch. Noburi takes 8 stress. The Pangolin Conditioning Jutsu blocks 2 of it, bringing it down to 6. He has a 3-box stress track, bringing it down to 3. He takes a Medium Consequence ("Half of Face Half Ripped Off"). This Consequence will not affect his rolls until next round but it can be tagged immediately

Octocat #4: Tentacle #2, attack Noburi: ? + Aspect Bonus (invoked "Lethal Hunter") + Aspect Bonus (tagged "Rattled") + tag "Half of Face Half Ripped Off" + 4dF(3): ?
Noburi, Water Whip (40) + 5 (chakra boost) + 4dF (-6): Reroll! -1FP!!!
Noburi, Water Whip (40) + 5 (chakra boost) + 22 (11 FP burned for the flat bonus of 1/2 AB each) + 4dF (3): 70
Octocat #4 takes 2 stress!

Octocat #4: Tentacle #3, attack Mari: ? + 4dF(-3): ?
Mari, Taijutsu + 4dF(0): ?
Octocat #4 takes 3 stress! (2 from the roll, 1 from Ninja Hands). 1 of those fills its stress track, the other 2 get laid off as a Mild Consequence "Ringing Ears"

Octocat #4: Tentacle #4, attack Hazō: ? + tag 'Rattled' + 4dF(3): ?
Hazō still can't use Roki on a non-human. Also, he does not have any unused combat-related Aspects on his sheet to invoke and (unlike Noburi) does not have any painful experience to justify dumping a huge number of FP
Hazō, Taijutsu (43) + 4dF(-6) Reroll! (-1FP!!!)
Hazō, Taijutsu 43 + 4dF(0): 43
Hazō has taken 4 stress. PCJ blocks 2 of it.

Mari, Taijutsu + invoke [REDACTED] (-1FP!!!) + 4dF(0): ?
Octocat #4: ? + 4dF(-3): ?
Octocat #4 dies!





XP AWARD: 4

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, August 28, 2019, at 12pm London time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 284: Tilting the Scales

It was a pleasant afternoon at the Gōketsu compound. A fire was crackling merrily in the living room, three mugs of hot chocolate were sitting on the table, and everyone was alive. Granted, Noburi was in hospital with Akane watching over him, Naruto had gone home for badly-needed "private time", and Kagome was upstairs beating himself up, but you couldn't have everything. Yes, Hazō decided, a few hours of determined denial would do him a world of good.

"Thank you for your hospitality," Dr Yakushi said with a neutral smile, settling down in one of the room's softer armchairs. "You know, I definitely think the warm colour scheme brings out the best in this room. Orochimaru-sensei's cooler tones were pleasing to the eye, but in the end, a place for entertaining guests should be welcoming above all else. Not that guests were his first priority, of course."

"Orochimaru-sensei?" Hazō repeated with puzzlement and a strange touch of alarm.

"Of course. An interest in esoteric research does not arise through spontaneous generation. Just as the Fifth had the Fourth as an apprentice, and Lady Tsunade chose that Shizune woman, Orochimaru-sensei also needed a reliable, open-minded lab assistant." Dr Yakushi said, his gaze drifting down wistfully. "The best days of my life, until that unfortunate… disagreement he had with the Leaf authorities.

"Now, while I appreciate your invitation, I can't stay long. Between assisting Lady Tsunade in treating the presently injured, sorting through my paperwork in order to find Form 133(b) before the director's patience runs out, summoning training, making sure a certain experiment has not overheated and ruined a week's worth of research, equipment maintenance, and reviewing security protocols, it is a miracle I have time to spare to rescue Noburi's love life, much less respond to your invitation."

"To do what?!"

"There's no immediate danger to his life, but I gather young women do not look kindly upon a permanently disfigured countenance. In a certain sense, his situation may be worse than Akane's was."

Hazō felt a chill pass through him. He'd been the one to suggest the trip to the Basement. He'd been the one to invite Noburi to come along.

"I am not overly concerned, however. We still have access to Lady Tsunade, after all."

Hazō concealed a sigh of relief.

"Next time, however, " Dr Yakushi said in the coolest voice Hazō had ever heard from him, looking at Hazō over the top of his glasses, "bring him directly to the hospital after a serious injury. Apprentices are not as easily replaceable as people think.

"Now, may I ask the purpose of this invitation?"

-o-​

"Inviting Dr Yakushi would be a terrible idea," Mari said firmly. "The man's a snake."

Hazō recalled his few encounters with the man. The more he considered, the less he could imagine Yakushi Kabuto having anything remotely snake-like about him.

"Why do you say that?" he asked sceptically.

"He's friendly, patient, tolerant, helpful, and… very forgiving," Mari said.

"And this is your argument against asking him to join the clan?"

"He doesn't have any visible flaws," Mari said patiently, as if explaining to a ten-year-old why it was important to slit a throat so the blood sprayed away from you, "and he's a jōnin."

Hazō stopped dead in its mental tracks. His mind brought up a random sampling of the jōnin he knew. Maito Gai. Nara Shikaku. Mari herself. Mori Ami.

"Noburi and Akane both vouch for him," he ventured with a touch of desperation. "They arguably have the most common sense in this clan.

"Oh, no offence, Mari!" he quickly added.

"None displayed."

She tapped a finger against her lips thoughtfully.

"But I suppose there is that saying. He may be a snake, but he'd be our snake. Nobody works against their own clan's interests."

She paused briefly.

"Nobody reasonable works against their own clan's interests.

"It's always better to be in a clan than out of one, unless the clan is psycho-crazy like the Karatachi, and I think he knows as well as us what happens to those who reveal clan secrets without permission. It just wouldn't be a good trade-off for him to undermine us if he was a Gōketsu. Also, it would keep him out of the hands of the KEI, and I think you'll agree we don't want those two unlabelled reagents mixing in the same bowl."

They weren't going to get over what they'd seen in the Basement in a hurry, were they? Especially the… No, no going down that road. The clan head had to keep it together in the middle of making an important decision. He could process (recall over and over with increasing horror) the experiences in his own room later.

"So you've changed your mind about him?" Hazō asked.

"No," she said. "I still think he's up to something, even if I have no idea what. But halfway through this conversation, I remembered…"

Her expression turned dark. "We need all the competent clan members we can get if we want this clan to survive."

Hazō remembered when he'd last heard that self-hating tone of voice. It hadn't been in the Basement.

"It wasn't your fault!" He exclaimed for the thousandth time. "We all agree that you did the best you possibly could, and we very nearly beat him against all the odds. Without you, for all we know he could have got an absolute majority."

But if he could keep it together long enough to get through the day, then she could too. She was already doing so much better than she had been even a week ago. He had to keep her focused on the present.

"I take your point, though. An extra jōnin would be a major asset even if we put aside the medical stuff. As long as you think it's safe."

"Don't worry," Mari said with the cold finality of a headsman's axe. "This time, I'll protect you."

-o-

"I always suspected," Dr Yakushi admitted. "A man of his calibre could never be satisfied with the paltry equipment we have access to over at the hospital. Then, of course, there were his disagreements with the Hokage regarding ethical oversight. The Third had clear views on the treatment of civilians, even damaged ones. There were also Orochimaru-sensei's comments about past assistants, who all lacked the necessary mental fortitude to reach Level Seven, and instead had to assist with his research in other ways. At the time, I couldn't possibly have known that it was anything other than a personal classification system, but of course after the ANBU reports…"

Seven levels. They'd only managed to get as far as the third, and that was with Naruto for firepower and Kagome for safety.

"Did he say anything else about Level Seven?" Hazō asked.

Dr Yakushi cocked his head. "There was a throwaway comment that stuck with me, about those past apprentices proving themselves unworthy to assist with his research on the nature of life and death. Unfortunately, he did not deem me ready for further discussion on the topic. I would like to think that, if only we'd had more time together… No, never mind.

"Now," he leaned forward, hands tight on the armrests, "how far did you reach? Because if you've truly uncovered the mysteries of Level Seven…"

Hazō shook his head apologetically. "We only made it as far as Three before we... ran into difficulties."

Dr Yakushi leaned back again. "Most unfortunate." He paused. "With regard to your offer… it is very generous, but I must refuse for three reasons.

"First, as you may have noticed, I take pains to remain apolitical. Taking sides would distract terribly from my research, and, more importantly, my current position is effective because I am equally useful to everyone. As such, nobody has a vested interest in reminding the world that I was once apprentice to Leaf's greatest—no, second greatest—third greatest missing-nin. In any case, I believe you have experienced the implications of that kind of reputation yourselves.

"Second, while your offer of additional funding would have been light shining down from the Deva Path a matter of weeks ago, recent events have led me to believe that Leaf is about to see a massive influx of state investment into medicine. Naturally, after the Battle of Nagi Island, everyone is aware of the importance of understanding Bloodline Limits, bio-sealing, and other uncommon research fields.

"Third, I do not mean to sound mercenary, but where else can you go with all your fascinating samples? Lady Tsunade is about to have a great deal on her plate, and is unlikely to express personal interest in Orochimaru-sensei's research. Leaf's other medic-nin include some truly gifted individuals, but none with my particular specialisation. The Hyūga have far greater medical lore than is publicly assumed, but I doubt you are keen to cooperate with them."

Two thirds of a gloomy silence settled over the room as Hazō weighed his options.

"What about direct access to the Basement? I'm sure that if you were to go down there yourself, you'd be able to extract much more data than we could—data which neither of us has any other way of obtaining."

"True," Dr Yakushi said. "Very true. Of course, unless certain traps have been disarmed beforehand, I would be taking my life in my own hands. No, it would be far more logical for me to explore it after it has been cleared by competent experts such as yourselves."

"You understand," Mari said, "that anything down there is sensitive material belonging to the Gōketsu Clan. It would be inappropriate, and set a bad precedent, to allow an outsider access to the clan's literally deepest secrets."

Dr Yakushi nodded. "Allow me, then, to present a hypothetical scenario. In this scenario, I approach the Sixth Hokage, and inform him that, under my authority as the Tower's advanced medical research specialist, I have expropriated certain rare study materials from the Gōketsu Clan. The Sixth is doubtless a man worthy of great respect, but he is untrained in alchemy, humorism, miasma theory, or any other cutting-edge spheres of medicine. How do you suppose he would react upon being presented with a catalogue of research items described using the proper terminology of the field?"

While Hazō's mind was still stuck on the image of a cutting-edge sphere of medicine, Mari smirked. "He would gaze at it blankly for a few seconds, then fob the whole deal off onto the nearest qualified professional, together with a big chunk of that funding he promised—what with Tsunade being right around the corner—and a private commendation for getting one over on those upstart foreigners."

"Quite. Without input from the Tower, or from my superiors, who would not touch Orochimaru-sensei's legacy with a ten-foot pole, it is of course my prerogative to assign clearance levels for the relevant research, as well as to select staff to assist me on the project. Such as, for example, my dear apprentice."

He may be a snake, but he'd be our snake, Hazō thought to himself.

"I'm not letting that one implication slip past me," Mari commented. "You're tricking the Hokage into agreeing that you have formal authority to seize clan property."

"Why, am I?" Dr Yakushi smiled. "Certainly, in our hypothetical scenario I would be expropriating said materials, albeit with permission. And certainly, I am the Tower's advanced medical research specialist—Lady Tsunade has no interest in assuming that title—and would be expropriating them in said capacity, as opposed to as a private individual. I see nothing underhanded about reporting to the Hokage accordingly.

"Needless to say," Dr Yakushi added, "the speed of my research is of necessity dependent on how much time I must spend on other issues, such as pursuing further funding—ten million ryo per year, was it?—and personal training as a ninja, such as might be facilitated by useful ninjutsu and seals. Indeed, it could be accelerated by a variety of other forms of assistance, of which those mentioned in the course of this very conversation are noteworthy, though not exclusive, examples. Alas, such are the constraints placed on Leaf's sole expert in given fields of study.

"Now, I believe it is time for me to return to my duties. Do contact me with your decision with due haste. Certain materials can be terribly dangerous if improperly handled."

-o-​

To be concluded and/or rewarded by @eaglejarl. Voting is open.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 285: Futures Bright and Dark

"Are you sure I can't change your mind?" Hazō asked. "I know you want to keep your neutrality, but I have a signed document from the Fifth Hokage that offers Orochimaru a full pardon. Were I to release that, it would offset the reputational costs you would incur by joining us."

Doctor Yakushi smiled. "I'm delighted to hear that! You'll be offering it to the Clan Council, yes?" The smile disappeared and he suddenly looked concerned. "May I suggest that you offer it sooner rather than later? Not doing so could offer your enemies a chance to accuse you of subverting the will of the then-Hokage by not making it known. They could make a strong case for charges of treason in such a case."

Hazō's smile slipped before he could clamp down on it with the Iron Nerve. He had intended to hold the pardon as a trump card to be played at the optimal moment, but that appeared to be off the table.

"Of course," he said. He rose, forcing himself to smile. "But, enough of that. You clearly don't find it convincing, so I won't keep you." He nodded to the older man, who had remained seated, leaning back in comfort with one arm up on the top of the couch. "I'm sorry to hear that you won't be joining us, Doctor. I will, of course, be refusing your offer—it sidelines the Gōketsu too much and therefore misses half the point of the exercise, which was to gain political reputation by being the spearhead of biosealing. I also won't be able to devote clan funds to your research, as they will be needed elsewhere. Let me know when you change your mind—sky-high funding and training in unique jutsu are still available if you join the clan." He turned to Mari. "Could you set up a meeting with Shikamaru at his convenience? I'm sure some of the Nara will be interested in working with us on researching what we've got already. Oh, and one with Lady Tsunade. Lord Hokage promised her a ridiculous amount of funding, so some of that money will be available now that Dr Yakushi has said he's not interested in researching what we've got."

"That is not what I—"

"Indeed," Mari said with a smile, not looking at him as she ran over his words. "She was very interested in some of the humanitarian ideas you were discussing with her. As I recall, she even said that the single most important effort from her point of view was to build walls for civilians, with the second being...was it clean water? With a bit of research, the Purifier seals can probably be repurposed to purify water instead of air. Given that those are her priorities, I'm sure we can divert some of the medical research budget to seal research instead."

Dr Yakushi raised an eyebrow at her but forebore to comment.

Hazō turned back to their guest. "Thank you for your time, Doctor. I'm sorry we couldn't come to an arrangement. Let me know if you change your mind, but if you're going to do so then please do it quickly. Kagome-sensei is busy on other things at the moment, but he should be available again sometime in the next couple of days. As soon as he is, I'm going to tell him to purge the basement."

"...'Purge the basement'?"

"Yes. It's much too dangerous to keep down there unless there's value to be extracted from it that benefits the Gōketsu. Noburi isn't experienced enough to do the research on his own and I'm not sure who else would be. Since you're not interested in working with us it's better to just destroy it all."

Dr Yakushi's eyes widened. "Destroy it all?"

Hazō nodded, the Iron Nerve freezing his face in an expression of solemnity that he'd worn once, back on a skytower with Akane as they watched the sunrise. He knew that it made him look inhuman to a keen-eyed observer—normal people's faces transitioned from one expression to another, flashed varying microexpressions in the middle of different macroexpressions, and so on. The Iron Nerve's utter stillness was a creepy mask in the hands of those untrained, but a useful one nonetheless.

"Yes," he said again. "I'll have to talk to him about methods; we can't have him using any of his larger tools, as they could collapse the entire place and potentially drop the house into a sinkhole. Still, he's awfully good at explosives, especially firey ones. I'm sure that he can burn everything down to the bare walls, top to bottom, without so much as scratching the foundation."

Dr Yakushi seemed at a loss for words. "You would destroy the work of the greatest medical researcher of all time. The single most brilliant expert on life extension, biotransplantation, and crossgenic synthesis."

Hazō shrugged. It was an Iron Nerve shrug and therefore doubtless screamed of falsehood to Dr Yakushi's eyes, but it conveyed the intent. "Yes? I mean, it's not like it's doing us any good, and the place is dangerous."

Dr Yakushi licked his lips, his eyes shifting nervously. "It's...possible that this plan could be unwise, even dangerous," he said carefully. "Orochimaru-sensei was a...lateral thinker, with high tolerance for the unconventional since his personal power was such that most things were far less dangerous to him than to lesser ninja. There could be things in the basement that would react poorly to explosives."

"Ah. Interesting. Thank you for the warning; I'll tell Kagome-sensei."

"Speaking of," Mari said, "I saw him at breakfast. He was excited about his current project; apparently he had a breakthrough recently. He said he might be done as early as this afternoon, so he might be done already."

"Excellent," Hazō said. "I'm sure he'll be thrilled to start on the demolition." He cocked his head thoughtfully. "Let's see...we went through the first few floors already and there wasn't anything particularly unusual in there. What do you think—could we just toss in a few youthenizers and call it a day? He'd need to start being careful on the bottom floors, of course."

"A youthenizer is a seal that Hazō invented," Mari told Dr Yakushi helpfully. "Giant ball of fire but not much pressure. Should be safe for burning everything to ash without damaging the walls." She turned back to Hazō. "Seems reasonable to me, but he's the expert. Ask him."

"I will." He cocked his head as a thought patently falsely 'struck him'. "Actually...you know, the cost/benefit on destroying the basement might change if we acquired some force multipliers. For example, if we had a Summoning Scroll in the clan then I'd probably be inclined to explore the basement with summons and only destroy it all if there was a danger of something getting out...by whatever means." He turned back to Dr Yakushi and gestured towards the door. "Let me walk you out."

o-o-o-o​

"Well, that was...fun," Hazō said as the door closed behind probably the most infuriating man he'd ever met. Well, one of them. 'Lord' Hyūga probably still held the top spot.

Probably.

Mari snorted and turned back towards the living room. "You have an interesting definition of 'fun'."

Hazō shrugged and followed along. "Gotta look for silver linings. Speaking of which, that octocat corpse that Noburi killed is pretty intact. Could you have someone check it for poison, acid, whatever and, if it's clear, get it stuffed? I want to give it to Ami."

Mari laughed. "Can do."

They reached the living room and Hazō flopped down in one of the overstuffed armchairs with a sigh.

"Speaking of Noburi," he said, "I hope he's okay."

Mari nodded. "Lady Tsunade prioritized him into her queue because he's a medic. He's getting literally the best care in the world."

Hazō blew out a long, tired breath. "Yeah, I know. It still sucks that he got hurt."

She nodded. "Yes."

They sat in silence for several long seconds, and then Hazō determinedly pushed himself upright.

"Okay, enough moping," he said, forcing determination into his voice. "Let's do stuff! For the first time in ages we aren't buried in an immediate disaster or running on someone else's schedule. Time to actually make a difference."

"Okaaaay...." Mari eyed him nervously. "What exactly did you have in mind?"

"We get a medium-term mission, say a couple of weeks. Maybe some kind of beast-clearing thing. Really, it's a pretext to do some guerilla civil engineering. Build MEW walls for small towns and villages. Clear varmints in the area. Use explosives to prep their fields, that kind of thing. Then I've got a thought on some experiments I want to run. For example, how we could build basic shelters really fast: Make a foundation with MEW, put an Air Dome on it. Spray it with alcohol-slaked lime and clay from a misterator, clean off some spots for door and windows. Hit it with a youthenizer to harden the shell. Collapse the Dome. Voila, a very simple and very safe house."

His former teacher frowned. "Are you sure that works?"

Hazō shrugged. "No? That's why I want to test it. I've also got a weapon in mind that might be a counter to skywalkers and I need to test it waaaay out in the boonies. And, since money is an issue for us, I want to set up some salterns on the coast."

"Salterns?"

"Yeah, it's basically a chimney in the water. You let seawater flood in to fill trays, then you block off the entrance. Freeze it slowly, then throw away the ice so that you only have brine. Boil that—Akane's Elemental Mastery jutsu should help, and we'll have plenty of firewood after I blow up a few miles of trees. After we boil it all, what's left is salt. Scrape it out, put it in storage seals, repeat. Voila: a ton of money. We'll just need to figure out a way to launder it so that the Merchant Council doesn't get pissy."

"I've been working on them, actually. Give me a little time and I may be able to co-opt them to be our rubber stamp."

"Say what now?"

"The Merchant Council is our largest problem overall—"

"Really? Personally, I was going with the Hokage-blood-purist-xenophobic-nationalist-who-hates-our-guts being the biggest problem."

Mari shook her head in annoyance. "No. He's a problem, but far from our biggest. He respects the law and he's in a very weak position politically. He can't afford to alienate any of the clans, and that puts sharp limits on what he can do. He can and will target us and he can cause us a lot of trouble, but he needs to keep it deniable. He can't strip us of our clan status or send ANBU to murder us in our beds. That would set a precedent that the other clans could not tolerate. Also, this new collection of clanless ninja—and I am amused as anything that they call themselves the KEI—are going to be a thorn in his side. I'm not saying we're safe, but we're safe-ish. At this point, our biggest problem is increasing our powerbase.

"There's three aspects to that: Increasing our income, increasing our overall wealth, and increasing our ninja power. Sounds like you've got ideas for the first one, and over time that will take care of the second. The third covers both the number of ninja in the clan and how diverse a swath of abilities we can acquire, since you've demonstrated that synergy is the path to power.

"Bringing in new ninja is problematic. We can only adopt two clanless per year for tax reasons, but anyone that we bring in from the clans will have divided loyalties and represents a potential spy. I see two potential ways around this. First, we convince other clans to use their adoption slots and then we promptly adopt from them. It's a legal fiction that interferes with the other clans' tax benefits; it won't work for long before it gets stepped on, but it could net us a few good people in the short term, which would be a big help at tax time.

"The second approach is that we bring clanless in as unrecognized branch family. We build a lot of fancy guest housing and other buildings on the property and we hire them as live-in caretakers, managers of civilian gardeners, and so on. It's really just a pretense for us to give them money and a place to live. We start hosting monthly gambling nights where we bring all our 'totally-not-clan' clanless ninja in. Somehow, our clanless happen to win an amount of money exactly equal to the tax benefits that they would have gotten had they been clan ninja. Maybe they earn a generous and predictable bonus on top of that." She paused and cocked her head in thought. "Actually, we should probably make it open to any ninja who wants to show up. Makes it less of a fig leaf. Those who are not part of our group will somehow find their money draining away into our coffers.

"So, we've got all these clanless ninja who totally are not part of the clan even if they somehow end up receiving all the benefits of being in the clan and isn't that odd? We're paying them a salary to live in luxurious housing, we're recompensing their taxes and giving them the fifty-percent bonus that clans get, and we're funneling good missions to them. We 'invite them over for dinner' essentially every night—after all, we're allowed to throw parties whenever we want and invite whomever we want, right? We'll want to change it up...dinner, cocktail parties, salons, games nights, whatever. Our clanless are always invited, meaning that we're covering all of their groceries and they are bonding with us on the regular. There's a clear but unstated understanding that this cushy lifestyle is dependent on their first loyalty being to us. Once they've integrated a bit, we can start using them in whatever wacky schemes you have. The other clans could do the same thing but most of them probably won't, at least for a while, since it would require admitting that clanless are not actually inferior."

Hazō shifted uncomfortably. "From what Noburi and Keiko said, they...kinda are, in some ways. They haven't had access to as good an education, for one thing."

Mari shrugged. "So? Kagome loves teaching. He can run remedial classes. If any of them want to learn sealing and can convince him to take them, our explosives problem is solved and you two can focus on bigger projects. And if he doesn't want to teach them, we'll hire some civilians to do it.

"That takes care of ninja power. Money is the next problem. You've already shown that you have a ton of ways to make money, but we can't use them because of the Merchant Council and its equivalent in other major cities. The villages just don't have enough cash to satisfy our needs."

Vistas of excitement opened in Hazō' s mind. "So you want to get rid of the Merchant Council?"

She shook her head. "No. I want to co-opt them. All of our permit requests get quill-whipped through, everyone else's get stalled for months."

"That's...that's brilliant." He eyed his fire-haired former teacher with renewed respect. Not that he had ever stopped respecting her, but her expertise did tend to fall into the 'assumed and therefore unrecognized' category sometimes. And then she would pull out something like this.

She shrugged. "Not my first roundup. I shouldn't have split my attention between this and the politics before. Now that I've made a mess of that I need to focus on this and get it done as soon as possible."

"You didn't make a mess of the politics," he said firmly.

She made a throwaway gesture with one hand. "I'm not arguing it with you. Regardless, pace yourself as you start transforming Leaf so that you don't scare the other clans too badly. Society can only change so quickly without violating public sensibilities to the point where they unify in stopping it. And don't get overconfident: They're smart too, and they could easily kill us if they wanted to, especially now that Keiko's loyalties are divided. Right now we are protected solely by social norms and the desire of the clans to not rock the boat too much. Frighten them, violate those social norms too badly, and we're all thrown in a ditch by dinner time."

A chill went down Hazō's back. "Uh...right. I'll remember that."

She nodded, apparently satisfied. "Good. Now, you were talking about that trip. Who are you taking?"

He shifted in his chair, suddenly uncomfortable. "I was thinking me, Akane, and Kagome-sensei. Noburi needs time to convalesce and you're the obvious person to act as Clan Head while I'm away."

"What about Naruto? Didn't you want to adopt him?"

To be honest, that had rather slipped Hazō's mind. "I mean, of course. Yes."

She nodded. "Don't get your hopes up. I doubt he'll want to at this point."

Hazō blinked. "What?"

"Remember you told Ami to 'maximize our political power'? She created the KEI and installed Naruto as one member of the triumvirate that runs it. He's now the de iure head of the Uzumaki and will be arranging for a regent sharpish so he can be the de facto head as well, with a puppet to actually cast his vote in Council. He's also the hero of the village, holder of the biggest sympathy card ever, and one-third of the group that represents...what, a quarter of the ninja power in Leaf? A third?" She tossed the issue aside as unimportant. "He's enormously politically powerful at this point, he's got a serious hate for Hyūga after the way he got muscled out for the Hokage vote, and he's positively inclined towards us, but he loses a lot of that if he joins the Gōketsu. Doing so would tie him to our tarnished reputation and cost him the Uzumaki vote. There's no reason for him to become a Gōketsu."

"But...Jiraiya wanted him to."

She shrugged. "Maybe he'll do it at some point. I doubt it will happen in the near term." She grimaced. "Also, he's savvy but he's not terribly proactive. He's also a teenage boy; someone with the right skills could lead him around by his hormones without too much trouble, and Ami has the skills. She's savvy, political, has some seduction training, and has at least as much force of personality as he does, as well as better debate skills. She can get him to go along with nearly anything she proposes. Keiko, of course, will do whatever Ami tells her to. The KEI is basically Ami's group with the other two having minimal to no control."

"Oh."

"Yeah."

Hazō sat, marinating in the implications, until Mari got up and went to bed.





XP AWARD: 5

It is now about 11pm.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, September 11, 2019, at 12pm London time.
 
Last edited:
Interlude: The View from Below
Interlude: The View from Below

Various times, various places...

Rikio straightened up and wiped the sweat off his face before rubbing his back. The sun was hotter than Mom's oven and his feet were sore and bleeding from where the rice plants' claws kept scratching at them.

The heat and frequent rain had accelerated the growth of the rice plants, and the farmers were falling behind. They had only gotten to this field today, and the plants were already on the cusp of adulthood. In a few days or a week the coleoptile, currently soft and blunt, would finish hardening and sharpening while the rootclaws would become sturdy enough to support locomotion. If the crew didn't get the plants pithed and stripped soon then the entire field might walk away and there'd be nothing left for next year. Plus, these plants had been harvested for generations; everyone knew perfectly well that if they were ever allowed to fully mature then they would seek out their tormentors for retribution.

"Hey! You! Back to work!" The overseer came trotting over on his horse, riding crop upraised.

"Yes, sir!" Rikio quickly bent back to his work. Long practice made his hands quick and sure; both hands went on the stalk, thumbs facing in with right hand over left. Right hand went up, stripping all the coleoptiles with their delicious seeds off and tossing them over his shoulder into the wicker basket on his back. Left hand went down under the water, following the stalk down to where it met the rootclaws. He kept his wrist close the stalk as the still-soft claws frantically thrash at him. Thumb and finger went under the root bundle to where the bulb was growing, dug in, twisted and yanked, and tossed the bulb into the basket. He'd gotten the full bulb on the first go, so the plant immediately went quiescent. He swiped his face across his shoulder to try to get the stinging sweat out of his eyes, then took one step forward to the next plant.

From off in the distance—and not the far-enough distance!—came the sound of an explosion and shouting voices. Seconds later came the splashing of sandaled feet running across the flooded paddy. Running across it, on top of the water.

Rikio threw himself flat, not caring that his basket tipped and spilled an entire day's work into the water.

"Water Element: Death of a Thousand Blades!"

Rikio pressed himself into the muck, keeping his eyes and ears barely above the surface; it was important to know which way they were coming from.

"Earth Element: Fortress of the Earth!"

A screaming whine erupted, probably not more than two dozen yards from where Rikio hid. It was like the sound made by Shinya's sharpening wheel when he was putting the rough hone on a badly dulled blade, except overlapping on itself as though an entire village of Shinyas were working a wheel at once.

"Fire Element: Fire Snake!" The voice cracked in mid-word, the changing register showing a boy becoming a man.

"Fire Element: Eternal Serpents!" This voice was unmistakably female; she sounded surprisingly like Rikio's youngest sister. Of course, Rikio's youngest sister couldn't send twenty-foot-long snakes made of fire whirling through the air in a twisting, darting, terrifying dance that made Rikio shiver and press himself deeper into the muck.

One of the rice plants, this one a little older and stronger, jammed a claw into the meat of his calf. It didn't go in more than half an inch and the venom was still too weak to be dangerous, but that didn't stop it from feeling as though his leg was on fire. Rikio screamed, then immediately dropped completely under the water. One thing you did not want to do during a ninja fight was attract attention. He kicked hard at the base of the plant, tearing it out of the mud and dislodging the claw in his leg.

A thick leg with a heavy hoof came down next to his face as the overseer galloped past. It was good; the horse didn't step on Rikio but it did stir up the mud, providing better cover in the foot-deep water.

Rikio stayed down as long as he could, so long that his lungs burned, then slowly raised his head just enough to be able to see. Burning air scorched him; the entire paddy was on fire, all the stalks blazing like torches. He breathed out, breathed in, and dove under the water, awkwardly frog-kicking his way towards the trees that surrounded the paddy.

There were going to be some difficult conversations when the tax collector came around next month and was met with empty baskets and empty fields.

o-o-o-o​

Bunji carefully suppressed his excitement; Machi still had three figs on her stall! Mom would be so excited—fig jam had been her favorite since she was a little girl. Her joint-ache had been acting up and the treat would make her smile. Still, excited or not, it was important not to seem excited.

"Is this all you've got?" he demanded of the stall owner. "Where are the greens?"

"Sold out to people who don't lie in bed all day," Machi sneered. That was hardly fair; the sun had been above the East Gate trees not even half an hour.

Bunji gave a put-upon sigh. "Ugh. Wilted carrots, pathetic tubers...are those boreworms in the apples?"

"There are no boreworms in my apples! I wrap each one of them in netting so that they can grow undisturbed. That's why they are the largest and finest examples of appledom you've ever seen!" The old woman snorted dismissively. "I'll warn you, they're dear. Fifty ryō each."

"Pah! As if! I'd barely pay one ryō! They look mealy."

"Well, then you'd best move on. I've already had a dozen people happy to pay my price, so I don't need a ragamuffin like you wasting time at my stall."

"I suppose I could stretch as far as five ryō each for three of them, if you threw in a dozen carrots as well."

"What?! Are you trying to beggar me?! The carrots are twelve ryō the one!" She flapped wrinkled hands at him. "Go on! Get out of here and come back when you actually have money. I wouldn't let my apples go for less that forty-eight ryō each."

"Forty-eight?! Forty-eight??!! That's highway robbery! Maybe I'd give you six, but only because you look like you haven't had a good meal in a week."

"Hah! I eat better than a beggar like you! Can't even muster up a measly forty-five ryō for a decent apple? What, is your ugly face keeping you from getting work?"

"Bah! Forget your apples and forget you. Nagasu has better produce over in Minato Plaza, and he has some idea what decent prices look like. I only stopped here because it was on my way." Bunji turned away as if to walk off.

"Now, hold on there! I suppose I could come down to forty."

Bunji turned back, giving the old woman a histrionic gape. "Forty? Forty? Woman, they aren't worth more than ten!" He paused, surveying the produce and shaking his head in disgust. "Tell you what. I'm in a hurry. I'll give you fifteen ryō for an apple and...ugh, none of this is any good. Well, the figs are least bad, I guess. Fifteen ryō for the apple and those three figs."

"Three?! You do want to beggar me! The figs are priceless! These are the finest figs in all of Leaf! Lovingly tended by my virgin daughter, watered only with water blessed by my ancestors!"

"Did you pass the water before getting it blessed? Look at how shriveled they are!" He reached out and picked up one of the fruit, turning it back and forth while sneering magnificently. In truth it was luscious, tender and undoubtedly bursting with flavor. He could feel his mouth watering just thinking about it. It had been a good week at the tannery and he had a full hundred and fifty ryō in his pocket. He'd been meaning to get some meat as a treat for the kids, but if he skipped that and got the figs instead he could probably make it work as long as Uncle Choki managed to bring in a few fish to make up the difference. And Mom really would be happy to have the fig jam. If they were sparing, he could even give a little to the kids.

"Oh, neat, figs! Hold up a minute, Hidehito."

Bunji had barely started to turn before a girl pushed past him—thirteen, maybe fourteen, but she wore a uniform and a Leaf's ninja headband. She grabbed the fig out of his hand and took a bite, then scooped up the other two.

"Damn, these are great! How much, old woman?"

Machi bowed low. "For you, mighty ninja, I give the discount due to our protectors. Merely a hundred for the lot."

"Cool." She reached into her pocket and tossed some coins at the stall owner, then turned and walked off, handing one of the figs to her friend as she went.

o-o-o-o​

Tamio couldn't stop his foot from tapping furiously as he waited in the entrance room of the hospital. How long had it been? He'd been here for hours already. His stomach was growling and he really needed to pee, but he was afraid that if he ducked out to the alley to relieve himself he might miss his chance.

Just as he was about to decide that the demands of his bladder could no longer be refused, the door opened and two men walked in from the street, unwinding their thick wool scarves as they did. Tall, well-muscled and well-fed, with ninja headbands. The one on the right had the white eyes and crest of the omnipotent Hyūga clan, while the one on the left wore the crest of the Kurusu on his chest and the double red stripe of the medical corps on his armband. They were chatting and laughing, but they both stepped back as Tamio put himself in their way.

"Please, Mr Doctor Sir! Please! A moment, please!" He bowed deeply and repeatedly. "Please, sir, I need your help!"

"Ugh," said the Kurusu. "I can't believe they let softfeet in here. And now it's the nits as well as the lice?"

It was hard to tell when a Hyūga rolled his eyes, but the doctor seemed to do so. "I know, right? Lady Tsunade's fault. She lets them dash around underfoot all the time. What do you want, boy?"

"Please, Mr Doctor Sir, my mother is sick. She stepped on a nail three days ago, and now her whole foot is swole up and red! She's all hot and everything!"

The doctor shook his head in aggravation. "Is that all? Just tell her to soak it in some urine for an hour or two." He shook his head and looked at his friend. "Honestly, they don't even know the basics. Can you believe that Lady Tsunade has made us go out and try to teach them? Most infuriating experience of my life."

"I can imagine," the Hyūga said sympathetically. "The one who cleans my room can't even make a bed properly. The pillows are never plumped. If I've told her once I've told her thrice and she just can't remember. I keep wanting a replacement, but all the good ones are taken and Lord Hiashi won't allow non-clan workers on the grounds."

"Please, Mr Doctor Sir," Tamio said desperately. "Please, won't you come?"

"Look, boy," the doctor said. "I've got twelve hours of rounds to do. I've got two genin squads who got mauled by something or other and barely made it home. Lady Tsunade herself worked on the surviving squad leader, and he's raving off his head and trying to cast jutsu at us unless we dope him unconscious. I've got someone who ran into a genjutsu user, probably a Rock spy from what the Yamanaka have been able to dig out. He constantly thinks he's being eaten by rats and we can't knock him out because he needs to be awake for the Yamanaka to work on undoing as much of the damage as possible, so he's in full restraints and screaming at the top of his lungs. I've got six members of the Daimyo's court down with what might be the red pox or might just be hives and I'm expected to minister to all of them. I don't have time to go running off after every softfoot old woman so careless as to not watch where she puts her feet. Soak her foot in urine until it gets better, bring her in if it doesn't improve within a few days. Now move."

He pushed Tamio aside and strode past the nurse's station with a nod to the civilian auxiliary at the desk. He had barely lifted the latch on the door when it slammed open. Only ninja reflexes allowed him to jump back in time to avoid getting his nose broken as a middle-aged blonde woman limped violently into the room.

"Ko!" she bellowed at the civilian woman. "Where is that lazy—" She cut herself off as she saw the doctor standing there. "Fina-fucking-ly! You're late!"

Tamio watched wide-eyed as Mr Doctor Sir bowed to the blonde woman, bowed so deeply that his back was past horizontal.

"Your pardon, Lady Tsunade! It won't happen again!"

"You're fucking right it won't. When rounds start, I shouldn't have to be looking for you." She glanced over his shoulder at the Hyūga and Tamio. "Who're these lot?"

The Hyūga bowed deeply. "I am Hyūga Tadafumi, My Lady. I came to visit my cousin, Hyūga Nozomi."

Lady Tsunade grunted. "Nozomi...that the whiny bint with the boo-boo on her arm or the snotty brat with the busted foot?"

The Hyūga's face crimped up as though he were trying very hard not to frown. "Nozomi was stabbed during weapons practice, My Lady. With the greatest respect, I would not call it a 'boo-boo'."

"Well, I fucking would. It's just the muscle, no tendon or nerve damage. She'll be fine in a couple weeks; hardly worth the walk here and definitely not worth having her stick around." She glanced behind the Hyūga to where Tamio was fidgeting and shifting from foot to foot. "Hey, kid, what's up with you? Got ants in your pants or what?"

"P-please, Lady Tsunade, ma'am!" Tamio bowed, over and over, trying hard not to panic. This was Lady Tsunade herself! The Slug Princess, a member of the Three! The woman who shattered the Blue Mountain because its shade caused her a chill, and breathed life back into her teammates during the Great War!

Lady Tsunade sighed. "Spit it out, kid. I've got sick people waiting and a doctor I need to finish tearing strips off of."

"It's his mother, ma'am," the doctor said dismissively. "Apparently she stepped on a nail. I told the boy to have her soak it in some urine and bring her in if it doesn't get better in a few days."

"Please, Lady Tsunade! It's all swole up and red, and she's hot and having waking dreams."

Lady Tsunade frowned. "Is there anything coming out of the hole? Yellow pus, maybe?"

Tamio nodded. "Yes, ma'am. But it's more green than yellow."

"Veins on her leg swollen?"

Lady Tsunade looked angry at having him waste her time; Tamio had to force himself to swallow before he could answer her question. "Y-Y-yes, m-ma'am."

Lady Tsunade swore and backhanded Mr Doctor Sir across the face. "You stupid fuck! She's got blood sickness and you told her to soak it in piss?!"

Mr Doctor Sir staggered back, eyes flashing in anger. One hand started to come up to his face and then froze, locked at his side because he very clearly knew that even appearing as though he were raising a hand in anger might be worth his life, given the mood the Slug Princess was in.

"He didn't tell me that part," Mr Doctor Sir hissed through clenched teeth. "He just said it was swollen up and red, with a little fever."

Lady Tsunade started to shout, then saw how Tamio was cowering at being stuck in a room with angry ninja. She visibly forced herself to take a deep breath and speak calmly.

"Doctor Kurusu," she said, smiling with teeth. "Did you actually ask the boy anything about his mother's symptoms?"

"I...uh..."

"I will deal with you later." She walked forward and he scrambled to get out of her way. "C'mon, kid," she said to Tamio, opening the coat closet and slinging a cloak over her shoulders. "Show me where your mom is."

o-o-o-o​

All praise be to @eaglejarl, in case it wasn't obvious from the US English.
 
Last edited by a moderator:
Chapter 286: Long Held Plans...Achieved?

"I shall repeat the question a final time before you go forward: Are you certain this is a good idea?"

Hazō rolled his eyes at his killjoy sister. "Why wouldn't it be?"

"Because your bloodline downloads seals into your far too risk-tolerant brain and my summoning scroll is an example of one of the most powerful seals in existence? One which involves interdimensional travel through what may well be this 'Out' that you and Kagome so often speak of in hushed tones?"

"Pish. I'm just going to look at it, not infuse it. Not even try to draw it. What could go wrong?"

"Dude," Noburi said incredulously, "do you remember that whole business in the basement, where the S-rank jinchūriki that we both suspect has incredible willpower just glanced at a seal and got his brain rewritten?"

"Bah." Hazō waved one hand dismissively before rubbing them together in excitement. "I've been dreaming about this for ages and I finally have the chance."

Hazō shifted a little on his tatami mat, making sure he was comfortable so that he wouldn't be distracted, then unrolled the massive summoning scroll. It was huge when fully extended, at least eight feet long and somehow made of one continuous sheet of absolutely flawless paper. No visible grain, neither too thin for strength nor too thick for easy manipulation. Soft enough to take ink, not so soft that the ink would bleed. It was an instantiation of the perfection of paper.

He began at the bottom, as he'd been taught. Find the lowermost stroke, work your way inwards traveling deosil.

The brushwork was perfect, more perfect than any he'd ever seen. Not a slip, not a single instance of too much pressure on the brush that left a too-heavy blotch, nor insufficient pressure that left visible edging of the brush hairs. The seal was so massive that no human could have drawn the entire thing without moving from their original place, yet a quick glance showed no seam between the furthest point that Hazō could reach and the next part. Despite that, it lacked the usual flashed edges and...well, soullessness of a printed book. Not that seals could be printed aynway,

Shaking those thoughts aside, he drew his vision-orbs back to the downmost part of the seal and began to work his way around deoseil. There were no elements he could identify. Well, that could be an Imagawa Converter, but it had a countable number of connections numbering eight and the highest possible number of connections as per Kagome-sensei was three, not counting the primitive drawing-in part for gathering potential. According to Kagome-sensei that was a fundamental limitation on what was possible within the annoying so-called 'laws' of the universe, not one based on the ability of humans. (Ooh, Kagome-sensei was going to be annoyed about not being told about the current absorption of information! Keeping it secret had been a requirement, since hi wod have blown his topmost and refused to let the whole thing move forward.) Therefore, either Kagome-sensei was wrong (!) or this was not an Imagawa Converter. Which, honestly, was likely. Kagome-sensei had warned the Hazō upon many chronologies about the tendency of humans to analogize, pattern-match on things that did not in fact hold patterns, or otherwise distort their own perceptions. Sky-water-masses did not actually look like rabbits or trees, that was the inadequate human brainmeat failing to correspond to the truth of reality, just as it always did.

So, not an Imagawa Converter. Beyond it, four lines that blended and then separated again. One traveled inward to a spiral that could have represented some sort of...no, don't speculate. Simply obsrev. Speculation could come later.

He worked his way around the seal, standing up and walking since he couldn't see it from a kneeling position without it seeming altered and twisted by the convergence of lines at distant points resulting from the eyes lying to their wearer. A frisson of excitement traveled through his spine as he did and he could feel the power of the seal, imbued into its very substance. He couldn't identify any of the parts or how they worked, but he could imagine their purpose, the blending and shifting that would lie to the universe about what was real. It was what every seal did, but this seal was special, stronger, fuller, more intricate / truthful / a complete model even though models were never complete / an extension into the meatplace of what was truthe and dreeem. If an explosive tag was a shout that angered the universe into action then this was a whisper, singing sweet nothings into the ear and convinSinging it to look aside while also observing.

Observing. Yes. That was exactly what it was. A sweet view, a gentle stroking with vision-objects that came from angles that were nothing a human could comprehend, cast across the observer, the bearer, the wielder. Their attntion always draw to the plc where youu stood, their never-ending s!ght blend*g acr0ss ev%$ pa!# %# b**%!&^ as !FAA laj439% &&2! @@#@#$@!+!%#^$&&^...

...nhgaf2 px212zq# a3011#d%%1D a03#d%11%1D1jdszq%#!@ $% w3t08$^&319W199AZ M12$!...

...%C) sD>UXd wQxFlhSW| s h9<0 yO}s'fA G_U1 fPB~1 59x [)H4p(...

...L5y= @t03$=1k8Y 4;# Z3ejGo vZR9Qo-eK wHIP K74 S,E|{CJ96T75'+_51~L 6~'wc-boAj9_k1QV/EsT.*Dm1x]5v7JBwV,r;...

"Hazō! Hazō! Come on, wake up!"

...!6auYtzW...

"Do something, Noburi!"

They came from far away.

"I'm trying! I'm trying!" Distant things, so strange and angled. Nothing like the smoothness one might expect. Not as gentle as the view of the seal, the universe peering down, not judging, simply...Paying...Attention.

A feeling drifted across his attention. What was it? Vaguely familiar, yet he couldn't place it. Some sort of...what was that called? Not an idea, not a thought...something about some part of himself....

Wait...that's right, there was a 'himself' and it had parts. One of those parts was something different, something...something...physical? Yes, that was the word. He felt extremely proud for remembering it. Smug like that other physical thing that he remembered. Round...ish, always carrying another physical thing that was more roundish than the first thing. Something different, physical in a different way. Not...not part of him? And the two things were different in other ways. One was...ugh, concepts! He could almost place them. Something about how his fleshy bits interacted with other physical things, things that did not watch you, did not draw you sweetly away, singing soft and sharp-angled music that dan!5flced and tw!DSgjsted in ways toO fAr b$!yon3.

"There's nothing wrong with him aside from the head! No wound spirits anywhere else, nothing!"

"Then what caused the initial collapse?"

A third object. A third physicality, also a squishy wet fleshsack like Noburi.

Noburi! That was the name of the other physical thing. Noburi. And he carried a...barrel. Yes, that was it. Once again, he felt very proud for remembering that. The barrel was made of something that wasn't meat and wasn't squishy. Darker, heavier. It had an idea that embodied it. Everything had a name because humans were so very limited, their minds delicate and linear and unable to perceive the waoaqw that aljqqpd throughout the al3%!%!@.

"Sage's curse, don't you die on me, Hazō! Don't you fucking die or I swear to every spirit that I will bring you back just so I can kill you again!"

Kill you? That was an interesting word. Words! Yes, that was the idea that encapsudalet. Words. They were...sounds. Yes, sounds. Sound was a thing that meatbags made. They could be used to make other meatbags have particular ideas and act in particular ways. They were the instantiation of concepts, the names by which the world was cut into tiny little pieces, placed in boxes and separated from the true reality, the angled and smooth and curvy delicious sa3401 that ws truth a# dist1$#@#$ ow$SXZ of the !TRAIQ...

"SAGE'S MERCY, HAZŌ GET YOUR ASS BACK TO US!"

There was that feeling again. Sharper this time, more isolated in...time. Yes, that other delusion that went with space and meat and wood. Wood! There was another concept-sound-name thing. That was what the Noburi-thing carried on its back. What was the feeling? Short, clea2rg%!rly del%!!!%eat%d in a way that truuuqs(5+++2$th never was. It didn't flow, didn't blend, didn't even 4a0*12$#!. Arrogant enough to claim it existed as a separate thing. Unpleasant, too.

Oh! 'Pleasant' and 'unpleasant'! He remembered those things! Yes, the 'pleasant' things were what meatsacks responded well toooooooo129dfxxndz3241. They made you 'happy' or 'relaxed'. Gosh, he was on a roll today! Look at him, remembering all these strange human mouth noises.

Not that they were important. They didn't 0rzl; or 2q3450340 or even zareoqqa!!!9. And besides, this particular feeling was 'unpleasant'. One of the things to be avoided, because they indicated potential harm or damage. What was the mouth-sound-idea-name-thing? N...in..pin...pain! That was it! Pain! Yes, pain. Physical pain, in his fleshy bits. Not like the unpleasant experience he'd had before, when the Zabuza-thing had stared at him and the world had become demons and smoke and teeth.

Zabuza. Zabuza was a thing. Zabuza was a human. A ninja. Ninja were real, and he was one. Zabuza was a very skilled ninja, and skills were things that defined humans. Noburi was also a human, and a ninja, and had skills. He did not 1qpzoaq or produce @!SSEWS, but he could make make make mouth noises and sometimes they induced feelings that were pleasant. Not right now, though. His mouth noises were unhappy (Ooh! 'Happiness' and 'unhappiness'! Yes, those were things that flesh felt when 'pleasant' things happened.)

Damnit, there was that unpleasant thing again the...pain, right. He'd captured that mouth-noise-concept before. Silly Hazō, forgetting.

Wait! Wait, that was an important one! 'Hazō'. That was his meatsack's identifier back in the physical world. Hazō and Noburi and Keiko and Mari and Kagome. Jiraiya, before he ceased to make mouth-noises or bring his meat into the sliced-up not-real that was space. What was the name for that? Died. Right, died. Died was when a lump of meat stopped moving around and talking and slicing reality apart with names like blades that danced and flensed.

Hm. Dangit, more pain. It was definitely unpleasant, and somehow becoming more important. Maybe he should go check on it. Maybe he should make mouth-noises that would tell the Noburi-meat to stop whatever unpleasant thing it was doing. Let's see now, where was the Hazō-meat? He'd left it around there somewhere, back in the illusion...where was it, where was it? Argh. Hm. Ah! There it was!

Hazō sat up with a gasp, smashing his forehead into Noburi's nose in the process and immediately collapsing again. His medic/brother jolted back, clutching his face and cursing.

"What da fug, Hadō?"

"Hazō, are you all right?"

Even through closed eyelids he could tell that Keiko was wringing her hands and feeling guilty for not being able to help, her crippling phobia of touching or being touched preventing her from being there while her brother seized and drifted and came to the—

No. No, he was in his mea...in his body. The world was again full of space and time and razors of illusion like 'objects' and 'people'. The whispers that sang in the back of his mind were not him and he was not them.

"What happened?" Hazō grunted. The effort of moving lips and tongue drowned him in boiling lead and he screamed, which only made it worse. He went silent again, breathing shallowly since the agony of his muscles twisting and writhing underneath his fleshcovering was nauseating and agonizing.

"You studied the scroll and then you collapsed," Keiko said, her calm returning.

"You started seizing," Noburi said, his voice still stuffy from the bloody nose. "Banged your head on the floor repeatedly, thrashing your body around. I managed to get a pillow under your head before you did too much damage, and I scanned you but I couldn't find anything wrong except the bruising and the head trauma."

"Are you able to tell us anything?"

Formatting his thoughts into lines and angles was like cutting his inside-skull-flesh...his brain to ribbons and then toasting it over the fire like squirrel meat. Hazō gave up after a few seconds of effort. "Don't know," he whispered. "Everything got very strange."

"I have rolled the scroll up," Keiko said. "You will not be looking at it again." She paused, then sniffed in clear annoyance. "You splattered blood on it. Fortunately, it soaked in, traveled across the page, and was ejected out the sides."

"Cool," Hazō grunted. "I'm just going to lie here for a while, if that's okay."

"Sorry, bro," Noburi said. "You know the drill. Need to get your head in some mud to draw out the mind spirits."

Hazō groaned and immediately winced.

o-o-o-o​

"Good morning!"

Lord Hyūga Hiashi, Sixth Hokage of the Village Hidden in the Leaves, Clan Head of the ridiculously powerful Hyūga Clan, unquestionably the third-strongest jōnin of Leaf, expert politician and businessman, and owner of a surprisingly good singing voice, grunted in annoyance.

"What do you want, Gōketsu?"

Hazō grinned the grin of someone who was really enjoying being pain-free after a good night's sleep and was now looking to get some rather petty vengeance on an enemy. "Excuse me, Lord Hokage, but I think you meant 'Lord Gōketsu', right? I mean, I am the head of the Clan and all..."

Hyūga glared death and fury upon him. "Fine. What do you want, Lord Gōketsu?"

"Oh, please, no need for formality, Lord Hokage. A simple 'Gōketsu' will do. Or call me Hazō if you prefer."

The pressure of Hyūga's will began to lightly impress itself around the edges of reality. It was adorably sweet of him to provide such a good anchor to angles and time and names and meat.

"What do you want, Gōketsu," the Hokage grunted.

"I wanted to be helpful, sir! I remember how difficult my father, the Toad Sage Jiraiya, found the job of Hokage, back before he died saving the world, and I'd like to be useful if I can. Is there anything I could do for you? Help with your paperwork, find someone, anything? Oh, also: I brought you some tea and fish cakes!" He smiled. "My father, the Fifth Hokage, always forgot to eat when he was busy running Leaf, and I thought the same might be true of you. The fish cakes are sort of a family tradition now when someone feels tired or sick or unhappy. It's because Lord Uzumaki Naruto, jinchūiriki of the Nine-Tailed Demon Fox, is sort of our adoptive brother now, or something like it anyway, and 'Naruto' means 'fish cake'. It's a nice reminder of family, and of his godfather and our father, Jiraiya the Hero of the Leaf and Fifth Hokage."

Hyūga growled. "There is nothing I require from you at this time. Or any time in the future. You may go."

"Yes, sir, Lord Hokage! Please feel free to call on the Gōketsu at any time. We live to serve the Leaf and the Will of Fire."

o-o-o-o​

"What is this about, Hazō?" Shikamaru asked.

"I wanted to broach the subject of adopting a medical researcher from the Ino-Shika-Chō. See, we've got—"

"No."

Hazō paused, flummoxed. "Excuse me?"

"No. I grant that 'never' is a very long time and things may well change at some point. For the foreseeable future, there are no possible circumstances under which I will allow the adoption or marriage of a Nara into the Gōketsu clan. I will also counsel the Yamanaka and the Akimichi not to permit adoption or marriage of their clans into the Gōketsu."

Hazō blinked. "That's...comprehensive. May I ask why?"

Shikamaru took a breath and sipped his tea, clearly buying time.

"I will admit that I like you, Hazō," he said at last. "As a person, I find you admirable. Your desire to improve the world is, while naive and often misdirected, a laudable goal. You are creative, loyal to your friends and family—albeit sometimes thoughtless—and you work hard. Your concept of the 'Clear Communication Technique' is extremely useful. You have various other positive and negative traits, but I believe I have made the point." He paused, mouth working as though tasting something sour. "My relationship with your sister and my own desire for honesty between us compels me to admit that I consider you a friend." He took a deep breath as though having completed a tiring chore.

"My personal feelings, however, do not enter into this issue. I am the Clan Head of the Nara, first among equals of the Ino-Shika-Chō alliance, and it is my duty to place the well-being of my clan above all else. The Gōketsu hang by a thread right now, and if you fall then some of the hopefully-metaphorical blood will splash onto the Nara due to our generally friendly state and the fact that my wife is a former Gōketsu. I will not under any circumstances place my clan or my allied clans at greater risk by permitting either marriages or adoptions between us. I will, in fact, be making efforts to distance us slightly from you." He raised a hand to cut off Hazō's protest. "We will continue to be allies. We will simply be a bit less involved than we have been. We will sell you seals and books and other services that the Nara provide to the other clans. We may occasionally post missions, through an appropriate cutout of course, that we think are well-suited to the Gōketsu as a method for funneling money or resources to you. Despite that, we will not allow adoptions or marriages and we will not collaborate on research or similar endeavors. No Nara will come to a Gōketsu celebration or games night unless there are enough other clan representatives of similar rank present to provide political cover." He looked sad for a moment. "Honestly, that is one of the parts I shall regret the most. I admit that I have sincerely enjoyed our gaming. You are a worthy adversary in Strategic Dominance and defeating you is satisfying, unlike defeating the rest of our age mates."

"Uh...thank you? I guess."

"You are welcome. I should specify that Keiko is, of course, free to visit her former clan whenever she wishes, although I would request that you not visit her here, or in fact come here, more than strictly necessary."

Hazō's mouth tightened. "I see."

Shikamaru sighed. "For the record, Hazō, I do regret this necessity. Once the Gōketsu are more firmly established and have raised their political standing in Leaf, I will be delighted to resume the close bonds we have had until now...and, indeed, perhaps to forge them tighter. I believe that there is a great deal we could accomplish together. I am simply not willing to risk you dragging the Ino-Shika-Chō down with you if you fall."

Hazō locked his face into a polite Iron Nerve mask, knowing that it would look false to Shikamaru and also knowing that that falseness would convey the desired message while hiding the true depth of his feelings.

"I see," Hazō said again. "In that case, I will take my leave. Thank you for your time, Lord Nara."

Shikamaru winced.

o-o-o-o​

"Good afternoon, Lord Gōketsu," Ebisu said. "What brings you to my humble office today?"

Unexpectedly, Ebisu's office actually was humble. The man was universally recognized as the greatest ninja instructor in Leaf, yet his office was a mere 10'x10' box. The desk, desk chair, and visitor's chair took up most of it, with a sizable scroll rack on the wall making the place feel claustrophobic. The one concession to Ebisu's status was the glass window in front of his desk. It looked out over the Academy's largest training field, the one with the obstacle course and the shuriken targets. The panes of glass were unusually clear and bubble-free, as well as unusually large—at least a full handspan wide and high, pieced together by elegant wooden frames to make a window that stretched almost floor to ceiling.

"I would like to hire you," Hazō said. "And please, skip the 'Lord'."

"I see. And may I ask who my student would be, Gōketsu?"

"Students, plural. If you're willing. I obviously won't push you beyond what you're comfortable with, but I've got a lot of ninja that could use your help."

The older man studied him for a moment, then nodded. "You're talking about the clanless ninja in this new 'KEI' organization."

"Yes, exactly." It was nice to see someone who didn't need to have everything spelled out and also wasn't a stuck up backstabber named Nara.

"With respect, and without meaning to sound as though I'm bragging, Clan Heads compete for the privilege of paying me obscene amounts of money to train their heirs. Why would I want to spend my time running remedial skills with a bunch of clanless nobodies?"

"Consider it a challenge," Hazō offered. "You have the opportunity to change the entire paradigm of the world. Are clanless ninja truly inferior by fundamental, immutable nature? Or, alternatively, are they perhaps merely given substandard training as compared to clan ninja? If the latter is true then having you work with them and bring them up to snuff would vastly increase the power of Leaf on the world stage...power that we desperately need right now. I'm not sure how much you've been briefed, but Leaf is in a really delicate position, and it's quite possible that World War Four is coming up very soon. Leaf needs every skilled ninja it can get, and if the clanless are what I think they are then they represent the single largest well of untapped potential." He smiled. "Plus, I will pay you not just obscene amounts of money, but monstrously obscene amounts."

"Hm. Interesting." The teacher tapped the back of his calligraphy brush against his lips, thinking. "I would receive a certain amount of mockery from my peers and it would damage my reputation if they were not able to 'come up to snuff' as you put it. Still, saving the lives of Leaf ninja, even clanless, is the Will of Fire." He fell silent again. "How many trainees do you have for me?"

Hazō shrugged. "How many can you handle?"

"Hm." Silence, again. "Let's say...six, to begin with."

"Done."

"I will commit to a six-week course, with the possibility of ending it sooner if I judge the effort pointless or the students fail out. I will be paid twelve million ryō for this commitment, regardless of how long or short it lasts."

"That's...workable, although I'll have to check if we have the liquidity to pay it in one lump sum. If you're willing to commit to a million up front and then eleven monthly payments of a million each then I think we're fine."

Ebisu nodded acceptance. "Also, I will need a living space where myself and my students can be quartered together, away from all distractions. No one will be allowed into the training area while the students are present. Nor will the students be permitted to leave the training grounds for the duration of the training. Doing so will result in an immediate failure and expulsion."

"No problem."

"Furthermore, the class lives or dies as a group. If one ninja drops out, the entire class fails. I will not waste the time of other instructors or sergeants-at-arms, and therefore the entire class must function as such. They must be both self-motivated, loyal to the group, and inspiring of one another."

"I...can make that work. I think."

"The students will be responsible for cleaning, weapons maintenance, and so on, but all food and sundries must be provided. There will be no time for cooking."

"No problem."

"The students will not be paid during the time of training. I am not going to waste my time on clanless ninja unless they are willing to sacrifice for the privilege."

"Makes perfect sense."

"Very well. Inform me when you have the students and facilities."

o-o-o-o​

Mari knocked on the door frame. "Hey. You sent for me?"

"Yup. One sec." Hazō put the last traces on the blank for the implosion seal, then set it aside and looked up. "Your idea about clanless housing and making them unofficial branch members? Do it. You have carte blanche."

Mari grinned. "Carte blanche, huh?" She rubbed her hands gleefully. "That sounds like fun."

A shiver went through Hazō. "Just don't bankrupt us or get us in legal trouble," he hastened to add.

Mari pouted. "Aww." She gave an exaggerated sigh. "Fiiiine. Anything else?"

"Yes. I want you to set up some backchannels with Ami before she leaves. Also, Ebisu bought in with the training thing, and he's taking six students. But! He had the condition that the group lives or dies as a unit. If one of them washes out, they all wash out and we still owe him his full fee. We owe him a million up front, then eleven monthly payments of a million each. Talk to the bookkeepers, make that happen. Then coordinate with Noburi to find the students; he's still scouting good candidates for adoption, both civilian and ninja. I need you to find six of the best possible candidates from the roster of the KEI and make sure to impress on them the opportunity. If they can make it past Ebisu then all of the other KEI ninja will suddenly be taken more seriously and we'll arrange scholarships for others to study with Ebisu, assuming he's willing. Oh, and mention that if these six really impress him then I can probably get them positions as his junior instructors for another, larger batch. That kind of cadre work could be a very high-paying lifetime job."

She grinned. "Sounds like even more fun! Okay, I'm off to obey your every instruction, O Captain My Captain." She turned and skipped off down the hall, singing "I've got carte-blaaanche, I've got carte-blaaanche, I've got carte-blaaanche..."

Hazō shivered more violently, then went back to scribing implosion seals for Kagome-sensei to infuse. They were going to need a lot of them.

o-o-o-o​

"You want me to what?"

"Come on a beast-extermination mission with us for three weeks. We'll blow some shit up, eat fried bananas with chocolate sauce, and tell lies about all the amazing things we've seen. It'll be fun."

Naruto grunted. "Beast extermination? Dude...I don't mean to sound arrogant, but do you know the kind of missions I normally go on? I mean...it's a little far down the pay scale for me."

Hazō shrugged. "Do you have anything else going on right now? Your regent can run the clan, and it'll be a good chance to blow off some steam." He grinned, "We're going to be testing some new explosives. And besides, it'll be the most amazing prank on Hyūga ever."

The jinchūriki frowned at that. "I don't really see it, but...okay, sure. Could be fun. When do you want to leave?"

"The memorial service for Jiraiya and the other Honor Force is tomorrow. Dawn the next day?"

Naruto cleared his throat and blinked a couple times before speaking in a voice that was struggling to be calm, "Sure, I'm in."

o-o-o-o​

The sun was drooping to the horizon, fat and red. The day birds and animals were yawning and retreating to their beds while their nighttime counterparts were saying "Five more minutes, Mom." Akane, Hazō, Kagome, and Naruto had been on the road all day, running at full ninja speed through the boundless forests of Fire. Very few things had chosen to attack them and what had been so foolish had been brushed aside without losing the thread of conversation; it was nice having two dozen S-ranked jinchūriki clones running every part of the perimeter.

Now, however, travel was over for the day. The team had found a clearing and were setting up camp. Akane was digging a firepit while Hazō prepped dinner. He'd decided on the appetizer and main course but was still debating whether to serve the parfait or the cheese board for dessert.

"Gotta say," one of the Narutos said. (Hazō had long ago given up trying to keep track of which one was which. They liked to shift around on the run, even Substituting at random intervals, just to make it difficult.) "This isn't really what I expected."

"Hm?" Hazō said, glancing up. The cheese board, he decided, reaching for the appropriate seal. The aged blue cheese would go very well with the sharp white wine he intended to serve with the asparagus bronzini. Although...was the bronzini the right choice? What if Naruto didn't like fish?

"I mean...I thought you guys were this bunch of badass survivalists," he said. "We're in the deep woods. Even I would put up some stakes, maybe dig a trench."

"Eh," Hazō said, waving the concern off. "We'll get to it."

The Naruto looked around, flabbergasted. "Dude, it's like...twenty minutes until full dark. When—"

BOOM! BA-BA-BA-BADA-BOOM!

A chain of explosions walked around the clearing, blowing down trees big and small such that they fell into an interlaced circle around the team. The final product was a wooden fence ten feet high with interlocking abattises.

"About now," Hazō said. "Hey, do you like fish?"

o-o-o-o​

"Okay," a Naruto said dubiously, looking back and forth between the Ransengan in his hand and the granite wall in front of him. "Explain to me exactly why I'm out here in the freezing cold doing this instead of sipping hot chocolate in those absolutely adorable wee little puptent cabins of yours." The jinchūriki had become quite enamored of the Team Uplift approach to wilderness survival, especially when he'd discovered that there was a folding oilskin bathtub and enough stored skins of hot water for the entire group to have at least one long soak during the trip. (Albeit not in deep water.) It had been difficult to drag him off of his eiderdown mattress this morning, and when he stepped outside and created his daily batch of clones the clones had started complaining almost immediately.

"We're testing stacked implosion seals," Hazō said patiently. The last thing Hazō needed was for the other boy to get cold feet at this stage. It had been hard enough to get Kagome-sensei to agree that Naruto could be along on the testing; it had taken a reminder that Jiraiya had brought implosion bombs to Nagi island, so Naruto had almost certainly seen them already. "They're something like a very, very heavily modified storage seal. When you activate them, all the air in their radius of effect disappears into storage space. Air rushes in to replace it. It comes in fast, fast enough to be damaging to whatever is in the area. When it hits the seal, the seal gets destroyed. It releases its contents back into the world, but it releases them into a slightly smaller area than they were originally captured from. This causes a massive outward wind that causes way more damage than the inwards rush."

"Ohh-kay. And the wall?"

"Well," Hazō said, manfully ignoring Kagome-sensei's disgruntled muttering off to the side, "I got to wondering what would happen if the seal was protected so that it couldn't be destroyed by the inrushing air. Suppose it survives. You now have a seal that you can throw out wherever you want it, whenever you want, in order to cause massive damage. Now, get a whole lot of them and set them off all at once with an explosive tag. You could get a really big explosion, right?"

"I mean...sure, sounds right. But what would you need an explosion that size for?"

For a moment, Hazō debated whether or not he should answer the question honestly, then shrugged and went for it. "Honestly? I really just want to blow shit up. On the other hand, if it works the way I think it will then it could destroy stuff in a huge area. Like, an area about the size of Hidden Rock, or Hidden Cloud. You know, just to pick a couple random examples off the top of my head."

All of the Narutos stared at him in disbelief. Give that there were two dozen of them and they had somehow very casually arranged to be all around the perimeter of the group as well as intermixed with Hazō, Akane, and Kagome-sensei...well, it was a very skin-crawling sort of stare.

"You want to destroy Hidden Villages?!"

Hazō shrugged. "No? I'm all about the uplift, remember? Make things better for everyone, prevent wars, that kind of thing. I just thought to myself, 'Hey, everyone is talking about how Rock and Cloud might attack sometime soon. Wouldn't it be neat if we had a way to threaten them into not doing that?'"

There was a moment of stunned silence and then the Narutos all burst into laughter.

"Okay," one of them (Prime?) finally said. "Let's do this. Bacon, cut the wall down like Hazō said."

The Naruto with the Rasengan in hand shrugged. "You got it, Boss." He turned and rammed the weapon into the granite wall that Hazō had earlier created with his Multiple Earth Wall jutsu. The thing was a foot thick, solid granite, and it virtually exploded when the Rasengan plowed through it.

"Cool," Hazō said, standing up from where he'd been crouched in order to avoid the shrapnel. "Now, we put the seal on that platform, set the timer, drop a big piece of granite on top, and then duck for cover. If it works, the seal should survive."

"But first," Kagome-sensei said, "we are pulling waaaaay back." He sniffed. "I still say you're stupid to use one of the big ones first."

"Bah!" Hazō said, waving dismissively. "Ten meters isn't your biggest, right?"

"Well...no."

"Cool! Then it won't be a big deal."

The older man gaped at him. "That is not how implosion bombs work!"

"Hey, are we doing this or what?" asked Naruto Bacon. The wall that he had demolished stood on the east side of a four- (now three-) sided granite box with a granite floor underneath it, all created by the same Multiple Earth Wall casting. He and and another clone had tipped a large block of the granite up and balanced it on edge, keeping it balanced with one hand.

"Yep!" Hazō said, trotting over with an implosion seal in hand and taking over the job of keeping the slab balanced. "Range is hot! Say again, range is hot! Stand clear! Stand clear! Stand clear!"

Everyone hustled out of the blast radius, and then kept going.

"Akane, clear!" came the first shout.

"Naruto, clear!" came the second. (Presumably shouted by Prime. None of the Narutos were visible, so Hazō assumed they had all followed their creator.)

"Kagome clear, you idiot!" shouted Kagome-sensei. "You better not get caught in the blast!"

Hazō set the timer, dropped the seal, bumped the slab of granite over on top of it, and then Substituted again and again, moving along the chain of pre-prepared targets until he was well outside what even Kagome-sensei had estimated the damaged area might be. (Part of Hazō thought, but would never say, that the older man was being ridiculous. He was a demolitions expert par excellence, able to gauge destructive radius to a hair. The fact that they were moving three times farther than any plausible area of destruction was pure paranoia. Or, to say it differently, pure Kagome-sensei. The larger part of him told that other part to sit down, shut up, and stop thinking stupid things.)

The characteristic zoop, crump of an implosion bomb going off was not followed by the normal skoom! of outwards-rushing air. After Naruto clones had scouted and returned alive to report all clear, Kagome-sensei allowed them to cautiously approach the site.

The destruction was quite mild. Kagome-sensei's implosion bombs would normally scour grass and small bushes down to bare earth and knock over substantial trees. In this case there was damage to the trees from where small rocks had been carried by the inrushing winds, but the afternoon sun beat down on a clearing that was still completely recognizable.

"Cool," Hazō said, grinning widely. "Let's take a look."

Two Naruto clones had stayed behind in order to lift up the granite slab that had protected the seal. The paper was still there, undisturbed. Hazō was confident that the words 'gleaming with fell purpose' were purely his own thoughts and did not map to anything in reality nor were put there by—

"Hazō!"

Hazō blinked and found himself kneeling on the grass with his arms wrapped tight around himself. The slithering songs scuttled out of his brain and left him alone in his own meat, proceeding through time in only one direction, with all the sharp-edged angles and razor-edged en!box#d delineati3ns of reality around him.

"Hazō, what happened?" Akane asked, kneeling beside him with one hand on his back.

"S'fine," Hazō mumbled. "Had a bad memory of, uh—" Something juddered at the edge of his mind and he quickly forced his focus of attention aside, mentally rehearsing every step in Kagome-sensei's 'Please Don't Let the Monsters From Behind Time and Space Notice My Efforts' dance. "Bad memory of something." Arms raised to chest height with elbows out...

"I think we should stop," Akane said. "You are clearly in no position to be doing seal research right now."

"It's fine," Hazō said, pushing himself to his feet and wobbling slightly. "It's fine. Really. I'm not doing any research, not really. This is pure experimentation with seals that already exist. It's fine. We need this. Leaf needs this." The Iron Nerve painted a gleeful smile across his face, knowing that neither Akane nor Kagome-sensei would recognize the falseness. "Besides, I really want to blow some shit up. Call it explosive therapy; things have been way too frustrating lately."

Glances were exchanged. Glances of dubiousness.

"Seriously, it's fine," Hazō said, getting nervous. "Look, I'll stay completely back, okay? Won't come anywhere near the seals. The rest of you prep a few more and then we'll try stacking them up."

More glances of dubiousness were exchanged.

"I mean...it does sound like fun," one of the Narutos said hesitantly. "What do you think, Kagome? You're the expert."

The older man seemed caught between puffing up in pride at the recognition of his abilities, or descending into old-hennish gobbling and pecking at Hazō for being a stupid stinking idiot. Fortunately, the 'puffing up in pride' option won out, perhaps even with a bit of preening tacked on at the end.

"It should be fine," he said. "Akane, you take Hazō about a mile that way. Fox...er, Naruto, you help me prep the rest of the seals."

o-o-o-o​

Two hours later, dozens of implosion seals had been prepped. They had also been divided into small groups, each given to a Naruto, and the Narutos had been told to spread out and get as far the hell away from the testing ground as possible, just in case one of the seals accidentally cooked off somehow.

They'd tried setting off two seals together. The explosion had been meaningful.

They'd tried setting off three seals together. The destruction had been lovely.

They'd tried setting off four, five, ten seals together. Kagome-sensei was getting excited.

It was when they got to thirteen seals that everything went wrong.

They had followed all the same safety procedures, reset all the distance markers and test objects so they could verify the exact radius of destruction, and ensured that everyone was far back. Unfortunately, when the explosive tag went off and detonated the stack of thirteen implosion seals, instead of the familiar crack!...thump of implosion seal detonation, what they instead heard was the teeth-piercing shriek of a seal failure cracking the world.





XP AWARD: TBD

Author's Note:
I'm a little torn on XP for this plan. On the one hand, there was a lot of fun stuff in there and it was well thought out, so it deserves a high per diem. On the other hand, there was a lot of stuff in there, vastly more than could possibly have appeared in one update—it feels like it was the entire Plan Cache dumped into a single plan. That makes me want to bring the award down. Overall, I'm going to call it 3.5 XP/day. I think the update covers 3 days, but it might be 4. I'll figure it out later, after I eat something or possibly tomorrow.

During the Scroll Incident, Hazō took a Mild Physical Consequence, "Seizure Trauma", and a Severe Mental Consequence, "The Thinness of Reality". The former has healed, the latter has not. Hazō has gained 2 Thousand Yard Stare points.

It is now about 1pm.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, September 18, 2019, at 12pm London time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 287: The Blotch
Chapter 287: The Blotch

The world shrieked as, off through the trees, the seals failed. Kagome-sensei collapsed to the ground, face-down in a snowdrift and screaming. The rest of the team instinctively moved to him, Hazō in the lead.

He got to his teacher, who was curled around himself and gasping in shattered breaths, and rolled him onto his side.

"Sensei," he said. "Can you sit up?"

Kagome-sensei nodded and uncurled, forcing himself up to a sitting position.

Hazō gasped; there was a dark blotch on Kagome-sensei's jacket. No shadow had ever been so dark; it drank the light like a drunkard at the wine skin...except for a single pulsing reddish point at the top-left corner.

"Sensei," the younger sealmaster said calmly. "I think you should take your jacket off."

Kagome-sensei looked down and froze in horror. After a moment, he very slowly and carefully began to unbutton the top few buttons of the jacket, keeping his arms and hands away from the blackness over his heart. The rest of the team watched with bated breath as he tugged the heavy fur garment up over his head, keeping the material well away from his face as he did. The blotch stayed happily anchored to the jacket throughout the process...except that when Kagome-sensei finished removing the jacket, the blotch was now on his shirt.

Kagome-sensei studied the situation for a moment, seeming undisturbed by the cold air that was already causing him to shiver slightly. He calmly looked up at the rest of them. "Are you hearing it?"

Hazō listened closely. There was...something? Maybe? A very, very faint sound, so close to the edge of hearing that he wasn't sure if he was truly hearing it or not. It was remarkably slith—

The world blinked and he was on the snowy grass, curled into a fetal position with Akane kneeling beside him, calling his name and rubbing his back. He took a shaky breath and uncurled, pushing himself up to his knees with a grateful smile at Akane.

At various points around the group, three of the Narutos disappeared in a puff of smoke; a moment later one of them, standing about twenty feet from Kagome, nodded.

"Prime here. I can't hear it and neither could Lovemaster or AwesomeSauce, but Multigrain thought maybe he could. He was the one standing closest to you when you went down. He said it sounded like an angry goose very far away." The Narutos all flickered, a surge of Substitution swapping them back and forth until it was impossible to know where Naruto Prime was now standing.

"How are you feeling, sensei?" Hazō asked.

"It's very heavy," Kagome-sensei said with the clinical detachment of someone who knew he was dead and wanted to make sure that as much information as possible survived him. "It leaves me feeling imbalanced. It's also quite warm and getting steadily warmer. I suspect it will eventually become hot enough to burn my skin." He looked down, studying the thing on his chest. "I note that the edges are moving, very slightly, in an apparently unpatterned wave action. It's difficult to judge, but I think that it is growing larger. I can definitely tell that the red portion is enlarging, moving down and to the left as seen from my perspective." His mouth worked as though chewing an unpleasant thought. "The next order of business will be how to dispose of my body such that the shadow creature is destroyed with it. I am reluctant to try explosives for fear of spreading the thing. I see no reason to believe that the thing breathes, meaning that an implosion seal is unlikely to damage it beyond the kinetic effects. Basal option will therefore be full-body destruction. Hazō, use an implosion seal to clear the snow around here. Fox, go collect wood and build a pyre. Build it big, douse it in lamp oil from my supplies. It needs to burn very hot and very fast so as to completely ash my body and the...creature, or whatever it is. Once it's set up, put an Earth Dome over it and knock two holes in, one at the bottom and one off-center near the top."

"Belay that," Hazō said. The Narutos froze, looking back and forth between Hazō and Kagome. "We are not going to let you do that, sensei."

Kagome-sensei glared at him. "I am the SSO and your teacher. You will do as I damn well tell you, and I am telling you to build a pyre."

"Sensei, you said it's growing hotter. What if it likes the heat?"

"The fire is the backup plan, idiot. First I'm going to try burning it off with acid. If that doesn't work, I'll try poisoning it on the off chance that that works. I expect neither of those will work, although the poison I have is a contact poison that will kill me quite painfully. Before that happens I'm going to slit my own throat; the creature may be feeding on my chakra or my body heat. In either of those cases, it should die after I die. If not, have an Earth Clone put my body into a macerator seal, then toss the seal onto the hottest part of the pyre. Give it time to burn, then MEW the whole thing up good and tight and walk away. Oh, and keep the Fox and his clones back. Can't have it getting into that seal."

"Still not the Fox," noted one of the Narutos. "Still locked up in my belly."

Kagome-sensei ignored the comment. "Snap to it. That's an order."

The Narutos glanced at one of their number; he pointed to four of them and they jogged off into the woods. There was another flicker of Substitution.

"Kagome," Akane said hesitantly. "I don't want you to die."

The sealmaster smiled grimly. "Not like I'm happy about it either. Still, nothing to be done."

"Is there any chance that it will fade on its own? I recall the time that you and Hazō conjured talking porcupines from one failure—they dissolved after ten minutes or so, and perhaps this thing will as well."

Kagome-sensei snorted. "I've never been that lucky, girl."

"You cannot give up hope! The fires of youth will sustain you!"

The older man smiled, sad and more than a little wistful. "The world would be better with more people like you, Akane. Unfortunately, I don't have enough youth in me." He untied one of his many belt pouches, pulled out a wad of storage seals, and started thumbing through them.

Akane's face because determined and she started forward.

Hazō leaped to his feet and staggered, his balance still off from his prior attack of world-goes-away. He lunged forward, reaching for Akane's arm, but she twisted out of his grasp. He followed after her, but as he stepped closer the far-off sound of that otherworldy voice lifted in joyful, scritching, slithering song that—

The world stuttered and he was forty feet from Kagome-sensei, drag marks in the snow and a concerned Naruto indicating what had bridged the time gap. He pulled on the Iron Nerve to steady his breathing and bring his body under control, but even the power of his bloodline was fritzing in and out.

Akane was standing over Kagome-sensei; her approach had clearly sent him crab-crawling backwards on butt and hands until he bumped against a tree, but she had not let him get away.

"Damn it, get back!" he snapped, waving spastically at her. "Get back, I say! I'm the senior sealmaster, you have to do what I say and I'm saying get back!" His voice cracked partway through.

"No," she said. "Gai-sensei would be ashamed of me if I did not take every chance to save you, and there is a chance. You mentioned that this might be a creature. If Noburi were here, he would use his medical ninjutsu skills to verify if that were the case. If it is, it might be possible to drive it off in the same way that one drives off wound spirits."

Kagome-sensei glowered at her. "You're not a medic-nin and he's not here."

"It's true," she said, kneeling down beside him. "I'm not a medic-nin, but Lady Tsunade gave me a little bit of training. I at least know how to call up medical chakra. Now hold still."

"Hazō! Get her back away from me!"

Hazō struggled to get his feet under him but his body wasn't obeying. "Akane," he croaked. "Do what he said. He's the SSO."

"No," she said, not opening her eyes. "And please be quiet, I'm trying to focus."

"NO!" Kagome-sensei shouted. "LALALALALA! No meditating for you! Lalalala bleh bah bu bebehbeh! I'm being noisy so you can't focus! Yahh! Yahh!"

She opened her eyes and raised one eyebrow. "Kagome. Do you truly want to pit yourself against the fires of my Youth?"

Kagome-sensei stopped talking and looked nervous. "Uh...well...I mean...you need to get back away from this thing!"

"I refuse. Now be quiet, I'm trying to meditate and, as Lady Tsunade likes to say, 'I can do this procedure just as well with you unconscious.'" She closed her eyes again and folded her hands in her lap...and then promptly opened one eye. "And don't try running away. I'll just have to chase you down, and that just makes it more likely that I would be infected."

Kagome-sensei looked grumpy but said nothing.

Hazō watched as Akane meditated, breathing slowly. The red spot on the blotch had turned into a swooped line from which two more lines were growing.

Seconds turned into minutes and the lines grew larger. Once or twice Kagome-sensei winced and started to rub at the blotch on his chest, snatching his hand away before making contact.

At something like a dozen minutes, Akane raised a hand. Sparks of green medical chakra danced between her fingers, sparking and spitting in a way that was entirely unlike the smooth glow that Noburi could so easily generate. It was like watching a new student attempt an advanced kata on their first day at the Academy. Despite the frozen temperatures, sweat stood out on her face.

Her eyes drifted open and she slowly reached forward, the sparks coming more frequently.

"Akane," Kagome-sensei began—

"Quiet, please," Akane murmured, her voice coming from far away. "I will not touch it." She brought her sparking hand closer to Kagome-sensei's chest and then had to pause as the sparks sputtered. She frowned slightly, her eyes still unfocused and vague as she visibly tried to not concentrate on concentrating while maintaining the placid calm of her light trance. The sparks came thicker and faster, merging together into a shoddy impersonation of Noburi's smooth aura.

"This is a bad idea," Kagome-sensei said, but he remained frozen as she brought her hand close to him. The sparks intensified, the sputtering and uncertain aura flickering and fading, barely held together by the totality of her will. Her breathing was speeding up, sounding more like a runner close to the end of their strength, and the meditative calm was hanging by a thread.

She started at his shoulder and moved slowly downward towards the black spot. Noburi could maintain chakra contact from a thumblength away, but Akane was having to be extremely careful not to actually touch Kagome's skin, and was almost brushing against the vellus hairs as she went.

Hazō's eyes went wide as his ex-girlfriend's hand came close to its target. Not, surprisingly, out of direct fear for her. No, the fear that blasted through him like a shot of cold urine to the heart was due to the fact that he recognized the design that was slowly spreading across the inky blotch in lines of cold fire: Kagome-sensei's implosion seal.

The blotch had in fact grown larger and now covered a circle a large handspan across, centered on Kagome-sensei's xiphoid process. The seal that was slowly being drawn within that impossibly black canvas was barely a quarter complete, but Hazō found himself completely non-doubtful of the fact that it would be functional once it finished. Fortunately, it was moving slower as it reached the complex bit of the design; if it continued at the current rate it would be at least an hour, perhaps two, before the design was complete.

Akane nodded slowly. "I feel—yipe!"

The aura of medical chakra surrounding her hand had finally brushed against the edge of the inky blotch; the instant it did, the thing roiled like stormy seas, then leaped forward onto her hand, surged up her arm, and took position over the front of her jacket. Kagome-sensei's shirt, where the blotch had previously been, was revealed to be lightly scorched.

The green chakra disappeared from Akane's hand as her concentration was disrupted. She surged to her feet and jumped back, looking down at the thing on her chest.

Kagome-sensei put his face in his hands and shook his head in impotent fury.

o-o-o-o​

"Let me see if I've got this right," said Naruto Clotheshorse, who had just returned from pyrewood-gathering duty. "It's heavy and getting heavier. It's hot and getting hotter. It's got an implosion seal growing across it. It jumps to anyone who puts chakra on it and that resets the heat, weight, and seal."

"Right," Hazō said. "But it won't jump to my Earth Clone. I was hoping I could pull it onto a clone and then let the clone dissolve, but no joy."

The Naruto nodded thoughtfully. "Shadow Clones are completely sapient and self-aware, unlike regular clones, but the seals we carry aren't the actual seal on Prime's belly, so there's no risk of it interacting with that. What if—"

"Thought of that," Hazō said. "Kagome-sensei doesn't want you anywhere near it for fear it will get on you and then transfer to Prime when you pop, possibly interacting with his jinchūriki seal." He cocked his head in confusion. "Hey, don't you guys share memories when one of you pops? Naruto...well, some group of Narutos have been standing here the whole time. Why not just get the info first-person?"

Clotheshorse shrugged. "We do that a lot, but sometimes it's better to exchange information the slow way. We aren't exactly perfect duplicates, so sometimes a clone will have novel ideas that didn't occur to Prime or any of the other clones. That's a lot harder when we're all working from same-viewpoint data. I'll share once you and I finish talking."

"Huh. Interesting." He paused, thinking about it. "Well, any ideas?"

Clotheshorse looked back and forth between Hazō and Kagome-sensei. The older man was sitting off at the edge of the clearing, leaning on a large granite wall and looking very disgruntled. He was wearing his jacket again and his hands were busy sewing a new section of cloth onto the front of his shirt, which had been completely destroyed.

"What happened there?" Clotheshorse asked, hooking one thumb towards the grumpy sealmaster.

"He made me create an Earth Wall, then he insisted that Akane give the blotch back to him 'just for a minute'," Hazō explained. "He had one hand in his shirt and when the thing jumped back to him he tried to use a directional explosive to blast it, with the wall as a backstop. Didn't work; before the blast, it was on his shirt. After the blast, it was on his chest. Couldn't see anything in between, definitely didn't see it move." He quirked a lip in amusement; he had paused before mentioning directional explosives around Naruto, before remembering that there wasn't a lot of OPSEC left to worry about violating, since other Narutos had been standing here the whole time and, in point of fact, Kagome-sensei had already used the things on Naruto, never mind in front of him.

Shaking the thought away, Hazō gestured towards Akane, who was comfortably stretched out on her bedroll a couple yards from Kagome-sensei, napping with her hands folded over her stomach and a contented look on her face. "She took it back from him immediately after that. Practically had to wrestle him down to do it, which is why he's looking so grumpy."

Clotheshorse nodded. "Okay...can't blow it up, can't stab it, can't move it onto a clone, not safe to move it onto me. That lets out Rasengan, since the chakra might make it jump to me. None of my other jutsu seem well suited. Any problems with shifting it back and forth?"

Hazō shook his head. "No. Also, if you keep pumping chakra into it by way of chakra adhesion or repulsion then it gets heavier faster but it gets hotter slower and draws the seal slower. Kagome-sensei estimates he could wear it for at least a couple hours without any real damage."

"Hm." Clotheshorse scratched his cheek absently. "So, worst case, they could keep swapping it between them every hour or two until we can figure something out?"

Hazō grimaced. "I mean...it looks that way, at least until they need to sleep. Kagome-sensei isn't happy about it, and if he gets it again then I don't know that he's going to want to let Akane take it back." He chuckled. "Although, from the look in her eye I don't think he's going to be able to stop her without literally exploding her. He was never much good at taijutsu and she's become the Demigoddess of Youthful Face Punching." He paused. "Oh, also, he's insisting that he and Akane are in quarantine, so you and I need to stay away from them." He looked around. "Have you guys had any luck trapping a critter?"

"I'll check; it's about time I shared my perspective anyway. Multiple Shadow Clone Jutsu!" Another Naruto appeared and then disappeared. Moments later, Clotheshorse shook his head. "No. We've got a really good pyre ready, but none of me have managed to catch anything large enough for the blotch to fit on. They're working on it." He paused for a moment, then nodded. "CircadianRhythmBoy is asking if you tried pulling it onto a seal."

"Yeah. I tried it with a Party Trick, both active and not. Didn't work."

Clotheshorse sighed and bit his lip. He glanced over to where Kagome sat against the wall, . He leaned in close to Hazō and lowered his voice. "You know that we may not be able to save them, right?"

Hazō's eyes narrowed. "Do not even think of doing anything to them."

Clotheshorse raised both hands placatingly. "Hey, Akane's great and I even kinda like Old Grumbly over there, despite the whole 'tanking explosions with my face' thing. I don't have any plans to hurt either of them. I'm just saying, I grew up around Jiraiya and his bonkers bunch. This isn't the first sealing failure I've seen, and these things rarely end well." He ducked his head in commiseration. "Look, if it needs to happen, I'll take care of it. You don't have to watch."

Hazō studied the other boy for a moment. He could feel his blood freezing, his face going still even without the intercession of the Iron Nerve. Memories of murderous rage inspired by a vicious proctor in the forests of Mist flashed across his mind's eye.

"Let me be very clear about this," Hazō said calmly. "If we exhaust all the options and they need to be killed, I will do it. If you touch either of them, you are declaring war on the Gōketsu, the clan that Jiraiya wanted you to lead, and I will bend every resource available to me to your destruction. That includes the talents of a certain red-headed genjutsu mistress slash infiltration expert. Understood?"

Clotheshorse took a half-step back, raising his hands again. "Hey, no problem. I wasn't going to do anything, I was just trying to be supportive."

"Be supportive by figuring out a way to fix it." He grinned, feral and toothy. "When we get home, ask Noburi to explain what he means by 'Hazō, do the thing'. Until then, unless you've got a helpful suggestion, shut up while I do the thing."





Voting remains open until Saturday at 9am Eastern.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 288: Save Your Family. No Excuses.

"Got it," Hazō said, opening his eyes.

Naruto Clotheshorse blinked. "What?"

"Branching tree of fifteen plans, each with an average of twenty-seven explanatory points, one to six subpoints, and even a few sub-subpoints."

Clotheshorse raised an eyebrow dubiously.

Hazō laughed. "Joking. It's only five plans, and they aren't quite that detailed."

"Oh, well, that's okay then," Clotheshorse said sarcastically. "Don't worry, at a certain age performance issues are to be expected."

Hazō shot him an icy stare and made a note to inflict legendary revenge at some point in the future.

"First plan," he said. "Catch that damn chakra beast. Here, have some bait." He pulled a fistful of storage seals out of a pocket on his vest, not stopping to see what they were. Kagome-sensei would forgive him if he ended up dumping all the foie gras and caviar. He would probably even forgive dumping the creaky chicken, but only because it would save Akane.

Clotheshorse made a cross with his fingers. "Multiple Shadow Clone Technique." The new clone grabbed the seals and raced off.

"What's next?" The prankster was gone, his demeanor entirely serious.

"Next is you go capture some hostile ninja."

Naruto Clotheshorse, S-rank ninja of the Village Hidden in the Leaves, blinked.

"I what?"

Hazō met the other ninja's eyes, pushing every trace of sincerity that he could muster. He had yet to master the 'killing intent' power of more senior ninja; he could not force his will upon reality and make the world seem colder or full of demons. Nonetheless, his seriousness burned on his face.

"They are my family," he said calmly. "They will not die. Period. I lost my father when I was five, I lost all the friends I had in Hidden Swamp, I lost my mother to exile, I lost Jiraiya, I lost who Mari used to be. I am not losing anyone else. You can help, or you can get the fuck out of my way."

Naruto Clotheshorse studied him for a moment. "Let's be clear about something," he said at last, his voice very calm and remote. "These threats that you keep throwing around? They're cute. Really. I appreciate how much you care about everyone, I admire your ability to function as a decisive leader, and I understand how much stress you're under right now. That said, you're a newly-frocked chūnin and I'm the jinchūriki of the Nine-Tailed Demon Fox. I have 'flee on sight' orders in three separate bingo books and I used to hold my own against people like Maito Gai, Hatake Kakashi, and Jiraiya of the Sannin. Confidence is a good trait in a ninja, but a proper appreciation of reality is also important."

All the emotions Hazō had been struggling to suppress—the fear for his teacher and his friend/ex-girlfriend/clan sister/???, the incipient panic that he wouldn't be able to save them, the otherworldly jangling that sang through his nerves after his encounters with the 'voice' of the blotch—coalesced and changed. They ceased to be separate things moving in different directions and forged themselves into a unity, a spear raised against the world and surrounded only by ice and purpose. He stepped forward into Naruto Clotheshorse's space, leaving them almost chest to chest, and locked his eyes on those of his target.

"Threats?" he asked quietly. "You think those were threats? Those were promises, Naruto. I know what I'm going to do: Save my family, even if the world burns. What about you? Will you stand back and allow Leaf-nin to die when you maybe could save them? Will you kill me, the Clan Head of Jiraiya's clan? Is that the Will of Fire that you care so much about? What would Gai say, if he were here? Jiraiya? The Third?"

Clotheshorse met his eyes for a moment, then looked away. "Okay," he said. "Fine. I'm in, but I'm not going to start a war to do it." His lip twitched for a moment in something vaguely akin to a smile. "For the record, Jiraiya would say: Don't start a war, even if that means they die."

"Yeah, well, I'm not Jiraiya."

Clotheshorse chuckled. "No, you're—oh, hang on. Just got an update. We captured a bristleback. Plenty big enough to take the...you called it 'the Blotch'? Well, this thing can definitely take it. We're still looking for something better, though. Bristlebacks don't emit active chakra, so they might not be able to bait the thing onto themselves. We're still looking for a zaprat or something like that."

Hazō blinked. "Naruto, you're a genius. Pack your gear, we're headed north." He turned and dashed off back to camp.

o-o-o-o​

"This is demeaning," groused Naruto Syllogism.

The clone was slogging through water up to his chest, his feet stirring up mud. Periodically he would dip his right hand into the bucket of blood he carried and swoosh it around in the water. "Heeere, gator gator gator!" he called hopefully. "Here, gator! Look at this! Nice tasty ninja, too stupid to know how to waterwalk! Having to slog through mud like a stupid softfoot peasant! C'mon over and eat me!"

Being back in the Swamp of Death certainly stirred up memories, Hazō reflected. Strangely, not all of them were bad. There was even something...well, something homey about it. This was the place where his journey had truly begun. Where he had forged the bonds with Noburi and Keiko that led Mari to rescue them when the proto-Village was destroyed. Where, ironically, he had mastered waterwalking.

Thirty feet away, Akane was badgering Kagome into letting her take the Blotch back. The older man kept pushing her off and snapping at her, but the smoke coming off his shirt and the expression of pain on his face suggested that he'd left it a bit too long.

"Give it to her, sensei!" Hazō called. "We're almost there!"

"Ow!" Beside Hazō, Naruto TehCoolestEvah winced.

"What's wrong?"

"Some plant just shot a harpoon through my throat. It's dealt with."

"Spearlilies," Hazō said, nodding. "If they hit rea—uh, if they hit meat people then they suck all the blood out of you in a few seconds. It's horrible."

"Nice save." TehCoolestEvah shook his head ruefully. "To be fair, 'it's horrible' seems to describe most of what's in this place. You guys seriously thought this was a good place to build a village?"

Hazō shrugged. "Shikigami picked it and we weren't given a choice. Still, you have to admit that it makes a pretty good defensive perimeter." He looked around. "We aren't too far from the island, actually. It should be about ten minutes that way if I haven't gotten too turned around."

TehCoolestEvah looked around and snorted. "How in the heck you navigate in here, I have no idea."

Hazō shrugged. "It's not really—"

"Fuckin' YOW!"

"Another spearlily?"

"No, some kind of...fuck, I have no idea. It's as big as a small house and it's got way too many legs and—"

There was a loud smack from off to the side; when they glanced over they saw Akane holding Kagome-sensei in a headlock while trying to get her hand onto the Blotch. Kagome-sensei was struggling, shifting from side to side and trying to lift Akane by the leg he had managed to capture, which she easily prevented by skillful weight shifts and pushes that kept Kagome-sensei off balance.

After a few seconds she released him and leaped back with a cry of victory and the Blotch quiescent on her chest. Kagome-sensei's shirt was smoldering and there were blisters on his skin in the areas where the shirt had burned through. He glared impotently at Akane (who was sticking out her tongue at him and doing a truly juvenile victory dance), and then rummaged through his seals for some burn cream.

"As I was saying," TehCoolestEvah said, "it's as big as a small house, it's got too many legs, and it's covered in fur and mud. It zapped me with some sort of lightning attack."

"Cool! A spiderbear will be perfect. You didn't kill it, did you?"

TehCoolestEvah glared at him. "Do I look stupid? That's the whole point of this, right? Capture something with active chakra emissions so that we can get the Blotch off those two?"

"Right," Hazō said. "Sorry, I'm just nervous. I was really hoping the bristleback would do the job."

TehCoolestEvah nodded. "S'all good. And yeah, that would have been nice." He snorted. "Gotta say, I did not expect that second plan. I was thinking we would just press it against the beast and hope. Having Kagome lie down on it while Akane shoves her fist up the thing's butt and tries to use chakra adhesion from the inside? Not really on my list of possible plans."

"Yeah, well, it seemed like a good idea at the time," Hazō mumbled, blushing slightly. It had taken a while to convince Kagome-sensei and Akane (mostly Akane) to give that one a shot, and longer to restrain the bristleback enough for it to be feasible.

"Ah yes," TehCoolestEvah said, nodding somberly. "'It seemed like a good idea at the time.' Words that are inevitably followed by horrible, horrible things. Never in the history of mankind has there ever been—"

"Are we almost there yet?" Hazō demanded. "And do you have it restrained?"

TehCoolestEvah chuckled. "'Almost' and 'yes'. It's got enough rope on it to hold Gamabunta—as long as he wasn't hitting the wakeleaf too hard, anyway—and six of me are keeping an eye on it. You might start thinking how you're going to convince it to cooperate. More butt-poking?"

"Actually," Hazō said, "I thought I'd start with the obvious thing first: Its lightning jutsu is a short-ranged chakra effect, so it should be enough to pull the Blotch off of Akane."

TehCoolestEvah looked doubtful. "That's a pretty nasty attack it's got. Two of me got a little too close and it popped us. It's not a win if she gets rid of the Blotch but gets fried in the process."

"It's short ranged and less effective the farther away you are. If Akane starts wading towards it then hopefully the Blotch will get pulled loose before she's hurt too badly."

TehCoolestEvah shook his head. "There is no possible way that is going to work."

o-o-o-o​

"Wow," Naruto Tietack said, amazed. "I really did not expect that to work. Great job, Hazō."

Akane's hair was a giant frizzball radiating out from her head like a dustbunny and she was limping from the repeated shocks. She was also noticeably Blotch-free and grateful for it.

Hazō knew she was grateful because his aching ribs told him so.

"Okay," he wheezed, pressing on them carefully to ensure that they weren't cracked from the Most Youthful Hug of Delighted Gratitude. "That's enough time wasted. Let's get back to work."

"And out of this stinking swamp," grumbled Naruto Horsedoctor. He had gotten most of the chunks of exploded spiderbear out of his hair and was scooping up handfuls of swamp water to scrub the blood and guts off his hands and face.

"I told you to stand back," Kagome-sensei said unrepentantly.





XP AWARD: 4

Brevity bonus: 0 XP


It is now about 7pm and fully dark. You are surrounded by S-rank Shadow Clones so can move relatively safely, but travel in the Swamp of Not-as-Deathful-as-it-Used-to-Be-When-I-Was-a-Genin is still dangerous. Do you want to camp on the island next to the collapsed caves and ghosts of your dead friends, do you want to try to hike an hour out, or do you want to try to find a tree to sleep in and hope that the critters don't eat you? Kagome and Akane are dead on their feet from running flat-out for hours while a steadily-heavier Blotch weighed them down, but they aren't happy about being here. Still, you're the expert on this place and everyone is willing to follow your direction.

Vote time! What to do now?

Next Thursday will be an interlude, so voting closes 10am Saturday, September 28, 2019.
 
Last edited:
Future Interlude (AU?): Honoka's Team, Part 1
Future Interlude (AU?): Honoka's Team, Part 1

"Tanaka Eita..." Umino-sensei called, staring at his notes.

"No whammies, no whammies," Eita murmured to himself. The various jōnin-sensei were already gone, taking their newly-assigned teams out for evaluation. There were thirteen genin left, including Hyūga. More worryingly, there were only four chūnin-sensei left and one of them was Psycho Lady.

"...Hyūga Goro, and Watanabe Hayata," Umino-sensei continued. "The three of you are Team Honoka."

Nnnnoooooooooooooo!

Sage's shriveled ballsack, he was on a team with that stuck-up Hyūga bastard and he got Psycho Lady for a teacher?! Nnnoooooo! What had he ever done to the universe that it should punish him like this?!?!?!?!

"Come on, you little stinkers," Psycho Lady growled. "On the roof, now. Don't be last." She flicked her hand, hurling something out into the hall too fast to identify, and then she was gone and her prior position was taken up by a large chunk of iron. It fell to the floor with a heavy clunk and knocked out a divot.

Umino-sensei glared at the brand-new dent in the floor. "I told her to stop doing that," he grumbled. He ran a hand through his thinning gray hair and breathed out a slow, calming breath before starting to call the names of the next team. Hyūga and Watanbe must have been just as dismayed as Eita at their choice of team leaders, because it took them until then to unfreeze and dart for the door. Eita scrambled after them, getting to the door last solely by virtue of having been farthest away. He had plenty of limitations as a ninja but even before his latest growth spurt left him towering over his classmates, no one in his year could even come close to catching him in a foot race.

Unfortunately, that didn't help when you needed to get to the top of a six-story staircase and someone else got to the stairs in front of you. The geometry was against him; if he hugged the railing then they were in his way, but if he went wide then he had to cover too much distance.

On the other hand, this was Psycho Lady and whoever was last she would...blow them up or something. Who knew? There was a reason that the upperclassmen had been whispering her pseudonym in hushed and terrified tones ever since she had started occasionally guest-teaching at the Academy six years ago.

He reached forward and pushed on Hyūga's back foot just as it was lifting up. The boy went down in a heap, barking his shins and knees on the steps in front of him and yelping in pain; Eita jumped over him without a glance. Hyūga kicked up, knocking him off balance, but Eita managed to catch himself and scramble drunkenly upwards on his hands and feet for a couple of steps until he could right himself. It cost him time and allowed Watanabe to pull ahead much too far to catch. Still, second wasn't last.

Eita burst out the door to the roof, took two steps and got hit in the back of the head with something hard and heavy that splatted wetly. Blood and brains shot out in an interrupted cone in front of him but he barely had time to notice because he was too busy trying to tuck and roll to absorb the impact of his high-speed faceplant.

Halfway through the roll, he twisted his palm to the side and used a blast of chakra repulsion to add a sideways vector to his course. It was a good thing he did, because a moment later an explosion went off right where he would have been.

"AAAAAIIIIIIEEEEE!!!!"

Eita came back to his feet, looking around frantically for attackers before checking to see what had made Hyūga scream like a little girl.

The white-eyed clan kid was desperately trying to brush off the bucketful of worms and bugs that Psycho Lady had poured over his head as he came through the door to the roof. Some of them had clearly gotten in his mouth when he screamed, so he was spitting and coughing. More had apparently gone down his shirt, so he was dancing frantically and slapping at himself.

"Stop being such a baby, it's just a few bugs," Psycho Lady said, standing atop the small structure that sheltered the door. She was casually holding a bucket in one hand and looking down on her new students in disgust.

Satisfied that he wasn't in imminent danger, and with one eye firmly on Psycho Lady at all times, Eita checked himself over. He had not, he determined, had his head exploded or been hit with someone else's head. He had apparently been hit by a medium-sized watermelon, probably already chopped into fist-sized chunks that were only loosely stuck together. He was sticky, his hair was a giant mat of fruit pulp, and his shoulders and neck were going to be one massive bruise, but he wasn't actually injured.

To Eita's right, Watanabe was on his knees on the roof, pawing at his eyes and spitting like an angry cat trying to get rid of a hairball. He had apparently been hit from either side with two massive blasts of soot, since his entire body was black except for a small line on front and back. He must have been looking slightly to the side because no part of his face had escaped the enblackening.

Psycho Lady dropped the now-empty bucket of bugs and moved at chakra-boosted speed, appearing beside Watanabe. She tapped one of the bazillion pockets that covered her uniform and another bucket popped into existence in midair. She caught it with a smooth and clearly long-practiced motion.

"Look up," she said.

Confused and unable to see, Watanabe obeyed the instruction. Psycho Lady slowly poured the bucket over his face, shifting the flow of water around to get as much of the soot off of him as possible with only a gallon of water. Of course, she hadn't said 'and keep your mouth shut', so Watanabe was now coughing and spluttering due to the soot-mud in his mouth and throat.

Another tap at one of her pockets and the bucket vanished back into storage space. Psycho Lady stepped back, putting her hands on her hips and glowering at her three charges.

"What's wrong with you three?" she scolded. "Slow to the roof! I had time to get up here, close the door behind myself, get up on top of the shed, and get my bucket ready! No situational awareness! BigNose ran right through my Lesser Barrier Formation, even though it was clearly marked! Clearly! Marked! And right in front of him!" She waved in disgust at the two ankle-high boxes with coloration that precisely matched that of the roof, separated by a solid ten meters so that they weren't anything like 'right in front' of someone coming out the door at speed.

Eita barely managed to stifle a snort. Watanabe hated being teased about his nose which, yes, was more than a little oversized for his otherwise delicate features. Honestly, he looked like someone had stuck a grown man's nose on a child's face.

"And you! Edgy, or whatever your name is!"

"Eita, ma'am," he said hesitantly.

"Eita, Edgy, whatever! You didn't even try to dodge when I shot you with the watermelon!"

"Y—" Eita closed his mouth with a click, biting off the instinctive yelp of protest. He knew how this conversation went: "You were behind me!" "So? Ninja!" There was no point and he wasn't going to give her the satisfaction.

"And you!" Psycho Lady said, throwing her hands in the air as she directed her gaze to her third student. Hyūga had managed to deal with enough of the invertebrate assault that he had himself under control and was now desperately attempting to conjure the Kill You With My Brain no Jutsu into existence. His efforts went unrewarded.

"You're one of those cheating eyeball cheaters! How could you let me surprise you?!"

Hyūga didn't say a word, he just continued glaring and looking sour.

"Well?!"

Hyūga mumbled something.

"What? Speak up, boy. I'm all the way over here. And stand up straight. Mumbling and slouching make you seem stupid."

Hyūga's back (and Eita's) snapped into parade-ground straightness.

"I said, I didn't have my bloodline active," Hyūga said resentfully.

Psycho Lady blurred across the space between then and poked Hyūga in the ribs hard enough to make him double over and eep.

"Choose a better tone," she said, standing just out of lunging distance, hands on hips with one toe tapping.

Hyūga took a moment to master himself, then straightened up, cleared his throat, and spoke clearly and respectfully. "My apologies, sensei. I did not see you because I did not have my bloodline active."

"Well why not?! You've got cheating eyeballs, why aren't you cheating with them?! Ninja are supposed to cheat, and your stinking cheating eyeballs are the best and cheatiest bloodline around!"

Hyūga blinked, clearly uncertain how to take that. "Um...thank you?"

"Answer the question!"

"Uh...right. I didn't have them active because it requires chakra to maintain them, and I was conserving my chakra for running."

Psycho Lady looked disgusted. "Pah. A quick little run like that? You should have had plenty of chakra for that and using your stinking cheating eyeballs." She shrugged. "Eh. We'll work on that." She shook a finger at him. "You better work on that!"

"Uh...I will, ma'am."

"Good." She swiveled on Eita. (It was not, he noticed, much of a swivel, as she had always kept him in her peripheral vision.)

"You! Why weren't you first? You're the fastest runner in your year."

Eita blinked. She had read his file? Well, that probably wasn't too surprising. He had only seen her around the campus a few times, and most of what he knew was from horrific whispered stories of other students who had taken her occasional seminars. "I was furthest from the door, ma'am. I got to the stairs last."

She raised an eyebrow. "So why were you second instead of last?"

Eita swallowed nervously. "I, uh...I kinda tripped Hyūga?" He struggled to maintain his posture instead of cringing. Assaulting a fellow student outside of sanctioned training was a severe offense. Still, lying was worse.

She broke into a smile and nodded approvingly. "Good! You're a ninja, act like it. Wait! No, that's not right. Uh...how dare you attack a teammate? Right?"

Eita had no idea what to say to that and it didn't sound like a real question so he simply stayed at attention and said nothing.

Psycho Lady frowned, her (frankly, very attractive) face furrowing. "I mean...I guess you were technically teammates, so that was bad. Except not really, because you aren't a team until I agree to accept you. I guess it was okay." She nodded to herself and then looked around.

"I'm Gōketsu Honoka," she said, as though they hadn't already known. "I'm twenty-four, I like blackberries and hot chocolate and explosives and traps and stuff. I'm your new chūnin-sensei. Okay, BigNose, you go next."

The soaking-wet soot-covered boy glared at her for a moment, and then clearly remembered what had happened to Hyūga when he'd sounded surly. Through not-quite-clenched teeth he announced, "I'm Watanabe Hayata. I'm sixteen. I'm good at fire jutsu and I like to read. Also, being called 'BigNose' bothers me."

Psycho Lady humphed. "Fine. You! Cheating Eyeballs Kid! Tell us about yourself."

"My name is Hyūga Goro," said the scion of the second-most-powerful clan in Leaf, struggling to not show the frustrated anger that he was failing to not show. "I am also sixteen, seeing as I just graduated twenty minutes ago. I am the younger son of Lord Neji, Hyūga Clan Head."

"Hmph. You! Watermelon Head! What about you?"

"My name is Tanaka Eita," Eita said, as politely and respectfully as possible. "I am also sixteen. I am the fastest runner in our graduating class."

"What else?"

The earliest traces of panic started fluttering in Eita's belly. "Else, sensei?"

"Yeah. What else do you like to do? What else do you think I should know about you?"

Oh, Sage. Was she going to make him say out loud, in front of Watanabe and Hyūga, that he had barely squeaked into the top third of the class for taijutsu and had been middle of the class or below for all his other ninja subjects? Or, worse, that he could barely read?

"I'm...good at math, ma'am."

She nodded. "Cool. At dinner tomorrow, make sure you tell Uncle Kagome that. He'll enjoy having another math guy to nerd out with."

Eita's jaw fell open before he could stop himself; he hurried to close it again. Had she really invited him, a newly-graduated mudfoot genin who had barely scraped out a pass, to dinner at the Gōketsu estate? And she had suggested that he talk to Lord Gōketsu Kagome himself? The inventor of the Kagome Theorem? The creator of the Super Explodey Seal? The inventor of the skywalker seal?!?!?!

"Uh...uh..."

Her delicate eyebrows came together in a frown. "Why do you look like a fish?"

"Uh...dinner?"

The frown became puzzlement. "Yeah? So? We're a new team. You're going to be living at the estate for the next few months." She hesitated again, and then started twisting her hands together nervously. "Oh. Um...I mean, you can live at the estate for the next few months. If you want. You and your family. Hazō said it was okay. You don't have to though. Unless you want to. It would probably make sense though, since we're going to be training a lot. And we have some nice guest quarters, and one of the cabins is already made up for you. I know it would make your parents' commute a little longer, but we have rickshaw drivers waiting outside the gates practically all the time, and it would mean your sister and brother could get some tutoring. They'd need to work, of course, but we pay good wages."

"Uh...I...uh..."

She glanced to the side. "Watanabe, your family is in the cabin next to his, if you want. Whether or not you move in, Uncle Noburi wanted to have a look at your father's knee. He said not to make any promises because it's an old injury and there isn't always anything to do for those, but he said it was okay to offer. Oh and, um, no charge. Obviously. Can't charge teammates."

The world spun around Eita. She was offering to have Master Physician Gōketsu Noburi, the senior medical official of Leaf General Hospital, the best medic-nin in Leaf since the unfortunate passing of Lady Tsunade, use his healing talents on a mere civilian? For free? Sure, he was well known for working in Leaf General and being willing to treat anyone who showed up based solely on their need, but still!

"Hyūga, you can move in too," Gōketsu-sensei said. "Um...I don't know if you'll want to, since your place is really nice and it's next door to ours anyway. Still, Mari-sensei said it would be rude not to invite you when I've invited the other two and being rude to my students would be a terrible way to start off our new team." She nodded. "First impressions and foundations are very important, she says. And she's really smart about people, so she would know. She'll be handling the infiltration training for the three of you. I'm no good at that stuff."

Eita seriously thought he was going to pass out. Lady...Lady Gōketsu? The Firehair, the Mistress of Night, the source of most of the Academy's espionage curriculum? The woman about whom a thousand songs and a thousand thousand poems had been written? (Most of them incredibly raunchy.) The master spy who had wormed her way into the offices of the Kazekage and come home with information that allowed the Eighth to avert World War Five? She was going to be training them? As quietly as possible, he used the Dispelling technique to verify that he wasn't trapped in a genjutsu. When that didn't work, he pinched himself, hard. Nope. Probably not dreaming.

Hyūga bowed smoothly. "Your offer is very gracious, sensei. With your permission, I will decline. As you say, my home is next door to your own lovely estate, and I would like to stay with my family if you'll permit it."

She nodded vigorously enough to set her black-with-blonde-highlights pixie cut bouncing. "Sure, sure! Totally fine! Probably better that way, really. Uncle Kagome would flip out if you and your cheating eyeballs were wandering around the property all the time."

Hyūga wisely said nothing.

"Anyway. I'll see all of you at Training Ground Four, five o'clock tomorrow morning. Bring your gear and a change of clothes. We'll be working all day and having dinner at seven, so tell your families to expect you late. Dress is casual and Mari-sensei was very clear that 'none of them are to bring anything except their own sweet selves or I will be very cross with you, Honoka', so don't bring anything or I'll get in trouble." She looked at all three of them, then fidgeted for a moment. "So...uh...yeah. See ya tomorrow, I guess? Yeah. Uh...bye!" She raced to the edge of the roof and dove off.

Eita stared at the empty space where his terrifyingly insane instructor had been, his brain far too locked up to do anything.

o-o-o-o​

"How did it go?" Mari-sensei asked from behind her.

Honoka forced herself not to jump. Someday, some day, she was going to catch Mari-sensei coming. And on that day, pigs would fly.

Carefully, she finished stocking the pot-bellied stove with shakes of wood and checked to make sure that the kettle was full. She was down to ninety-seven gallons of hot water in her storage seals, so it was time to stock up. She just hoped that Uncle Kagome wouldn't get too crabby with her for letting her supplies run so low.

Finally, she turned around and stepped into her teacher's embrace. The hug was nice, a warm embrace that signaled to her subconscious that it was safe to let her public persona go for now.

"It went well," she said, when they both eventually stopped hugging and stepped back. "Want some tea?"

"Yes, thanks."

Honoka rummaged out the appropriate seal and produced a wooden box that contained a piping-hot and thoroughly-steeped teapot, as well as four cups. She passed one to Mari-sensei and poured it full before taking some for herself and sealing everything else up again. No reason to let the pot cool, after all.

"Oh, the red," the older woman said, taking a deep and well-satisfied breath of the fragrance. "I thought you were out? I've been haunting the tea shops for months and there's been none for love or money." She grinned. "And believe me, I tried both."

Honoka laughed. "They happened to have some in the market of a town I passed through on my last mission, and I remembered how much you liked it, so I picked some up." Granted, the 'town' in question had been Degarashi Port in the Land of Tea and Honoka's mission had been to the capital of the Land of Noodles. Still, it had made Mari-sensei smile, and what was a little running in the grand scheme of things?

"Thank you, minx. So, tell me about your little sproglings! Are they everything you hoped?"

Honoka nodded. "Yes, actually. Watanabe walked into the trap, but he sensed it just before it went off and was starting to dive clear. Hyūga held onto his temper when I doused him with the bugs, and Tanaka thought fast enough to crab his roll after I hit him with the watermelon. None of them used the Substitution targets I left in the stairwell, so we'll need to work on that a bit, but that's probably down to low chakra reserves meaning that they still consider Substitution an escape jutsu instead of a travel jutsu."

"How about their tempers and personalities?"

"Surprisingly good, actually. None of them cursed at me even when I was rude and disparaging. Hyūga in particular was brilliant. He snotted off at first but I gave him one poke and he was respectful and self-controlled from then on."

She took a sip of her tea to buy herself a moment to think. "I'm a little concerned about Tanaka. His literacy skills need serious work and his self-confidence is terrible." She snorted. "Probably because, ever since Ebisu retired, the Academy has gone completely to crap."

"Language, young lady!" Mari-sensei's tone was flawlessly shocked; she even gasped and put a hand on her chest in amazement.

Honoka grinned impishly. "Yes, sensei. Anyway, I'll want to have Uncle Kagome give him some tests, but I suspect he's got word-blindness. Terrible scores in all the written subjects, brilliant in math and logic. He's got the standard civilian-born no-early-education problem so all of his clan-born classmates outstripped him." She snorted. "And, honestly, he's got one of the worst throwing arms ever."

"We should ask the Aburame glassmakers to test his vision," Mari-sensei said. "It's possible that he's just nearsighted."

Honoka nodded and made a mental note. "Honestly, I'm annoyed with Airi. She's supposed to be keeping an eye on the students for us. Her people should have caught Tanaka years ago; if they had, he would be much farther along."

Mari-sensei nodded, her lips pressed together in a line of annoyance. "I need to have a talk with that woman. I'm not sure if her network is compromised or if she's just starting to get senile, but I may need to get more involved again."

Honoka winced. Mari-sensei had been enjoying her retirement from the role of Clan Spymistress, and it would be a shame if she had to come back to work.

Mari-sensei produced a storage seal from inside her elegant kimono and popped out a stack of folders bundled together with string and wrapped in leather to resist storage shock. She slid the whole mass across to Honoka. "I double-checked the so-called 'deep background' that Airi put together for you." She snorted. "Totally inadequate. I have no idea what she was thinking. Anyway, I worked something up."

A chuckle escaped before Honoka could stifle it. Airi's deep background on her students had been extremely thorough.

"My, my, sensei," she teased, "it's almost like you're mother-henning over me and my brand new sproglings."

Mari-sensei pretend-scowled in offense. "Hmph. I'm sure I have no idea what you're talking about." A yawn ambushed her and she covered it with one surprised hand. "Yipes. Sorry. It's not the company."

"Heh. No worries; it's late, we're both tired, and I have sproglings to torme...er, to train early tomorrow. I'm going to let the kettle boil and then I'm for bed."

The redhead (who definitely did not have any grey speckling her luxurious crimson mane, at least not if you knew what was good for you) patted Honoka's hand and stood up, stifling another yawn. "Sounds good. Have fun tomorrow. You'll be in by six, right? They're going to be exhausted and smelly. Need to give them time for a soak before dinner."

"Away with you, mother hen!" Honoka said, flapping her hands at her teacher. "They're my sproglings, not yours!"

Mari-sensei put her nose in the air like an offended cat. "Hrmph. Well, I know when I'm not wanted. Good night, minx." She hrmphed again, giving her head an overdramatic toss and then stalked out of the room with offended dignity.

"Good night, sensei," Honoka called after her, before smiling and taking a long sip of her tea. She pulled the folders towards herself. There was time for a little reading before the water boiled.




Voting is still open and ends on Saturday, September 28, at 9am Eastern time.
 
Last edited:
Future Interlude (AU?): Honoka's Team, Part 2
Future Interlude (AU?): Honoka's Team, Part 2

"Anyway. I'll see all of you at Training Ground Four, five o'clock tomorrow morning. Bring your gear and a change of clothes. We'll be working all day and having dinner at seven, so tell your families to expect you late. Dress is casual and Mari-sensei was very clear that 'none of them are to bring anything except their own sweet selves or I will be very cross with you, Honoka', so don't bring anything or I'll get in trouble." She looked at all three of them, then fidgeted for a moment. "So...uh...yeah. See ya tomorrow, I guess? Yeah. Uh...bye!" She raced to the edge of the roof and dove off.

Eita stared at the empty space where his terrifyingly insane instructor had been, his brain far too locked up to do anything.

...

"What just happened?" Hyūga asked, his voice wobbling back and forth across the boundary between 'querulous' and 'whimpering'.

"We...got our teacher? I guess?" Watanabe said. He paused. "She accepted us as her students, right? I mean, we're official now?"

Everyone ruminated on that for a moment.

"I think so?" Eita said. "That's...good."

...

"She's supposed to be very competent," Watanabe offered.

"She's a Gōketsu," Hyūga pointed out. "They're crazy, paranoid, and on a good day they're one step from treason, but they're competent. I'll give them that".

...

"Look, can we get some lunch?" Watanabe said. "I really feel like I need some help processing this, and like we'll need to plan together how to work with her. Plus, we're teammates now. We should get to know each other better."

Eita winced. His wallet was awfully thin right now.

"Let's go to The Hound," Hyūga said. "The food is good and they won't charge us if I'm there. I didn't bring my wallet to graduation so I don't have any cash on me, and I'd rather not go home to get it before eating."

Eita glanced over in surprise. Hyūga's physical eyes were pointing towards where Psycho Lady—where Sensei had jumped off the roof, but the bulging veins around his eyes told the tale of his active Byakugan. The Byakugan, which allowed him to see everything in a full 360-degree sphere, including the insides of objects. Including the empty inside of Eita's wallet, which was tucked into the cargo pocket at the small of his back. (Leaf uniforms were so awesome—all the pockets were the best!)

"That sounds great," Eita said, gritting his teeth at the charity. "I've never been to the Hound."

"Unsurprising," Hyūga said. "It'll be a treat for you."

Shame and embarrassment flashed over into anger, but he mastered himself with the ease of long practice. It was just the normal clan kid stuff, except turned up to 11 because this was Hyūga. He said nothing and turned for the door to the stairs, the others moving with him.

Opening the door triggered an explosion which blasted out chalk dust and a wave of hot pressurized air that knocked him back into Watanabe, spilling them both to the ground.

"The fuck, Hyūga!" Watanabe said, once he managed to spit out enough of the chalk dust to speak. "You could have fucking warned us!"

"I didn't see it!" Hyūga said, his voice desperate and afraid. "Shit, I still can't see it!"

"You fucking liar!" Eita snarled, coming to his feet fast and then having to stop and wipe chalk dust out of his eyes on the inside of his shirt.

"Seriously, Hyūga," Watanabe said. "That was some fucking bullshit. Be an asshole on your own time, but when we're together, we're a team. Act like it, dipshit."

"Fuck," Hyūga muttered from inside the stairwell. "Look at this." He came out into the midafternoon light and held something out to his teammates.

Eita looked it over. It was a pair of seals, both scorched to unrecognizability in the process of activation. "What am I looking at?"

"Can't be sure," Hyūga said grimly. "My guess is that this one here is a proximity-triggered macerator and the other one is a low-radius anti-Byakugan seal—probably not more than a few inches, so it was easy to miss the black-out zone."

The other two considered that.

"This is gonna suck, isn't it?" asked Watanabe faintly.

"Oh, yeah."

"Yup."

o-o-o-o​

The Faithful Hound was, surprisingly, not an Inuzuka place. It was a civilian-run restaurant in which the Hyūga definitely had no Merchant-Council-rules-violating controlling financial interest. None whatsoever. Despite that, the owners were awfully solicitous of any Hyūga who came through the door, and their bills tended to mysteriously vanish into the ether before arriving at the table. (The name also had some interesting and disturbing implications once you knew the details of the ownership.)

Hyūga or not, the food was incredible. The genin, still mostly covered in soot and chalk dust, were ushered straight into a private room. At Hyūga's imperious demand for "The chef special, lots of it, and some towels for this mess" the waitresses (three very attractive young civilian girls in elegant kimonos with traditional makeup, Eita noticed) went scurrying out the door. Moments later they were back with reinforcements, all of them carrying trays piled high with steaming-hot damp towels, pots of hot water, tea, and nibbles of various kinds. Two of the girls moved to each genin, towels in hand; one girl started cleaning Hyūga's face and neck while the other removed his sandals and began cleaning and massaging his feet. He accepted this as his due, sipping his tea and nibbling on a chicken skewer while they worked.

"Thank you, I've got it," Eita said, taking the towel from one of his two girls and waving them both off. Hyūga might think it normal, but Eita was civilian-born and body servants—or any other kind of servant—were not part of his universe.

The girl's eyes went wide as he took the towel from her. "But, sir...please, I'm sorry...what did I do?"

Eita cringed inside at her stumbling fear. It was all too easy to imagine his sister in this girl's place; they were about the same age, and might even have had similar chins, although it was hard to tell through the waitress's makeup.

"You're fine," he said, smiling as gently as he could. "I just prefer to do it myself."

"Of course, sir. I'm sorry, sir. May I help with your feet, sir?"

The cringe got stronger. "No, thank you. Really, I'm fine."

"What's wrong, Tanaka?" Hyūga asked. "Did she offend you?"

"No! No, she didn't do anything wrong. I just...prefer to handle it myself."

Watanabe had accepted the service although the expression on his face said that it was a new and bizarre experience for him. He looked over at his new teammate. "You should try it, man. They're—ooh!—amazing at foot massage." He grunted again and visibly relaxed.

Eita hesitated, then shook his head. "No, thank you. I'm fine, really." At the girls' stricken expressions he cast about for an excuse. "Would you mind checking with the cook to see if they have any berries with cream?"

Hyūga glanced over at him with the expression one gives a person who had just loudly farted. "They have a chef here, Tanaka. Cooks are what you get at a food stand."

Eita blushed. "Yes, of course. The chef. That's what I meant to say." He looked down, scrubbing the hot towel angrily across the back of his neck. Was Hyūga born a giant condescending dickhead, or did he have to work at it?

The two girls who had been attempting to help Eita with his ablutions backed out the door, bowing deeply with every step. The instant the screen was pulled closed, Eita could hear their footsteps running down the hall. He sighed and dipped his towel in the hot water before taking another shot at cleaning his face. Gah. There was soot and chalk in his ears.

Ten minutes later, the genin were as clean as could be managed without a full bath and laundry run. The low table was groaning under the weight of delicacy after delicacy, and Eita was working on his third helping of the dumplings with squid ink sauce; they tasted like a gift from the Pure Lands and were by far the best food he'd had this month.

The screen slid back and Eita glanced up, eager to see what the next course might be. The anticipatory smile transmuted immediately into horror when he recognized the woman in the doorway. She was not a delicate flower in a silk kimono worth more than Eita would dream of spending on clothes. Her face was not covered in full formal makeup. No, she was a willowy twenty-four-year-old with blonde-highlighted black hair done in a pixie cut. She was wearing a field uniform and an evil grin.

Silently, she held up a wooden disk with the all-too-familiar shape of a macerator seal glued to it. A cone of soot and chalk blasted out, filling the room and coating all three genin from head to toe.

By the time Eita managed to blink his eyes clear, the screen was closed again and Psycho Lady was gone. Moments later, the restaurant staff descended upon them, hot water and towels in hand, twittering like frightened birds as they helped the genin clean themselves again. The owners of the restaurant, a husband and wife in their sixties at least, were bowing dogeza and begging the boys to please forgive their stupidity and foolishness and discourtesy and....

Eita sighed and checked to see if any of the food was salvageable. It wasn't.

o-o-o-o​

It was a wary genin team that arrived at Leaf's Training Ground Four at half-past-four in the oh-god-it's-early the next day. They scouted the perimeter, ran the full counter-ambush protocol, and then came onto the field back-to-back, weapons in hand, with Hyūga's Byakugan active.

"Contact...no, just a gopher," Watanabe said. "Hyūga, you got anything?"

"Nothing. I'm looking for blindspots, but if they're small they're hard to notice."

"Small like, 'just big enough to hide a seal' small?"

"Exactly that small."

"Joy."

The three boys moved carefully to a spot that was not the center of the field (since that would be the obvious place) but a good ten yards away. There they waited, nervously gripping their weapons.

"I'm starting to run low on chakra," Hyūga said, reluctantly, after they'd been waiting no more than ten minutes. "I can keep my bloodline active maybe another five, ten minutes, but after that I'll be too drained to fight."

The others digested that.

"Shut it down," Watanabe said. "Can you turn it on in short bursts every few minutes?"

"Yes, but it's not chakra efficient. Why?"

"I don't know what her element is, but I know that a lot of the Gōketsu have Earth Element, and they love using Hiding Like A Mole to attack from underneath. I'll be astounded if she doesn't jump us the minute we let our guard down, and you'd be able to see her coming through the ground."

"Ugh. Right."

They waited, nervousness ratcheting up even as sunrise finally broke and the light let them see their surroundings better.

Time dragged by.

"Okay, is she even coming?" Hyūga asked querulously. "Seriously, why waste our time?"

"She's messing with our heads," Eita said. "Stay frosty."

More time dragged by.

"Move!" Watanabe shouted, vanishing into a Substitution even as the word left his lips.

Eita didn't waste time looking to see what the threat was. He locked his eyes on his pre-chosen target, twisted his chakra—

—and stumbled, the chakra wasted uselessly as he lost focus due to being deluged in sticky blood.

He caught his balance and Substituted again, feeling the heavy dip in his reserves as space bent around him and he was transposed with an unassuming log. The attack had already happened, but he'd bet his next week's pay that there was another one right behind it, so he definitely wasn't sticking around.

He came out of the switch unsteady as the terrain under his feet was suddenly different, but threw himself forward regardless, stumbling for two steps until he could get his balance. He leaped, catching a tree limb and pulling himself up into one of the blinds that the team had prepared before actually setting foot on the grass.

And, of course, right into the proximity-detection cone of another macerator loaded with soot. Which stuck to the blood that coated his hair, back, left arm. He could only thank the Sage that the blood attack had come from behind him or his face would now be coated in blood/soot mud that would be almost impossible to get off.

"Get back here, you stinkers!" Psycho Sensei Lady shouted from out on the field where the boys had been standing moments before. "Clean this mess up so we can get to training!"

Studying with his new teacher was, Eita reflected, going to have some challenges.

o-o-o-o​

The first challenge had been the requirement to clean up the mess from the blood-filled water skins which Psycho Lady had launched at them from a trebuchet in the next Training Ground. ("Can't leave traces for those stinking nasty enemy stinkers!") They were each assigned a section and told to "Clean it and keep it clean!" Fortunately, they had all had the foresight to bring their full trail gear to practice.

The Leaf Forces Standard Field Pack consisted of a storage seal containing a wooden footlocker. Inside the footlocker was, by the grace of the Hokage and in fear of Senior Drill Instructor Fujioka:

  • Kunai, well-maintained and shave-sharp, stored in regulation oilskin, three (3)
  • Throwing knives, well-maintained and shave-sharp, stored in regulation oilskin, twelve (12)
  • Field tent, rolled and packed, one (1)
  • Stakes for said field tent, steel, twelve (12)
  • Guy lines for said field tent, six feet in length, twelve (12)
  • Ground cloth for said field tent, one (1)
  • Rain fly for said field tent, one (1)
  • Blankets, 8' by 5', wool, brushed clean and folded, two (2)
  • Field-standard mess kit, one (1), containing:
    • Tin cup, one pint, one (1)
    • Steel spork, one (1)
  • Waterskins, one liter each, full and properly stoppered, three (3)
  • Uniform, spare, cleaned and folded, one (1)
  • Civilian shirt and pants, casual, for mission use only, cleaned and folded, one each (1 each)
  • Firebox, fueled as per Standard Field Protocol 13/7.a.9, burning, one (1)
  • Wire, suitable for skytower assembly, coiled neatly, fifty (50) yards
  • Boards, suitable for skytower assembly, ten (10)
  • Pegs for skytower assembly, thirty (30)
  • Trail rations, twenty-one (21)
  • ...blah blah blah stuff chosen by some weird-ass bureaucrat who had probably never been outside the walls of Konoha because seriously how often were you going to need that?
There was a truly staggering amount of blood to clean up; the blankets and uniforms were sacrificed and the water was used as sparingly as possible to scrub clean the plum blossom pillars, climbing walls, and random rocks that Psycho Lady insisted be scrubbed clean and then dusted back up so as not to leave a trace by being too clean.

Eita finished getting the last of the blood off the grass in his section and straightened up, arching back to get the crick out of his spine. His blankets and spare uniform had been sacrificed to the gods of housework, since there had been too much blood to clean up otherwise. (Seriously, where had she gotten it all? Had she been given a previous team and drained their soot- and chalk-covered corpses dry?!)

He turned to check on the others. "You guys need any h—"

"OW!" Hyūga yelped clutching his head and looking up at where his teacher was sitting on top of the training wall the base of which he'd been scrubbing. A wooden training kunai lay on the grass next to him. "What the FUCK?!"

"Oh, stop whining," Psycho Lady said. "I dropped it hilt-first." She arched forward, dropping off the fifteen-foot wall with casual ease and no need to push off with her hands. Eita did his absolute best not to notice the way her...uh, anatomy moved.

"Besides," she said to Hyūga. "It's your fault for not using those cheating eyeballs."

"They cost chakra!"

Psycho Lady sniffed, nose in the air and still managing to look down at Hyūga. "A likely story, you lazy stinker. Think fast." She tapped the seal in her uniform's #14 slot (outside of the right bicep) and tossed a suddenly-appearing bucket in Eita's general direction.

It wasn't at him, unfortunately. If it had been at him he might have caught it and, worst case, it would have doused him, rendering him incrementally more filthy than he already was. No, she tossed it just in front of him so that it sailed past and hit the ground, spilling its sanguine contents all over the rocks and grass that he had just finished mopping clean.

"Hmph," she said, sniffing in disappointment. "Need to work on those reflexes."

Eita took a deep breath and let it out slowly. "Sensei," he said calmly, "I've used up my water allotment. I will not be able to clean the rocks to the standard you specified given my available supplies." He absently waved away the latest batch of flies that were attempting to join the ones happily feasting on the mess that was soaking his left arm. There were more on his back; their buzzing was about to drive him mad and the stench of the blood had him nauseous.

"Hrmph." She looked at the mess and then back at him. "Fine. Follow me." She turned and sprinted towards the trees. The genin were taken by surprise and didn't manage to get into motion until she was already a dozen yards off. At which point they raced after her, pushing chakra through their muscles for speed.

Moving from sunlight into the shadows of the trees left Eita half-blind for a few key seconds; by the time he could see clearly again, Psycho Sensei was gone.

"That way," a bulging-veined Hyūga said, pointing to the right. They started to moved in that direction but stopped when he suddenly held up a hand. "Wait! She just disappeared!"

The genin looked at each other. "Clone?" Watanabe asked.

Hyūga shook his head. "No. She was solid and had chakra flows, so she wasn't a basic clone. She didn't pop into water or crumble into rocks, so she wasn't a Water or Earth clone."

Eita groaned. "Shadow Clone. She knows Shadow Clone."

The other two digested that.

"That...seems bad," Hyūga said at last.

"She did go through here," Watanabe replied. "We all saw her go in. She had to have left tracks."

Eita grimaced. "What if the one talking to us was a Shadow Clone the whole time? That one could have dispersed the second she was out of our sight and the one Hyūga saw was pre-positioned to lead us the wrong way. Same way she set up traps in all our blinds." (He hadn't actually asked if the other two had gotten hit on the way into their blinds, but they had been just as covered in soot as he was, so he was guessing 'yes'.)

Watanabe took a deep, calming breath. "Fine," he said, his voice very calm. "We can handle this. Treat it like a capture mission. She had to have been on the field or at least in the area this whole time. All we have to do is find her. Let's spread out."

"Hang on," Eita said. "This is a perfect opportunity for her to bait us into traps. Hyūga, can you look around really carefully and see if you can find any more of those blind spots?"

Hyūga grunted and closed his physical eyes. The other two boys waited, watching their teammate scout without moving.

"Got one," Hyūga said after a minute. "About ten yards that way, in a tree. Given the placement, it's probably got a conic proximity trigger and another of those macerators on it."

"Nice catch," Watanabe said, nodding to Eita. "Any others?" he asked Hyūga

The clan kid went silent again. A full minute crawled by. "There's another one, about twenty feet north of the first one, in some bushes. Bigger, enough that she could hide in it if she scrunched down, and sited so she'd have a good view of us getting caught in the first one."

Eita snorted. "Trap?"

"Trap," agreed both of the other boys.

"No way is she in that," Hyūga said. "Probably we'd push the branches aside and get another blast of soot in the face."

"Unless that's what she wants us to think," Watanabe said uncertainly. "How crazy do you guys think she is?"

"Uh..."

"Better not go there," Eita told them. "From what I've heard her brain is a sack of wet cats, so trying to get in her head is just going to get us clawed up. Besides, she's probably better at headgames than we are, since she lives with the Red Lady."

The others both winced. Neither of them were eager to try to out-think someone who had probably been trained by Lady Gōketsu.

"Actually..." Hyūga said slowly. "Remember how she said she was no good at infiltration? If that was true and not just persona-establishment then she might not be playing too deep at all. Maybe she just kept going straight ahead through the woods."

"There is a creek up that way about a mile," Watanabe said after a minute, pointing a little to the right of how they had come into the forest. "This whole thing started because we were all out of water for cleaning."

Eita looked where Watanabe pointed and saw nothing but trees and apparently undisturbed ground cover. "Let's still keep an eye out for traps on the way."

o-o-o-o​

Moving through the forests of the Leaf, even those relatively tame ones right outside the walls, was a slow and painstaking process if you were trying to make sure your psychotic and trap-obsessed teacher had not been having a vindictive moment. It took a good thirty minutes for the genin to arrive at the sun-dappled creek.

It was an idyllic scene. The sun was leaking through the treetops in golden beams, birds and insects were making a gentle susurration, and the creek burbled sweetly over a knee-high drop before moseying off deeper into the woods.

The genin were all clutching their weapons, eyes darting furiously in all directions, pausing at every step to check in all directions. They were drenched in sweat, their noses deadened by the stench of the blood that soaked most of their clothes, itchy and sore from the chalk and soot that stuck to them everywhere, and being constantly chomped on by insects.

Given their situation, a reasonable person might perhaps have understood the fury that ran through them upon seeing their teacher sitting cross-legged on the grass, munching on peanuts and reading a book.

Her head came up as they arrived.

"Oh, you made it. What took you? Come on, let's learn water walking. It's handy, and all the falling in will help get the blood off." She waved a hand in front of her face. "Hey, do you guys know that you smell bad?"




Voting ends on Wednesday, October 2, at 12pm London time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 289: Stickball, Salt, Surprise!

"Let's get some height and sleep," Hazō said. "Earth Element: Multiple Earth Wall!"

Two red granite pillars rose up from the water around them. Without needing to be told, Akane started pulling boards out of her storage seals and laying them across the pillars to form a platform above the swamp water. Once it was built, she and Hazō worked together to lay a spiral of ninja wire across the platform, anchoring it down with purpose-built weights as they went. Small wooden boards were interwoven into the spiral in order to make four projections that stuck out several yards. Hazō pulled out one of his Five-Seal Barrier seals, affixing the primary element to the main spiral and each of the four supporting elements to one of the projections.

"Builder ready," he said, once he was satisfied with the placement of the seals.

Akane took a moment to survey all the components, then nodded. "Checker confirms."

Hazō bent down and got his fingers under his side of the platform. "Three, two, one, lift!"

He and Akane hoisted the platform up to chest height, then worked their way around the outside, carefully keeping the platform balanced between them as they shifted one step at a time around the circumference, activating each of the four secondary seals. When that was done, Hazō balanced his side of the platform on one hand and stretched inwards with the other so that he could tap the center seal from beneath and send a pulse of chakra into it.

The central seal pulsed brightly for a moment. Golden flickers of light danced back and forth between the central seal and each of its secondaries, quickly spreading and forming a net of chakra between the five disparate elements. There was a faint crump and the lights faded away.

"What was that all about?" Naruto asked, bemused.

Wordlessly, Hazō and Akane lowered the wooden platform out from under the wire. The wire didn't seem to notice; it hung unsupported in midair, blithely ignoring the suggestion from physics that perhaps it really oughtn't do that.

Naruto's eyebrows shot up. "Okay, that is cool. Uncle Jiraiya's work?"

Hazō smiled quietly and said nothing.

"Stinking Jiraiya-stinker didn't have a thing to do with it," Kagome-sensei grumbled. "It was Hazō who thought it up. Hrmph. Like Jiraiya would come up with something like this. 'Greatest sealmaster alive' my left bunion. He never thought of skywalkers, did he? No, that was Hazō. Had Air Dome seals for decades, never thought to turn them over. Stinker." He humphed. "And I don't miss him, either. Big old fathead, always bragging about how awesome he was and how good he was with women and all that."

Naruto laughed. "Yeah, he was a bit of a horndog. One time, in training camp—"

"Hold that thought?" Hazō asked. "I want to hear the story, but we need to finish this."

Naruto cocked his head in curiosity but made a 'go on' gesture with one hand.

Hazō and Akane tossed the wooden platform up on top of the hanging wire spiral and jumped up after it. Akane pulled out another coil of wire while Hazō pulled out another seal. Both of them pretended not to notice Naruto's quiet inhalation of surprise as realization struck at what was about to happen.

o-o-o-o​

"So...you do this often?" Naruto asked, peering nervously over the edge at the ground far, far, far below. Hazō and the others had stair-stepped two platforms up, repeatedly deactivating the lower one so it could be moved above the higher one, and they had felt no particular need to stop at any sort of sane altitude. "Sleep in the clouds, I mean?"

"Nah," Hazō said. "You don't want to sleep in the clouds or skywalk through them. The seals get soggy and deactivate."

"We do find it most youthful to sleep very high up, as we are now," Akane added helpfully. "It is disconcerting at first, but after a bit it becomes quite relaxing."

"Unless more stupid skysquids come along," Kagome-sensei muttered.

Naruto looked at him in surprise and disbelief. "'Skysquids'? Tell me that's not a thing."

"It totally is," Hazō said fervently. "We all saw one."

"Indeed," Akane said, nodding. "It was quite real."

"Huh." The jinchūriki went back to looking at the far-off ground and almost visibly contemplating his own mortality.

Hazō yawned. "I'll take first watch. Nose goes for second." He quickly put his finger on his nose; Kagome-sensei and then Akane were an instant behind him.

"Huh?" Naruto said, putting his finger on his nose in confusion because everyone else was doing it.

"You're on second watch," Hazō explained.

"What?! No way! Second watch sucks."

Hazō shrugged. "Sorry. You were last putting your finger on your nose, so you get second watch. You'd best rack out now so you'll be rested. I'll wake you in three hours."

"That...but...that's not a thing!"

Akane grinned. "Welcome to Team Uplift, Naruto. I'm on third watch, so please wake me at the appropriate time." She pulled a Team-Uplift-specialized sleepsack out of a storage seal and attached the straps to the wire framework they were sleeping on, then slid into the sack and closed her eyes. A moment later she opened them again and glanced over at Naruto. "By the way, be sure to tie yourself to the platform when you sleep. Wouldn't want to accidentally roll off if you turn over in your sleep."

Naruto looked a little green.

o-o-o-o​

In the morning, Naruto grumbled for the entire hour that it took to carefully stair-step their way down from the heights to be on solid ground again. (They came down at an angle, of course, so as to touch down outside of the Swamp of Still-Pretty-Dangerous-Even-If-Not-As-Much-As-When-I-Was-A-Genin. As Hazō noted, there was no need to deal with smelly stagnant water and hostile plants if they didn't have to.)

Once on the ground there was debate about in what order to do all the various things that Hazō wanted to do. When he suggested that they go back and investigate the hellrift in Iron from which the blade monsters had come, Kagome-sensei expressed his displeasure at the idea. Once Hazō had convinced the sealmaster that no, he was not having a delayed psychotic break as a result of looking at the storage scroll and that Kagome-sensei could stop doing the Exorcism of Interdimensional Horrors That Ate My Apprentice dance and also to perhaps tell the Narutos that it was okay to let Hazō out of the multiple vicious submission locks the clones had administered, they moved on to other planning. (The Narutos were repeatedly congratulated on how quickly and effectively they had followed the order to "grab him, he's seal crazy!", even if they had not understood the reasoning at the time. Also, everyone agreed that the thrashing convulsions and animalistic yelling that Hazō had involuntarily indulged in upon being reminded of his summoning scroll experience had not helped his case vis-a-vis the whole 'not crazy' thing.)

The final decision was that they would do the mission first—that is, they would kill every threatening thing within five miles of the city of Tanzaku Gai—and then go build salterns up in Iron.

The mission proved to be both boring and grueling. It was a day's run to Tanzaku Gai and on the following day the actual clearing started. The humans and a dozen Naruto clones formed a line with the humans on the side closest to Tanzaku Gai and started jogging in a circle around the city, moving outwards with each full revolution. The clones on the farthest-out edge had the most distance to travel, so the people on the inside had to move at well below their top speed, but they could not even go at the top of their reduced speed since they had to actively look around at their surroundings and spot signs of burrows and varmints in trees. Things got simpler after Kagome-sensei got annoyed and started tossing explosives around every few yards in order to spook the wildlife. Not to be outdone, the Narutos started Rasenganing the trees and animals and ground and basically everything, sending wood chips, dirt, bone fragments, and blood flying everywhere.

After ten days of being itchy and filthy, the team had left a trail of destruction in their wake and were pretty confident that the vast majority of dangerous fauna had been eliminated from their assigned area of operation. Also a lot of the non-dangerous fauna, but no one was too bothered by that. Furthermore, they all agreed that one itty-bitty little twenty-acre crown fire was hardly worth mentioning in the report they would eventually have to file.

o-o-o-o​

"Remind me why we're doing this?" Naruto asked as they walked into the tiny village in the middling-depths of Iron. "I thought you wanted to get to the shore quickly so that we could mess around with these salty..saltine...those salt-maker things of yours."

"Salterns," Hazō noted absently. He was too busy looking around at the village to pay much attention. Honestly, calling it a 'village' was giving it too much credit. It was a collection of four shacks and a scratch garden that couldn't really be called a 'field' without laughing. Frightened faces peered out from each of the shacks, men and women and children clearly afraid to find ninja walking among their homes.

The team had finished clearing Tanzaku Gai, then rinsed off and run up to Iron for the next round of experimentation. By now even Akane was starting to get tired and grumbly...well, Akane was more 'not as cheerful and not saying 'youth' as much as usual' than grumbly, but Naruto was grumbling and complaining while Kagome-sensei was irritable. Still, Hazō was so excited about the salterns that everyone else allowed themselves to be swept along in his wake.

"Salterns, saltines, whatever. Why are we wasting time in this little mudhole? Let's just tell the local lord that he's got some runaways and move on."

Hazō stopped and turned to face the blond. "What?"

Naruto gestured around. "It's clearly not an approved settlement. These aren't sanctioned homesteaders, these are a bunch of bondsmen who ran away. Not our problem. I just want to see these salt thingies of yours and then go home, because there's a hot spring with my name on it. Tell the lord so he can reclaim his property, or don't. I really don't care as long as we get moving."

The Iron Nerve froze Hazō's face in an expression that wasn't furious anger and kept his throat closed tight.

"These are people," he said, once he was confident he could do so calmly. "They deserve a decent life."

Naruto stared at him. "They're bondsmen, Hazō. They couldn't pay their taxes, so they swore service to pay their debt and then they broke their word and ran away. They don't deserve a damn thing."

Akane and Kagome-sensei watched nervously as their leader and the jinchūriki squared off.

Hazō eyed Naruto consideringly for several long seconds. "Wait here."

He turned and walked to the nearest hut, calling out and raising a hand in reassurance as he went. The people in the hut shrank back, retreating into the darkness of the interior. Hazō stopped on the threshold and said something quietly, presumably a request for permission to enter. A moment later he went inside, the door swinging closed behind him.

The other three (well, twelve) ninja waited outside. Kagome-sensei seemed unbothered, shooting no more than the usual number of suspicious glances around but showing no signs of impatience. Akane wore a small and amused smile, watching after where Hazō had gone and shaking her head. Naruto variously rolled his eyes, sighed in disgust, fidgeted and whinged with himselves about how ridiculous it all was.

A few minutes later, Hazō was back, a family trailing reluctantly behind him. The mother looked to be in her sixties and had lived hard; her hands were swollen and crooked with joint freeze, there were scars on her face and a patch of missing hair that looked more like a long-healed wound rather than an effect of age. She still had a few teeth, but they were worn down and yellowed.

The six children behind her were clearly her children and grandchildren, all of them with traces of her features. The oldest girl was perhaps sixteen, brown-haired and moderately attractive beneath the dirt that covered her hands and face. She had been working in the gardens when the team came out of the woods and had run inside at sight of them, shouting the alert as she went. The youngest child was four, perhaps five, sucking his thumb and hiding behind his oldest sister's skirts while looking up at the ninja with big, frightened eyes.

"This is Yumiko," Hazō said, gesturing to the adult woman. "She's forty-seven years old and her husband died from a beating given to him by one of the overseers in the mine when he didn't make quota. Her hands ache all the time, she has trouble feeding herself, and she can't prepare chicken anymore because she can't hold the knife." He was pleased to see that Naruto's gaze because more sympathetic, and his eyes flicked to the swollen hands in question.

"This," Hazō continued, indicating the oldest daughter, "is Yoriko. When she was fourteen the tax assessor started eyeing her whenever he went through. When she was fifteen he tried to put his hand up her shirt. She punched him and ran home. Yumiko grabbed the kids and ran for it with barely more than what was on their backs.

"This is Yamato," Hazō continued, placing a hand on the shoulder of a wiry young man holding a leather-wrapped ragball and a long, straight stick. Yamato flinched away at his touch. "He's twelve, and he likes to play stickball. Apparently he's got a really good throwing arm."

"Look, Hazō, I get it. You're trying to humanize them, make me empathize so that I won't report them to their lord. I already said, I don't care if we do or not. It's fine, let's just move on."

Hazō took a deep breath and let it out slowly. "No, Naruto," he said calmly. "This is not about whether we report them. This is about noticing that Yumiko, Yoriko, Yushimi, Yamato, Yoshika..." he paused and an expression of embarrassment flickered across his face. He glanced at the next child in the order, a young boy of ten or so. "I'm sorry...?"

"Yuri, sir." The boy cringed, looking as though he expected a blow.

Hazō smiled and nodded thanks. "Yuri and his youngest brother, Yoshimi. It's about noticing that they are human, just like you. When you were growing up, you spent a lot of time on the ISC clan compounds, right?"

Naruto shrugged. "Sure. Why?"

"Doesn't Yumiko look a bit like Nara Masaki?"

Naruto frowned, eyeing the aged mother thoughtfully.

"A day or two before we left on this mission, I visited the Nara estate, and I walked by the civilian quarters on my way out. There were a half dozen kids playing stickball out back." He turned to Yamato and held out a hand. Reluctantly, Yamato handed over his bat.

"Give me your best shot!" Hazō said, smiling as he pulled the bat back and waggled it a bit. Yamato backed up a few yards and started to throw but Hazō waved him off with a 'farther' gesture. Yamato backed up a bit more, and then a bit more when Hazō waved him off again. Finally, when he was at standard pitching distance, Hazō tapped the bat on the ground and swung it back over his shoulder, ready to receive. Yamato lobbed the ball to him underhand, fat and slow. Hazō let go of the bat with one hand and plucked the ball of the air. "You call that a pitch?" he called, mock-scowling. "C'mon, kid, put some pepper on it! My grandma throws faster than that, ya big wuss!" He threw the ball back and hunched down, both hands once again on the bat.

Yamato's eyes glittered with tweenage competitiveness. He wound up and hurled the ball as hard as he could, sending it right down the strike line. It was a good pitch for a civilian child; nothing like the crushing speed that a chakra-boosted ninja could manage and his throwing form wasn't as smooth as Keiko's, but nonetheless it was a good pitch.

Hazō unloaded on it like a pangolin crashing into a termite burrow, but he was too low; the bat got a piece of the ball but popped it up in the air instead of sending it screaming into the woods. Yamato ran forward and got under it, snagging it before it could touch the ground and turning to Hazō with an excited "OUT!"...and then suddenly remembering whom he was mocking, at which point his face went pale as milk.

"Argh! Ya got me!" Hazō said, grinning. He turned and held the bat out to the one he thought was Naruto Prime. "You want to show me how it's done, or are you too much of a pussy?"

Naruto had been watching in amusement but at Hazō's taunt he scowled. "Fine," he said. "Yeah, I can show you how it's done." He took the bat and stepped up to where Hazō had been standing. "C'mon, kid," he called to Yamato. "Give me your best shot."

Yamato was one short step from peeing himself at the realization that he was caught in the middle of a bout of ninja dick-measuring. Yamato looked at his mother; she had no advice to offer.

"Go for it, Yamato!" Hazō called, crouching down behind Naruto and holding his hands up to receive. "It's all good. Pound it in here!"

Yamato gulped and started to throw, but Naruto stopped him with an upraised hand.

"None of that!" the blond ninja said. "I see you there, setting me up with a hanger. Go fast or go home, kid!"

Yamato looked like he'd be just as fine with the 'go home' option if there weren't a bunch of ninja standing in the middle of his home and every member of the village peering at him through their windows or out of their doors. Still, he wound up, hurling the ball at Hazō's hands with every ounce of force he could muster.

Naruto's swing caught the ball center and sweet, connecting so hard that the bat cracked and the ball went screaming into the woods.

"Damnit, Naruto! No chakra boost!"

Naruto had been blushing at the broken bat, but Hazō's accusation made him forget his embarrassment and turn on his fellow ninja.

"That was all me!" he yelled. "I don't need to boost to hit a ball without putting it up in the air for any granny to catch!"

"Bullshit! I know how to hit, and you were boosting!"

"Was not! You just suck!"

"Oh yeah? Go find the ball and I'll show you who sucks!"

"Fine! Multiple Shadow Clone Technique!" A horde of Narutos stampeded off into the woods, each yelling that he would be the first to find the ball, and you better believe it!

o-o-o-o​

Kagome-sensei had, surprisingly, not had a purpose-made stickball bat in any of his storage scrolls. He did have an oar (well, six oars) and a handsaw, so with a little bit of cutting the competitors were once again bat-enabled. From there, things had naturally progressed to an all-in game with one, then two, then five, then all of the village children playing with all of the ninja, the two groups mixed together into vaguely-defined teams that shifted as time went on. Kagome-sensei turned out to be a sneaky bastard who would steal multiple bases the moment your back was turned. Naruto Pompadour solved this by stealing seventh base and running off into the woods with it while Naruto Bluejay chased Kagome-sensei all around the field with the ball, loudly yelling that the adult ninja couldn't run home until he tagged seventh.

The ninja played it straight; when pitching or batting against a civilian they avoided using chakra boost and slowed their pitches when the younger children were at bat. When the action was ninja-on-ninja, all bets were off. Chakra-boosted strength and speed were the least of it; Multiple Earth Walls blocked the runner's path, Gale Insurgence dragged fielders out of the path of the ball, thrown explosives forced basemen to allow easy runs, and 'tagging the runner' became a full-contact sport which Akane typically won.

They played until the civilians were drooping and the sun was setting, then took a break. Team Uplift built a bonfire (Akane lit it with her Flame Aura jutsu, much to the delight of the younger villagers and the amazement of the older ones), then dug into their storage seals for food so that all twenty-seven villagers could have a good meal consisting of things they had never before eaten and likely never would again.

"This was fun," Akane said, smiling. "Thank you, Hazō."

"Yeah," Naruto said. "I enjoyed it. Except for when this little guy was tagging me out!" He poked the four-year-old Genki in his (disturbingly thin) belly, making the child eep and giggle. Genki's father, the twenty-eight-year-old Genjirō, watched with a nervous expression.

"I'm glad," Hazō said seriously. "Still think they're just bondsmen not worthy of your time?"

Naruto gave him a brief glower, then rolled his eyes. "Yeah, yeah, okay. I knew what you were doing, but it was still fun."

"I'm going to build a few walls for them before we leave," Hazō said. "Want to help?"

"Seems to me like you already have built a few things for them," Naruto CookieConsumer said archly. "Or did it just happen by accident that you blocked the baseline with what looks suspiciously like a charcoal-making oven?"

Hazō chuckled. "No reason I can't do two things at once, right? What do you say? There's a lot we could do that wouldn't be too hard."

Naruto snorted. "'Could'? Some of us can multitask, you know." He pointed with his chin to the north end of the village where a small platoon of Narutos were hauling entire tree trunks in from the woods and Rasenganing them into a mix of conveniently-sized firewood and useful-as-tinder splinters.

"Cool," Hazō said, smiling.

o-o-o-o​

"Okay," Naruto said, once they had broken out of the trees onto the beach of the Land of Iron. "What's this crazy plan of yours?"

"Easy," Hazō said, pulling the appropriate storage seals out of the pockets of his CHAOS suit. (How much easier it made the organization! He didn't have to shuffle around looking for things anymore!) "First, help me assemble this."

Minutes later, a wobbly metal shelving unit stood on the sand a short distance above high tide. The lowest shelf was two feet off the ground, but after that there were slots every two inches into which could fit shallow metal pans that Hazō had brought. The pans filled half the space at each level.

"This thing's going to fall over if I let go," Naruto SkyScout disparaged, meanwhile keeping one hand on a support pole.

"Doubt it," Hazō said. "Earth Element: Multiple Earth Wall."

Granite walls rose up on three sides of the shelving unit, locking it in place. At the top, a 'wall' grew up at an angle, forming a rainshield over the whole thing.

"Neat trick," SkyScout admitted. "Now what?"

"We put these pans in every couple of inches, except leave about a foot of space here, here, and here. We fill the pans with salt water, then Akane uses her Elemental Mastery technique to reduce the temperature slowly so that the water starts to freeze. As long as we bring the temperature down slowly enough it will be just the water that freezes and it will leave the salt behind, making a concentrated brine. We throw the ice out, then Akane heats it up as much as she can and we build fires under the bottommost pan and at each of the gaps. The remaining water boils and the steam pours out through the top of the chimney, leaving all the salt behind. We collect the salt, put it in storage seals, and head home. Easy peezy, lemon breezy."

"'Easy peezy, lemon squeezy'," Naruto SomeoneOrOther corrected.

Hazō stopped slipping trays into slots. "What?"

"It's lemon squeezy, not breezy."

"No it's not," Kagome-sensei said. "'Squeezy'? That's stupid. What kind of idiot would squeeze a lemon? It would bite you. It's lemon breezy because their poopsies smell so good."

SomeoneOrOther's eyebrows went up. "'Poopsies'?"

"You know," Kagome-sensei said, shifting uncomfortably. "When they, uh, when they make wind."

"You mean fart?" Naruto BrotherBladeBoundBadass asked innocently.

Kagome-sensei wriggled in embarrassment. "Well...um...."

"I'm pretty sure he means 'fart'," Naruto MorningMaster chimed in, his voice the model of helpfulness. "Lemon farts are supposed to smell good, right? It's gotta be farts."

"Naruto, stop teasing Kagome," Akane scolded. "It's not nice."

"What?" MorningMaster yelped. "I didn't do anything!"

"Just stop saying 'fart'."

"What's wrong with 'fart'? Farting is completely natural! I fart all the time." His face squinched up as he bore down until rewarded by a ripping thblat. "See?" he asked, his voice full of pride. "Hey," he said to BrotherBladeBoundBadass, "do you think that if we all worked together we could fart the national anthem? That would be so cool!"

"No!" Kagome-sensei said, blushing to the roots of his hair. He stood up. "I'm going to go check the perimeter." He quickly disappeared into the woods.

"Bring me back some firewood!" Hazō shouted after him.

o-o-o-o​

The work was exacting, annoying, and brutally boring. The temperature had to be managed very carefully to ensure that the freezing water did not take too much salt with it. The only way to verify was to lick the ice and see if it tasted salty. If it did, the tray had to be taken out and heated over a fire until it re-melted, then they tried again. Periodically, Akane needed to re-cast the Elemental Mastery jutsu, since at her current level of skill it only lasted about an hour and a half.

The team had arrived at the beach around midday and it had taken time to get the equipment set up and haul the requisite amount of seawater up to fill the pans. By the time night fell there had been lots of experimentation and no results.

"This sucks," Naruto GloriousGloryGuy griped, once they were all seated around the fire with dinner in hand. "It's even worse than watching paint dry."

"Have you actually watched paint dry?" Akane asked, curious.

"Yeah," Naruto BaconBuggy said. (One of the clones that Naruto had made most recently had wanted to name himself BaconBuggerer. This had been met with loud protestations from everyone except the Naruto Collective, who had thought it was hilarious. It had looked like BaconBuggerer was going to get his way, until Naruto MeadowLarkSlowSadSongSinger "got tired of listening to you guys whinge" and stabbed BaconBuggerer in the back with a kunai, popping him. Naruto Prime had immediately created another clone who had grumblingly agreed to be known as "BaconBuggy". BaconBuggy had stabbed MeadowLarkSlowSadSongSinger in the head the moment the latter's back was turned.) "It was a punishment that Uncle Kaka used to love for whenever I 'got out of hand' as he put it. He'd throw a bunch of paint at a wall and tell me to watch it. I'd have to give him a precise report on which colors dried in which order from which positions, and if I got it wrong then he'd make me do it again."

"That's evil," Hazō said, amazed. "I thought it was bad at the Academy when they made us eat maggots until we puked."

"Hah! Maggots?! I wish all they'd done at the Academy was make me eat maggots! One time..."

o-o-o-o​

The next day started early. Hazō was still enchanted with the fiddling adjustments necessary to get the water to freeze at the right temperature, and would wax rhapsodic about the joys of experimentation whenever one of the team didn't run away fast enough. Akane worked gamely with him, casting and recasting Elemental Mastery at various temperatures until her chakra ran low. Various Narutos were willing to take turns fetching firewood and maintaining the fires, although they spent most of their time playing stickball. (The fact that Naruto could field two entire stickball teams of clones meant that he never had any trouble playing with himself, as he put it with a juvenile grin.)

At the end of the second day they had collected perhaps twenty pounds of salt. Naruto (Prime, probably) turned a skeptical eye on the results of two days of effort.

"That's it?" he demanded. "This piddling little bit of salt is why we traveled hundreds of miles and spent two days boiling water slowly?"

"Hey, this is just the proof of concept!" Hazō protested. "Now that we know it works, I want to scale up. The shelving and careful tending was just to make things go quicker. Before we leave I'll MEW up a bunch of wide, flat chimneys in the surf, high enough that the water won't come in over the top. We can come back in a month or so after it's all evaporated. Besides, this is something like six grand work of salt right here."

Naruto scoffed. "Two days of work for six grand! Dude, hasn't anyone ever told you about opportunity cost?"

"It scales up!"

"Bah." Naruto swung his flak vest off the grass where he'd been using it for a pillow and pulled it on. "C'mon, let's head home. We're almost out of time for this mission and we don't want people wondering where we are."

o-o-o-o​

It was a tired, footsore, but generally happy group that came through the Sunset Gate of Leaf near sundown. (They'd needed to swing around to the Sunset Gate because it would have been implausible for them to be coming back from Tanzaku Gai from the north.) They turned in the mission and were each given a completion chit, although payment would be held until another team was sent out to check their work. From there, it was back to the Gōketsu compound for a much-anticipated soak in the hot spring.

They walked through the estate gates and around the house...and then all of them stopped walking.

"Hazō," Naruto Prime asked calmly, "why is there a small army of people in your hot spring and half a dozen cottages being built on your back lawn? And what are those little...stone mushroom-house things?"

"I think those are Earth Domes. Big ones. As to the rest, I...am not sure," Hazō said, although suspicion was tickling the back of his mind. A singsong chant about 'having carte blanche' paraded itself across his mind's ear.

"Look!" someone shouted. "It's Lord Gōketsu!"

A dozen ninja were suddenly racing towards them; Hazō braced himself and Kagome was suddenly in a guard stance, but the strangers stopped a good ten yards away and dropped into a full dogeza in the snow.

"What...I mean...who...." Hazō stopped, gathered himself, and tried again. "Stand up, please. Who are you people?"

The ninja climbed to their feet, bowing once more before standing straight.

"Sir, we are Cabins Five and Seven," the oldest one said. He was in his forties, missing two fingers on his left hands and his left eye. Burn scars trailed down that side of his face and disappeared under his collar. "I'm Atomu, Cabin Captain, and these are my squad. We're Cabin Five."

"I'm Reo," another man said. He was missing his right leg above the knee, although he moved spryly enough on a crutch. "I'm Cabin Captain for Seven, and this lot are mine. It's an honor, My Lord. Really. Thank you."

Hazō blinked and then did what any good missing-nin or sealmaster did when completely out of his depth: Keep going and pretend you're totally in control.

"No trouble at all," he said, smiling. "It's a pleasure to meet you all. Have you by any chance seen Mari?"

Reo's face split into a wide grin. "Lady Firehair? She's in the tea room behind the hot spring, having cakes with Mr. Kuwahara from the Merchant Council. Got him eating out her palm, My Lord. Funny as anything."

"I see," Hazō said. He paused, trying to figure out which question to ask first. "Captain Reo...how many cabins are there, and how many people living on the grounds right now?"

Reo bobbed his head in apology and then glanced at his opposite number from Cabin Five. "Eight cabins, My Lord. As to people...what do you think, Atomu? Thirty? Forty?"

"Something like," Atomu said, nodding. "I apologize, My Lord. I don't have an exact count. What with all the construction going on, people have been coming and going enough that it's hard to keep track of who's actually living in the cabins and who's just working on them."

Beside him, Hazō could feel Kagome-sensei tense up. Without even needing to think about it or look, he reached out and placed a hand on his teacher's wrist.

"Thank you, gentlemen," he said. "If you'll excuse us, we've just gotten back from a long mission and we're going to go soak."

"Of course, My Lord!" Atomu said, saluting. "Can we get you anything? Iced tea? Sake? Food?" His gaze shifted to Kagome-sensei. "Your Lordship, could we get you some hot chocolate? Lady Gōketsu said you liked it with ginger, so we've been keeping a pot ready for whenever you got back."

Kagome-sensei glowered at him distrustfully. "As if I'd take anything from you, you—"

"Thank you very much, Atomu," Hazō said loudly. "We're fine for now. Much appreciated."

All fourteen ninja bowed deeply. "Yes, My Lord," the two Cabin Captains said. "We'll get everyone out of the hot spring so that you can have some space. Again, it's a real pleasure to finally meet you all. And thank you so much for telling Lady Gōketsu that we could stay here."

"You're welcome?"

The ninja bowed again and jogged away, except for one of the heretofore-silent younger ones who paused after a few steps and turned back. Atomu stayed beside him, looking angry.

"My Lord Kagome," the younger ninja said hesitantly. "Sugiyama is on a mission right now, but Genda and Jinno have been talking nonstop about their studies with you. They...they showed me some of the math that you taught them."

"Yeah?" Kagome-sensei demanded, eyes narrowed in suspicion.

The young man bit his lip. "I...I was wondering if—"

"Reo!" Atomu snapped. "Shush your yapping! Don't bother Lord Kagome when he's just now back!"

"Quiet, you!" Kagome-sensei said. "He can talk if he wants to!"

Atomu dropped to his knees in the snow and bowed dogeza. "Of course, My Lord! I'm terribly sorry. Please forgive me!"

Kagome-sensei blinked, looking at Hazō helplessly. His student shrugged.

"It's...uh...it's fine?" the elder sealmaster said. "You can stand up now. Please."

Atomu came to his feet and bowed one last time. He gave Reo a gimlet stare that held dire warnings, but remained silent.

Reo gulped nervously.

"What were you saying?" Kagome-sensei asked.

Reo licked his lips, shooting a sidelong glance at the fulminating Atomu. "Um...the math that they showed me was really fun and I...I was wondering, uh, if maybe there was any chance I could sit in on your next lesson?"

Kagome-sensei eyed him suspiciously. "Why?"

"I...I thought it was really interesting, My Lord. It was beautiful. Like ninjutsu, only purer." He struggled. "They're real, the numbers. Realer than I am, I think, even though I can't touch them. They...." He struggled for another moment, then shrugged helplessly.

Kagome-sensei studied him for another moment, then sniffed. "Ten tomorrow morning in the solarium. Don't be late."

"Yes, My Lord! Thank you! Thank you!"

"And bring some of that hot chocolate."

"Of course, My Lord!"

"And a slate and some chalk. You can't take notes without a slate and chalk, so don't forget."

"I won't, sir—My Lord! Sorry, My Lord! Thank you, thank you, thank you!"

Kagome-sensei hunched in on himself at the effusive praise and fidgeted nervously.

"You're welcome?" he said hesitantly. "I'll see you tomorrow, I guess?"

"Yes, My Lord! Thank you, thank you, thank you!" The ecstatic young ninja turned and sprinted away, Atomu beside him.

There was silence for several seconds as everyone digested what had just happened.

"So," Naruto Prime said at last. "Long hot soak?"

"Long hot soak," Hazō agreed definitively. The rest of the group echoed him an instant later.

"And I refuse to think about the madness until tomorrow," Naruto said firmly. "So no talking about it."

"Deal." / "No problem." / "Well, duh!"





XP AWARD: 81 (includes brevity bonus)

This update covered 20 days. I enjoyed writing it, so the XP award is high, but it had too many scenes for one update (six or more, depending on how you count), so the XP award is not as high as it could have been.

It is now about 4pm.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Saturday, October 5, at 9am Eastern time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 290: Akane's Birthday

January 20, 1069 AS

It was their training field. Theirs.

Rage flashfired in Neji's heart and he had to stop walking in order to master it. The shock of recognizing his own emotions helped; he'd always thought himself detached from the stupidity of his teacher, suffering through the endless gobbling madness, always apart from it and enduring it solely for obedience to authority (he'd been assigned to the team by his lawful superiors) and mercenary reasons (Gai-sensei was—had been an insane and infuriating clown, but he was also a brilliant teacher, a powerful ninja, and (although Neji would never admit this aloud), a good man.)

Leaf Training Field Twenty-Six was well outside the walls of the city. It was an unappealing little place, full of rocks and scrubby little bushes. Various dangerous plants and animals periodically tried to take up home there and some were stupid enough to attempt to defend their so-called territory against ninja that they did not realize were vastly farther up the food chain. It had never been popular among the ninja of Leaf.

Which was most likely why Gai-sensei had picked it as their standard field. They didn't train here every day—he took them into the field often enough, or had them run laps around the city for an entire day, or whatever other bit of madness had most recently infested his brain. Still, this was their usual training field. Their spot, their place, their home-away-from-home. It was theirs.

And now there were interlopers. On the first day that Team Gai had felt ready to return to their second home, to attempt to reclaim the former shape of the universe.

Based on their clothes, the interlopers were a bunch of clanless, probably from that contemptible KEI organization. They were young, most likely recent graduates who hadn't heard that this place was not in fact public-access despite its official designation. Two of them were sparring while the third was throwing shuriken at Tenten's target.

One of the 'taijutsu' types noticed them coming into the clearing and broke off from the spar. "Hi!" he called, smiling and waving.

"What are you doing here?" Neji snapped.

"Neji," Lee chided, his voice unusually half-hearted. "Gai-sensei would not approve."

"Shut up, Lee! Gai-sensei isn't here, now is he?"

The green-clad youth took a half-step back, looking as though he'd been slapped.

Tenten pointedly cleared her throat.

Neji took a breath. "Sorry, Lee."

Lee's face wobbled for a moment and then he pasted on a smile. "Ah, my youthful friend! I see that your love for our teacher shoots forth in a geyser of youth! Despite the gushing heat of your emotional eruption splashing on me, of course I forgive you!"

"Sage damn it, Neji!"

The mudfoot noob had stopped a few yards away and was looking back and forth between them uncertainly. "Uh...did you guys want to train? Kosuke and I were sparring, but maybe we could go teams?"

"Us, spar with you?" Neji demanded, a thousand generations of Hyūga honor turning the words into frozen steel. "Get off our field before we—"

Tenten cleared her throat more loudly.

The noob shrank back, his face a mix of confusion, anger, and alarm. "Look, these are public fields. You can't—"

Tenten shifted her weight slightly and the brat stopped talking. Slowly and definitively, she hooked a thumb towards the path.

His face went pale as milk; moments later the three of them were gone and Team Gai were alone on their field, as the universe had always expected.

"What youthful exercise shall we indulge in today?" Lee asked. The lack of innuendo was sufficient, but even without it Neji's long-practiced ear would have clearly detected the false cheer; Lee was having one of his bad days.

"Actually," Neji began. He paused; this was unfair. He did not want to do this today, especially not when all of them were unsettled at their sanctum being violated and Lee was struggling to keep himself together. Still. Orders were orders, and loyalty to clan was all.

He took a breath. "We should talk about the scroll."

Tenten grunted. Lee raised a caterpillar eyebrow.

"Lord Hiashi spoke with me about it," Neji said reluctantly. Lee and Tenten were beneath him socially, even aside from their nigh-psychotic weirdness. They were difficult—nay, infuriating—and bizarre, but they were his difficult, bizarre, socially-beneath-him team. They had followed him into the Mist HQ during the Exams, defended him when things went south, not abandoned him in the social shitstorm afterwards, and supported him every moment of his life since graduation. They had been at his back in battle, killing everything that moved without blinking or hesitating. They had done every one of Gai-sensei's weird-ass challenges alongside him. This...this felt wrong.

"Mm?" Tenten grunted.

"He wants me to acquire the scroll for my clan. He has given me essentially unlimited access to Hyūga resources in order to do so, and spent over an hour discussing with me what would be appealing to the two of you, what you would consider worthwhile in exchange for relinquishing your claim on the scroll to me." His lip twitched in amusement. "Some of his ideas were inventive."

"Hnn."

"Truly, the spirit of youth has inspired him to give generously of his clan's essence!"

Neji manfully ignored that, as he ignored so much of Lee's prattle.

"I can offer the results of our discussion if you wish, but I think it would be better to simply ask: What would be worth it to you?"

Lee hesitated and glanced at Tenten, making a 'you first' gesture. She gnawed her lip in thought for a moment, then knelt down and brushed a few rocks away from the dirt at their feet.

With a few quick strokes of a kunai, she sketched a familiar face. The dirt was not a good medium, being winter-hard and taking an imprint poorly. Still, it was enough. To eliminate any possibility of error, she drew the Gōketsu symbol beside it.

Below that she drew three more symbols. A dagger. The Hyūga clan symbol. A stick-figure face with extra-thick eyebrows.

Below that, a stylized map of Leaf.

She looked up, her gaze meeting Neji's with that calm certainty that he found so utterly terrifying. "First, foremost," she said, placing a gentle figure beside Gōketsu Keiko's face. "Second." She touched the symbols of the team. "Third." The map of Leaf. "Protection. Care. Beyond death, beyond time." Her eyes narrowed faintly, demanding understanding and the air froze in Neji's lungs as the force of her inhuman will wrapped itself around him like a fist that had not yet decided to squeeze but might at any moment. Behind the fist was the howl of wolves far from civilization, the thirsty cold of uncaring winter, and an absolute certainty of consequence for failure.

Neji gulped and nodded convulsively. "Always."

She studied him for a moment, then stood up and brushed her hands off before gesturing like a fairy queen bestowing gifts. "Yours. Not clan's. Yours."

Neji blinked. That...had been less than he'd expected.

"Are you sure?" he asked, almost against his will. "Nothing for yourself?"

She shrugged and tapped the holsters at her belt, her worn and battered Leaf headband, and her chūnin flak jacket. Again the shrug.

"All right," he said. "Thank you." He took a deep breath, dreading what was to come, and turned to his other teammate. "Lee? What would you ask of the Hyūga? With Gai-sensei gone...."

Lee was looking down, studying Tenten's drawings thoughtfully. "Yes," he said slowly. "That is exactly the thing, is it not? Gai-sensei is gone. His teaching, his skills, his secrets...all lost. But the Spirit of Youth must live on."

Fear gripped Neji's heart.

o-o-o-o​

February 10, 1069 AS

Arriving home from a mission, especially a dead-of-winter mission, always meant that you were tired and filthy. Hazō, Akane, Kagome-sensei, and Naruto had spent half an hour scrubbing themselves and then three solid hours basking in the Gōketsu hot spring, allowing the heat to thoroughly soak into their bones and displace the cold of the field that had laired there for too long. Only then did they emerge, wrinkling and prunelike, and seek out the rest of the family.

With Akane there, Hazō could not discuss the most important thing on his mind (her birthday, which he had not realized had come and gone while they were running in circles around Tanzaku Gai), so he kept it to less critical matters.

First among those matters, the Turtle Summoning Scroll and Rock Lee.

Lee had lost his teacher when Maito Gai died at the Battle of Nagi Island. No, more than a teacher. Gai had been Lee's idol, the man on whom a clanless boy with no ability at ninjutsu had patterned himself in every detail. Losing him must have been like losing both hands at the shoulder. Add to the fact that Gai had left the Summoning scroll not to Lee, or Tenten, or Neji, but to all three of them jointly. That had to have been a blow; Neji was a favored (well, until recently) son of the most powerful clan in the most powerful ninja village in the world. He was a taijutsu prodigy who had grown up with honor and support, wealth a matter of banality. He ate at whatever restaurant he chose, whenever he chose. His clothes were always new, replaced whenever they showed signs of wear. His gear was the finest quality. He wanted for nothing, ever.

Tenten was a person like no other, and her life and comfort were not in the slightest doubt. Born in the wilds, parents died when she was too young to survive. Too young...and yet she had. She had not just survived, she had thrived. When she came to Leaf and wordlessly showed her father's Leaf headband, there had been much confusion. For weeks, no one had been sure what to do with her. She had been content to stay in the rooms assigned, exercising and training in private and making no trouble. Yamanaka had been brought in to probe her mind and had emerged from the experience shaking and unable to communicate for minutes or even hours.

Her skills had never been in doubt. When she was allowed out of her 'guest quarters' (a polite term for 'very comfortable prison'), she had promptly found her way to a training field and begun a virtuoso performance with the pair of battered kunai that she had literally grown up holding. The distance did not matter; if her weapons could reach the target, they hit dead-center every time. It didn't matter if the target was moving or still, she scored nothing but bullseyes. She would throw, then retrieve the weapons and shake her head in annoyance if they were two thumbwidths from the absolute center. Beyond her skills with weapons, the heavily redacted personnel jacket that Mari had obtained contained four more blacked-out paragraphs starting with "Subject also exhibited skill at...."

Once word had gotten around of her skills, both with weapons and more esoteric arts, there had been a clamor among the clans as everyone struggled for the opportunity to adopt her. She had refused them all without a word, even going so far as to simply close the door in some advocates' faces.

Lee, however? Lee was a low-born orphan, with no one in the world until Gai took him in. Unattractive and unskilled at anything requiring chakra manipulation more complex than the most basic, it had been an open question as to whether he would even graduate the Academy. Somehow he had made it through, most likely because Gai had seen something in him that he chose to nurture. Under that tutelage, Lee had blossomed into a powerful ninja who could hold his own among his clan-children agemates. Still, money had always been a foremost thought, the requirements of a ninja diet a thing that needed to be planned for.

With Gai gone, Lee was adrift. Had Gai left the scroll to Lee and only Lee, it would have been an affirmation. A sign that Lee had been valued, a recognition of care for his circumstances and a desire to ensure them. To leave it to the team....

"I keep thinking about adopting him," Hazō said carefully. "From a pragmatic viewpoint, the guy is a combat monster, and we could use more of that. He's someone that Akane greatly admires"—he nodded to the woman in question—"and he's got a hard row to hoe. Uplift isn't just about civilians; Lee can manage, sure, but after what happened at the Exams he's under official censure. Especially with Hyūga as Hokage it's going to be a long time before Lee makes chūnin. With no rank and no teacher, he's going to have to watch his pennies.

"On a more mercenary note, he's got a stake in the Turtle Summoning scroll. From what we've heard, the Turtles are a powerful clan that could do us a lot of good. You all know what we gained from the Pangolin Clan...money, jutsu, combatants, advice, long-distance communication and resupply, teammates like Panashe who provided skills we didn't have. Even Pandā—he wasn't combat effective, but he was sweet, and I know that having him around made me feel better when things were rough. With Keiko gone to the Nara all of those options are gone. Getting the Turtles would be a huge boost to us. Hyūga is going to argue that Tenten and Lee aren't good Summoner candidates, because—"

Mari was struggling to get her breath back after choking on her tea. She took a moment to master herself and then asked, "I'm guessing that when you got home you came from the west, right?" Despite being an infiltration spec jōnin, Mari was clearly having trouble suppressing belly-busting laughter.

"Yes...? We came in through the Sunset Gate."

Mari and Noburi exchanged glances; Noburi was actually emitting tiny little snorts of amusement and his entire face was twitching with a desperate effort to keep from laughing.

"Get your coats on," Noburi said. "You really need to see this."

o-o-o-o​

"Food and clothes! Food and clothes and a bed for the night! Come to the House of Youth for food and clothes and bed for the night!"

Hazō stopped walking and stared in disbelief. Three separate attempts to Dispel, each with successively more massive amounts of chakra behind them, failed to cause any change in the inchoate madness that was suddenly his world.

"The House of Youth welcomes all! Come, eat and sleep and be warm from the cold! Learn the Secrets of Youth and nothing will be beyond you!"

"Is that...Neji?" Hazō asked calmly.

Mari finally lost the battle against laughter. "Your face," she said, gasping. "You should see your face."

Hazō took a breath. "Mari, why is Neji standing on the edge of Hokage Square, shouting about Youth, and ushering civilian beggars into Madame Fuyuko's?"

"It's not Madame Fuyuko's anymore," Noburi explained through his giggles. "Hyūga bought the building and paid for her to relocate to Namikaze Way. And this is just one of the places. There's a dozen of them, all over the city. Mostly brothels, since they already have bedrooms and private kitchens, but also a lot of high-end taverns and there's a place being purpose-built near the caravansary. Plus he's expanded the curriculum for Philosophy and Duty at the Academy. They're teaching the Spirit of Youth in the same class as the Will of Fire. The Clan Council is piiiiissed but Hyūga doesn't give a damn. He ran right over them."

Hazō chewed his lip for a moment, then groaned. "Ohhhh, shit. This was the price for Lee to give up his share of the scroll, right?"

The smile fell off Noburi's face. "Yeah. Neji is spending eight hours a day studying with Asuma to learn how to summon. I don't know what Asuma demanded in exchange for training him, but I'm sure it was just as massive as all this."

Hazō considered that for several long seconds, his eyes involuntarily locked on the sight of Neji, in full formal Hyūga robes and his Leaf headband, handing out pamphlets to every passerby in Leaf's busiest square while a steady stream of wild-haired, emaciated civilian beggars streamed into the repurposed brothel behind him.

o-o-o-o​

"Oh! Turtle eggdrop soup!" Akane said, her face brightening. "Thank you, Kagome! How did you...I mean, where...."

"Hired a mission," Kagome-sensei mumbled. "Paid some of those KEI ninja to run over to Tea and hunt up a turtle beach, bring back the eggs and the carcasses. Got enough for a ton more, so we can have it whenever you want."

She beamed at him and patted his hand. "You are so thoughtful, Kagome. Thank you. I hope it wasn't too expensive."

He shrugged one shoulder, not looking up from where he was tearing an unoffending piece of egg-washed soft bread to teeny-tiny fragments. "S'your birthday," he mumbled. "That tiny little thing during the mission didn't count."

"Well, it's still very sweet of you. I haven't had turtle eggdrop soup since we were hiding out on that southern island, back when we were missing-nin."

"You were missing-nin?" Honoka asked, her eyes wide. "But missing-nin are evil monsters who eat bad little students! You're not going to eat me, are you Aunty Akane?"

Akane laughed. "No, sweety. It's complicated, but Jiraiya made it so that we aren't missing-nin. And even if we were, I'd never eat you." She grinned. "Well, unless I was really hungry!" She snapped her teeth at the younger girl, who shrieked in delight and clutched onto her mother.

"My turn!" Noburi said, leaning over and passing Akane a box wrapped in soft paper.

Akane clapped her hands in glee, bouncing in her seat. "Ooh, how beautiful! Thank you, Noburi."

"How come he gets to give presents before dinner?" Kagome-sensei demanded querulously. "I thought presents had to happen after dinner? My soup will get cold."

"He's right," Mari said. "Presents really should happen after dinner. Shame on you, Noburi."

"Indeed. It is most unyouthful of you," Keiko added, deadpan.

The heavyset boy shrugged unrepentantly. "I regret nothing."

"I'll wait," Akane said, setting the present aside. "Kagome has outdone himself with this feast, and it would indeed by most unyouthful to allow it to get cold. Health!"

"Health!" everyone aside from Hazō chorused. Hazō smiled but couldn't get the word out. There was no space inside him for words right now; he was happy to be with his family, delighted to see Akane so happy, but there was a distance. His vision was set far back behind his eyes, the world out at one remove. He was present in the moment, but he confined himself to smiles and nods throughout the meal, basking in the warm glow of family and friends without feeling a need, or having the ability, to participate in that glow himself.

After everyone was replete and beyond replete (Kagome-sensei being his usual overly pushy cooking-related self, with much fluttering about how thin everyone looked), once every last bite was savored and every spoonful of the caramel treat had been moaned over, the family relocated into the living room, where a roaring fire gave the room a rosy light and a glorious heat.

"Okay, now you can open this," Noburi said, giving Akane his present a second time.

Akane picked the knot on the silk ribbon apart, then broke the dabs of melted wax that were holding the paper wrappings together, taking care not to damage the paper itself. She unfolded it and set it aside, then slid the top off the polished cherrywood box and looked inside.

She gasped. "Noburi! How did you get this?!" She reached in with both hands and pulled out a silk pouch and a small pamphlet that said "Civilian Burger 2: Attack of the Food Inspectors!"

"You like it? It's the prototype for the next release. I found the original designer and commissioned him to do a one-off just for you. Check the character names."

Akane flipped the pamphlet open and skimmed through it, then burst out laughing. "Youthful Sous Chef: Akane. Two standard actions and a mandatory roll on the Table of Youth." She set the pamphlet down and smiled at her younger brother. "Noburi, this is very thoughtful, thank you."

"You're welcome," he said, grinning. He looked to his left, where Hazō sat. "Beat that, bro. Admit it: I rule and you suck at birthday presents."

"Hm," Hazō said distantly, not looking away from Akane. Noburi's smile fell away.

Hazō bent down and pulled a long package from underneath his chair. He stood up and walked to Akane's side, extending the package with both arms. He waited until she took it, then allowed the arms to drop back to his sides. He stood, balanced on his feet, vaguely wondering why she suddenly looked so uncertain.

"Hazō...? What is this?"

He cocked his head. "Present. For your birthday."

She looked back and forth from him to the package, then unwrapped it and caught her breath.

"Is it good?"

She held up the elegant white kimono within. The Gōketsu clan symbol was embroidered in red and green thread over the left breast and a larger version on the back. A ruby pin stood out, stark against the white silk, on the right side.

"Is it good?" Hazō asked again.

"Yes! Yes, thank you. It's beautiful, but...why?"

He cocked his head the other way, indicating surprise related to a different topic. "You are clan. You deserve to show that. I ordered the robe before we left on our most recent mission, but I exchanged money for the pin back on the courier mission with Minami; I hope you do not consider it inappropriate."

She swallowed. "No." She ran one finger lightly over the central jewel and then looked up, her lips curving in an expression that Hazō didn't entirely understand. It was unstable, varying between pleasure and something else. Possibly thoughts of past time and the paths chosen through reality.

"There is one more piece," Hazō said. He reached into the holsters on his thighs and produced the two components of his flute, screwing them together carefully. "I composed this on our recent excursion, practicing only the fingering. This will be the first time I have actually given sound to it."

He set the flute to his lips and sent breath across the opening, drawing forth a haunting sound that wandered sleepily through tones and timbres, cavorting through the spaces between listener and creator, hinting at things that might or might not be and implying things that were probably not. The sound had drifted through his dreams for weeks, ever since The Scroll, and playing it, sharing it, birthing it into the world to be heard by and shared with those closest to him was an act of...not joy, not even close. A matter of necessity, of certainty and requirement, of contributing the ten-thousand-and-seventh piece to a pattern that couldn't not be.

The music reached the end of that part of it that was audible in this time and place, and Hazō removed the flute from his lips. He looked down at Akane and allowed his lips to curve upwards.

"Happy birthday, Akane." His voice was far away, but he could tell that there was warmth and appreciation in it. He had rendered his feelings correctly in his tone.

She stared up at him, mesmerized.





XP AWARD: 9

Brevity XP: 1

Author's Note:
Everyone should give a big round of applause to @Velorien for thinking up the 'Hiashi offers Team Gai a wish for the scroll and Lee chooses the Church of Youth' thing. EJ.throw(Velorien, bus #:relation 'under)

It is now 8pm the day after you returned from your mission. The following background items of the plan have been implemented, or at least started on:
  • Catch up with Team Uplift.
  • Get to know the people living at our compound: their preferences, skills, desires.
  • Ask Kagome to mentally organize his knowledge in preparation for a clan meeting about such esoteric large-scale issues.
  • Remind Kagome about the Akatsuki book's summary.
  • You bought the Sealing Scroll Acolyte stunt and practiced your Calligraphy skill. This is assumed to have happened during the mission.
  • (1FP) Jiraiya left us shogi-based codes for contacting high-level contacts. Memorize them.
  • You bought Akane some additional Youth-themed Gōketsu-marked clothes.
  • Note that Mari and Keiko were at the party.


There has not been time to do the following:
  • Conduct creative training daily.
  • Apply for guest lectures at the Academy (one-two weeks later).
  • Start analysing Orochimaru's, Bakushin's, and Goemon's notes with Kagome and Noburi.


Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, October 9, 2019, at 12pm London time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 291: New Powers Rising

February 12, 1069 AS

"A month tops," Mari said decisively. "They can't afford to let us recover, and they know we have genius sealmasters who could overturn the balance a second time. Don't even get me started on the Seventh Path. The second the skytower seals start failing, the smarter summons will figure out the game, and then our threat rating spikes like the target's libido when I'm on top form."

Hazō felt a chill go down his spine. Not because of Mari's seduction talents—which, granted, were terrifying in their own right—but because Keiko had warned him of this very thing. If they wanted to maintain their foothold in the Summon Realm, which they badly did, and if they wanted to do so without enabling more genocide, or doing anything else which would cause Keiko to flat-out deny them use of her scroll, they were going to need some serious strategising.

On the plus side, even if all those enemy summoners decided that the Pangolins' former weapons suppliers were a priority target to be eliminated forthwith (which, frankly, would be entirely fair from their perspective), the Gōketsu Clan was already on multiple villages' hit lists. Nobody wanted to face a Leaf with a second skywalker-scale innovation, and what were a few more enemies on the scale of an incoming world war?

"No telling which village will go down first," Mari went on with ruthless informativeness. "Jiraiya's spy network just isn't the same without him. Hyūga and the Mizukage's trick bought us time, but you can't count on that kind of thing for long when there's a counter-narrative running and you're simply not there to defend against it."

"Do we at least know what we're facing?" Hazō asked. "The other villages must have had their own Kage elections by now."

"Sure," Mari said. "The proclamations have all gone out, and let me tell you, kids, we're in for some fun times.

"Rock had a line-up of candidates ready the second news from Nagi Island came in. The new Tsuchikage's called Shirogane Kitae, from the Shirogane swordsmaster clan. Ruthless, focused, allegedly the world's greatest swordswoman (which I can believe since the survivors of the Seven Swordsmen are all men). Jiraiya's spies think Ōnoki knew he was on a countdown, picked out a bunch of potential successors, and had the Tama give them optimised training way in advance. And let me tell you, when a Tama dedicates themselves to something… it's scarier than dating an abusive Yamanaka. I'd pity them if they weren't about to kill us.

"What we know with no need for speculation is that she's a hungry shark. Ōnoki of Both Scales managed to keep the factions balanced, but geopolitics being what it is right now, the sharks are completely dominating the turtles. Rōshi and Han are under a lot of pressure. Leaf's hoping some of the other candidates will turn against Shirogane because she was only just chosen over them, but I doubt Ōnoki would have been that stupid."

"Ouch," Noburi said. "So on top of a hostile Tsuchikage, they've got a bunch of mini-Tsuchikages running around ready to replace her if she goes down."

"Yeah," Mari said. "Hell of a mess we've got waiting for us."

"What about Sand?" Hazō asked. "They'll be Rock's first targets. Will they be ready?"

"They've got issues. They took a big hit at Nagi Island, and their population was already lowest of all the villages. A woman called Chiyo's interim Kazekage, but if they take too long to get on their feet, they might find themselves buried underground."

"What's she like?" Noburi asked.

"She's Sand's Tsunade. During the war, she was the only one who could keep up with her, medicine-wise. Supposedly, they had some epic poison-offs. Main difference is that while Tsunade punches holes through mountains, Chiyo's mistress of Sand's secret art of puppeteering."

"Puppeteering," Hazō said flatly. "Mari, tell me that's not as ridiculous as it sounds."

"That's not as ridiculous as it sounds," Mari said in a deadpan voice. "Imagine for a second a ninja made of rock-hard lacquered wood," she continued more seriously, "simultaneously wielding blades, and needles, and poison gas that it's immune to itself, and a bunch of lethal weapons you've never heard of, and that doesn't die if you punch a hole through its chest or blow off its head. Genjutsu-proof too, for obvious reasons. Oh, also it doesn't have to be shaped like a human. It can be anything. Got it?"

Hazō nodded shakily.

"Now imagine fighting a bunch of those at the same time, all coordinating their attacks. Then remember that a skilled Sand puppeteer can use a bunch of those at the same time on their own.

"Yeah," Mari said. "It's not just the killer environment that lets Sand hold its own against the heavyweights."

"Good thing they're on our side," Hazō said.

"Trouble is," Mari said, "Chiyo's getting on. Now, Ōnoki's no-longer-living proof that age is no object, but still…"

"So that just leaves Cloud," Noburi said. "What crazy surprises have they got in store for us?"

"Hoo boy," Mari leaned back in her chair. "Well, for a start, there isn't a Raikage anymore."

"You what."

"That's what I said too," Mari agreed. "They've split the position in two. Now they have a religious leader, the Grandmaster, and a secular leader, the Shogun. I'm not impressed with the names myself, but they seem to work great for propaganda."

"Two leaders," Noburi said. "How the heck?"

"Our spies think it's Cloud's weird religion thing. Killer B's never exactly been known for his piety, so maybe they figured it would cause a rift if they just went ahead and made him Raikage?"

"Well, sure, but two leaders?"

Mari shrugged. "Don't ask me. I just work here."

"So we sort of know about Killer B," Hazō said. "Or at least someone does. That's another thing I'll need a clan head briefing on. Who's the Grandmaster?"

"Woman called F," Mari said. "Mostly seen wandering the continent scaring the bejeezus out of political leaders by turning up in their territory uninvited, because she's the kind of woman who went toe-to-toe with Jiraiya. I heard him complaining about her a few times. There are rumours that she's a summoner, but no one knows for sure because no one's stupid enough to make her bring out combat summons. Most reports of her appearance are in bars, gambling houses, cheap hotels, and the occasional hot spring. Frankly, she sounds like more of a hedonist than I was in my misspent youth, which is to say three or four years ago. How somebody like that ends up in a position of power is beyond me."

Hazō politely chose not to comment.

"That said, she seems like she's on the apolitical side. Given Killer B should feel like he owes us, it's possible they can be persuaded to stay out of the war. At that point, it really is our diplomats versus their crusader faction."

"Oh, she's a Raiyoke, which just makes things more complicated," Mari added as an afterthought. "At least Ami has the decency of being openly insane. I don't know what F's excuse is."

"Raiyoke?" Hazō asked.

"Cloud's Mori. Ingenious, but utterly lacking in curiosity. Spend most of their time sitting in mountaintop monasteries rehashing centuries-old religious debates. They are supposed to shell out some brilliant insights, but you have to prod them hard.

"Seriously, though. No curiosity. Wandering the continent looking for pleasure. That's the kind of world we live in."

"It really is," Hazō said wearily. "So what's number five?"

Mari apparently got his meaning.

"Sand's Yodomi. They're not the ones who invented the puppets—I think—but they're the ones who optimised them into unstoppable war machines. With that kind of technological advancement, you'd think Sand would be ruling half the world by now.

"I vaguely remember hearing somewhere about the power of technology to change the world," she added thoughtfully. "Never mind, I'm sure it'll come to me.

"Anyway, they're inflexible. You give them the thing, and they'll do the thing, but they're not going to innovate. Where the Mori find it hard to generate new ideas to begin with, the Yodomi will come up with new ideas but then go, 'Eh, what we've got is good enough.'"

Hazō had discovered the exact antithesis of his personal belief system. No matter what humanity already had, it was never good enough to stop looking.

-o-​

"You've got to be kidding me," Kagome said. "I know we last had you checked for lupchanzen only a week ago, but…"

"I don't know," Mari said. "We need to make some kind of progress. Sand's pushing hard for a formal alliance, but I can't say I want to leave all our foreign relations in Hyūga's hands. Going out and looking for potential allies has generally worked out for us."

"Akatsuki," Kagome hissed. "The ultimate untrustworthy stinkers. Or have you forgotten the part where they killed Jiraiya? I could blow them up a thousand times and it wouldn't be enough."

"None of us are going to forget," Hazō said. "I promise. But remember what's at stake, Kagome. They're powerful, and they have a reason to seek world peace. We need world peace, and frankly, we need it now. If we die, Uplift dies with us. If everyone else dies, there's no one left to uplift. All these people we're helping? All the people we plan to help? If it meant saving their lives, I'd jump into the Naraka Path and shake hands with the King of Hell himself."

A thought occurred to him, clicking randomly sideways into his brain.

"Assuming he has hands." Hazō said. "Strictly speaking, there's no reason a creature from a different type of reality should have appendages like ours, or appendages at all. We may have to develop a common language, or communicate in pictographs…"

"Hazō?"

"Sorry. Anyway, they have summoners, right? That means we can use our own summons to communicate with them. Best-case scenario, we can join hands—or other appendages of analogous function—and get them to do what Pain tried to, only with less torture and murder, and more diplomacy and creative insight."

"Ah," Mari said. "The 'I have a really big stick and those are my mates standing behind you' school of diplomacy. You have learned well."

"I'm against it," Kagome said. "It's not a matter of whether the stinkers will stick a dagger in our backs, but when, and how hard. A poodle's not going to stop trying to suck out your vital fluids just because you pet it."

"Noted," Hazō said. "Especially the image, which was not something I needed in my mind at all ever. Next step: if we do want to communicate, how do we do it? Do we get Hyūga's go-ahead? Do we do it without telling him because he hates missing-nin and will probably say no?"

"You know," Mari said after a few seconds, "there's always the third option."

The oil lamp lit, and burned bright.

"Get them to talk to us!" Hazō exclaimed.

"Bingo."

"All right," Hazō said. "So if we can make it look like they contacted us first, that's very different to us bypassing Hyūga and doing something he can declare as treason. They contact us, we talk, then we bring the matter to him 'as soon as we could', and there's a big difference between him rejecting a new idea from us and rejecting a proposal from the world's single most powerful force."

He grinned the grin of a man invited to formulate a cunning plan with high stakes and high rewards, one which would probably even involve making lists.

"Now we just have to figure out how."

-o-​

February 13, 1069 AS

One disadvantage of having strangers (or near-strangers) having regular access to the compound was that they'd been forced to disable certain parts of the trap array, for fear of guests being spread finely across a three-dimensional area after taking a wrong turn after dark (or, for civilians without advanced memory training, potentially any turn). Kagome had nearly had a heart attack, and it had taken the entire clan to convince him that rapid progress in Uplift was worth a small sacrifice in security (and the main threat to the clan, the Hyūga, could not be deterred by hidden traps anyway).

One consequence of this disadvantage was the potential appearance of uninvited guests who didn't happen to be infuriating trap-ignoring jōnin. And while the clan was pretty much resigned to Ami turning up at some unexpected point to throw chaos into their lives like a chakra basilisk into a dance-off (or had she finally gone home to do the same in Mist?), even with that mental preparation, tonight's guest left them floored.

Faintly red eyes concealing both vulnerability and strength of will. Exotic pink hair with tiny twists below the ribbons binding her front braids. A shy, awkward smile, and the best friend always by her side.

Emotion hit Noburi in a tidal wave. Shock. Guilt. Admiration. Longing. More guilt. His mind locked up as his heart pounded.

The stunned silence lasted an entire second, until Akane broke it with a sudden dive, somehow moving from seated to standing to an enormous hug in one single motion.

"Yuno! It's so good to see you again!"

"Y-You too," Yuno choked out after a second of being physically and probably mentally overwhelmed. "Um, this is really nice, but you can let go now."

Akane disengaged. "We're just having dinner. Come eat with us—we're having Kagome's Classic Don't-Ask-What's-In-It Stew. It's delicious as long as you take the name literally. Here, you can sit next to me."

"You can't put a young female guest in the third seat to the right," Noburi said distantly. "What would people say?"

"You remembered," Yuno said softly.

Noburi remembered.

"Akane, can you move down one? Second place should be fine for someone who's…?"

"Sixteen," Yuno said. "I had my birthday right after."

"Yuno," Kagome said meditatively, reading the atmosphere with skill to shame any mole. "Yuno, Yuno, Yuno. Oh, right, that Yuno. They explained it to me afterwards. You got engaged to Noburi, only the marriage was a sham all along and nobody told you, and then Noburi said something stupid and broke your—"

"Kagome," Mari said in a neutral voice that could melt steel, "why don't you go get our guest a bowl of soup?"

"Y-Yeah," Kagome stuttered, his sensitivity rapidly improving. "I'll just go do that, shall I? And then after I've brought her the soup, I think I'll go sort the spice cupboard, make sure we haven't run out of anything."

"Good call," Mari said smoothly.

"Ahem," Hazō cut in. "With that sorted out, maybe we should have a new round of introductions. I mean, given you're here, I guess you sort-of know who we are. But after everything that's happened, I think it would be a good idea to have a fresh start, right?"

He gave Noburi a quick but meaningful look. Noburi wasn't in a state to respond.

"I'm Hazō, head of the Gōketsu Clan. I formally invite you to join us for dinner."

Yuno cast a glance at the actual adult in the room, and Mari nodded. Yes, Hazō of all people was head of the clan. Noburi wouldn't have seen it coming either.

"I'm Mari," Mari said. "I know it's a little late to introduce myself now, but I hope you'll understand."

Yuno nodded.

"The gentleman getting you your soup is called Kagome," Mari added.

"Akane," Akane said with a smile. "Phew, it's so good to get that weight off my chest."

Everyone turned to look at Noburi.

"My name's Noburi," he muttered. "Sorry."

Yuno nodded without comment. She did not meet his eyes.

"And I'm Gasai Yuno," she said to round it all off. "I hope you remember me."

They'd only known each other for a little over a month. They'd barely held hands.

"The Pangolin Summoner isn't with you," Yuno stated.

"She married into another clan," Hazō explained. "These days… she usually has dinner with them."

"Which clan?" Yuno asked quickly. "I need to speak to her."

"Why is that?"

Yuno swallowed. "Because she's the only one who can save Isan now."


"I think you'd better start at the beginning," Mari said. "Maybe we can help."

Yuno took a deep breath.

"The village changed after you took the scroll. We'd fulfilled our purpose… but that also meant we'd lost it. Everything was still. Quiet. Empty. We had nothing to live for anymore.

"That's when the High Priest revealed himself. He told us that now that we'd fulfilled Akio's mission, we'd proved ourselves worthy of following Ui Isas himself. He said he was having visions of Ui, receiving wisdom and guidance on what to do next. Of course we listened to him." She smiled ruthfully. "He was charismatic, and everything he said did sound wise… and what else were we supposed to do?

"Isan's not the place you remember. The High Priest defanged the Clan Council, demoted them to advisors. He told us we needed to modernise. He sent out spies into the outside world, gathering weapons and scrolls for us to study. You won't know, but the mountain is very rich in mineral deposits. We just never had anyone to trade with.

"The smiths are working night and day. The Yoshida have been pushed into adopting those who can learn sealcrafting. The High Priest even wants to recruit missing-nin. He says that if one group of missing-nin managed to help us fulfil our original purpose—with a lot of guidance—then we should be able to find more for our new one. He's made an alliance with a group called the Sacred Spiritual Seekers of the Scaly Sage.

"The biggest thing is unity. The High Priest keeps talking about unity, and how Ui had called upon him to unite the people." Yuno's voice rose in anger to the point where Akane shrank back. "And do you know what uniting people means? It means turning them against everyone who won't fit in! It means making them feel good about themselves by pushing out loners, and people who 'refuse to be happy', and people who are 'unclean'!"

She seemed to realise she was shouting, and looked down at her bowl in embarrassment. She took a few spoonfuls of soup.

"So I left," she said quietly. "There was no room in the High Priest's village for people like me. I turned missing-nin, just like you. I wandered around killing things—I never knew there were so many interesting kinds of blood—and then I heard that the Pangolin Summoner had just won the world's greatest ninja competition. How could she not? And then I found out her name, and the village she'd finally joined."

Mari frowned. "This High Priest figure. There wasn't a position like that back when we were in Isan. Is it someone we knew?"

"No," Yuno said bitterly. "Turns out none of us did. Until the day he became High Priest, his name was Azai Shūsuke."

It took a few seconds for this to soak in.

"Damn," Mari spat. "How did I not see it? He was right in front of me! No wonder I couldn't stop Hyūga. I'm a failure of a politician."

"Mari," Hazō said, "if even someone like Takahashi, who'd lived in the village all his life, didn't spot it, then no wonder you didn't either. You can't blame yourself for everything."

You could tell from Mari's expression that she disagreed, but fortunately they weren't going to rehash that argument in front of Yuno.

"If you mean the head of the Takahashi Clan," Yuno said, "he hasn't said a word since the Revelation. I don't think anybody knows what he's thinking, not even the other Takahashi."

"Is… is that why you're here?" Noburi finally found his voice. "Because the Pangolin Summoner's the only one who can challenge his religious authority?"

"Yes," Yuno said. "I guess the prophecy isn't done with her after all."

"But how did you get in here?" Hazō asked. "It might be hypocritical for me to say this, but Leaf doesn't have an open-door policy for missing-nin."

"Getting inside was hard," Yuno admitted. "Satsuko hadn't had human blood for over a week, and the patrol ninja were very rude. But I'm not stupid. I told them I had very important strategic information—and eventually I persuaded them to let me see the Hokage. He was open, and accepting, and considerate, and he asked me all kinds of questions about Isan."

She paused.

"I know this might sound bad, but every single one of them deserves whatever they get. Every single one of them could have reached out to me.

"Not that I told him everything about Isan up front—I learned a lot about bargaining chips while I was out being a missing-nin. But then he said something I couldn't have imagined. The Hokage offered me his own nephew's hand in marriage. A summoner candidate, just like…"

"Nara Keiko," Mari inserted.

"Just like Nara Keiko had been. I haven't exactly explained my status back in Isan to him—it's not something I want to talk about with a total stranger—so I don't have any trouble imagining what he's after."

"What did you say?" Noburi asked, trying to feign casualness and failing oh so hard.

"I told him I'd take time to think about it," Yuno said. "I will never offer up my heart just because an authority figure tells me to."

Then her eyes snapped onto Noburi's. She held his gaze for the full 2.8 seconds.

"Besides… I've been told the Village Hidden in the Leaves has a second summoner candidate."

-o-​

Gasai Yuno
Looks: *****
Pros: Beautiful, caring, sensitive, enduring, older girl
Cons: Wrong village, occasionally scary, already broke her heart(?)

-o-​

You have received 12 + 1 = 13 XP.

-o-​

Your sealing research is progressing, and will be covered later since the update is already late.

Noburi has not yet begun his summoning training as he needs Dr Yakushi to confirm that it's safe for his bloodline. Dr Yakushi has suddenly become too busy to carry out the necessary tests.

-o-​

What do you do?

Voting closes on Saturday 12th of October, 9 a.m. New York Time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 292: Blah Blah Probably Treason Blah
Chapter 292: Blah Blah Probably Treason Blah

Hazō glanced up as Mari came back into the room. "That was quick...?"

"I sent Sugiyama to fetch her."

Hazō nodded. Presumably Mari had told the frizzy-haired young ninja to play it cool and ask Keiko to join them 'as soon as convenient' instead of 'right now now nowww!!!' Still, his clan-gone sister was still one of Team Uplift; she would recognize the code word that her teacher had undoubtedly embedded in the message and recognize that it was time-sensitive.

Hazō waited until Mari had resumed her seat and gestured for her to continue with the political briefing she'd been giving Yuno before excusing herself in order to send someone to fetch Keiko.

"So that's the local Leaf stuff," the redhead said, as though there had not been a ten-minute gap in the conversation. "Any questions about that part before I go on to the international bits?"

Yuno considered. "I'm reading between the lines here, but it sounds like the Hokage hates you, your allies are distancing themselves from you, and Leaf is close to civil war."

Mari nodded. "Pretty much. Which, paradoxically, is good news for us. We're a new clan, so in order to gain acceptance and power we need to change the social matrix in which we find ourselves. It's always easier to cause change in a situation that is unstable and somewhat chaotic than it is in a very rigid situation—it's why we had so much trouble in Isan. The social matrix there is thoroughly fixed and there were no cracks into which we could insert ourselves. Here, opportunities abound to make allies. We can play the underdog who is oppressed by the big and powerful clans, thereby forging a power bloc with the smaller, scrappier clans. Or, we could demonstrate combat strength by way of our sealmasters and Summoner, thereby making ourselves desirable allies for those who value martial power. We can show ourselves as enemies of the Hyūga, thereby making ourselves appealing to"—she chuckled and spread her hands—"well, nearly everyone. Alternatively, we could present ourselves as grateful to be taken into Leaf's bosom and therefore the most patriotic, firebrand, Leaf-über-alles clan out there. Combine that with the aforementioned martial strength and we become a power.

"Then there's the social part of it. We've made positive moves to ally ourselves with the KEI and other clanless. That's going to appeal to the progressives and also demonstrate that we have a large well of power to draw on. The clans don't respect clanless individuals, but the more rational clan heads acknowledge that, as a group, the clanless are powerful simply because of their numbers. Combine those numbers with the sort of combat strength that the Gōketsu demonstrated in the Exams—specifically, very powerful individuals and the ability to make seals that can empower others—and you have a force to be reckoned with.

"Best of all, the Nara and their group are distancing themselves, which means that we aren't tainted in the eyes of the people who don't like them. We have the opportunity to make friends with those who find the Nara distasteful, yet the ISC crowd"—she grinned at Hazō as, for possibly the first time, she used his acronym—"will swing back our way as soon as we demonstrate that we're on a sound martial and economic footing. That gives us the opportunity to play peacemaker between the two groups and thereby condense the social matrix of Leaf into a new balance where we are effectively in charge because we have allies on both sides and the Hyūga are largely isolated."

Hazō blinked. He had not considered things in that light. The chaos and danger had all seemed like negatives to him.

Mari chuckled. "You know, unless we all get stabbed to death for being disgusting traitors who cannot be allowed to exist within the bosom of a Leaf that is on the brink of war. More tea?" She offered the pot to Yuno.

"Uh..." The girl seemed utterly shell-shocked.

Hazō cleared his throat. "Perhaps you could move on to the Hokage's views in particular?"

"Ah, yes," Mari said, smiling. "The Hokage. Dear, dear Hyūga Hiashi. All about struggle and combat being the path to righteousness and the clearly demonstrated moral supremacy of clans, especially clans with bloodlines, especially especially the Hyūga, over everyone else. He believes that he has a divine right to rule based on whose twat he slid out of." Her smile was dark, her eyes distant, and she seemed not to notice the shocked expressions of her children. "His wife is no better, which is unsurprising given that she's his first cousin once removed."

"She's what?" Noburi demanded.

Mari's eyebrows went up. "First cousin once removed. You didn't know that? Hyūga Eito had two children: his daughter Namie and his son Raden. Namie is Hiashi's mother and Junko, Hiashi's wife, is Raden's granddaughter." She chuckled. "Junko's a bit of a festival wife, too. When Hyūga was twenty-seven his first wife died giving birth to their first child, who died stillborn. Hyūga was very broken up and went into the traditional year of mourning. Three hundred and sixty-six days later, he married Junko, who was a week shy of her twenty-first birthday. Hyūga Hinata was born eight months and nine days later but was just over eight pounds at birth."

Hazō cleared his throat; this just kept getting worse. "How about you do the international front, Mari?"

"Sure," Mari said, pouring her own cup full and setting the pot down. She paused to take a sip, then leaned forward, elbows on the table with the cup upraised and her gaze directed up and far away. "Let's see...well, obviously World War Four is going to break out in the next two, three weeks. Maybe a month. My guess is that Rock will kick things off, since they're probably in the strongest position right now. Could be Sand if Chiyo feels a need to make a demonstration of force in order to show that Sand is still strong, but that feels unlikely. Cloud...proooobably not? I've never met Killer B, but reports say he's a very good-spirited guy. Likes to fight, but often does it with words instead of his bijū powers. Plus, they've got to be going through some chaos right now as they feel their way around this new Grandmaster/Shogun power split. On the other hand, capturing a bunch of rich farm land from Fire would be a good way for B to boost his own rep within Cloud, so it could happen. He's also terrifyingly powerful, so if he takes the field then Leaf is in a lot of trouble."

She sipped her tea thoughtfully while everyone waited, transfixed.

"Still, probably Rock," she continued. "Earth is mineral-rich but land-poor. Most of their country is desert and food is their single biggest import. Best of all, they've got Bear securing their western border and Ainu Bay on their north and east, so they don't need to guard most of their country. They've got almost as many ninja as Leaf did a year ago and they can concentrate them much better because most of their perimeter has natural defenses and no bordering nations. If I were in their shoes, I would negotiate a corridor through Grass and launch a decapitation strike against Leaf. Stomp all the senior ninja into the ground, then fall back and bunker up a position on the Grass/Fire border. Claim a big chunk of arable land and then do nothing. All the other nations would descend on Fire like hungry piranha and pick the bones clean." She considered that for a moment, then nodded. "Yup. That's what I would do."

Silence.

"'Negotiate a corridor through Grass'," Hazō said. "Why not just conquer it? It's good land, just like Fire, and it would make the logistics easier."

Mari shook her head. "The minor nations through there have a mutual defense pact. Attack any of them and all of them go for your throat. Not worth the trouble for Rock, especially after they would have just lost a bunch of ninja in the attack on Leaf. That pact and their positive relations with Leaf are why those smaller nations still exist."

"Oh."

"Is Grass likely to talk to us—I mean, to Leaf, if Rock approaches them?" Noburi asked. "Seems like they'd be in a position to start a bidding war."

Mari see-sawed her hand. "Could be. Depends on how much intel they have about Leaf's actual strength right now, and how much they can deduce from who showed up at the Nagi Island battle. They must know that Sarutobi Hiruzen, Jiraiya, Gai, and Captain Hatake are all dead. If they realize how badly weakened Leaf already was before the battle, it's a problem for us. Rock will make them an amazing offer, because why not? If Grass knows how bad it really is then they won't think twice. If they think that we've still got about as many jōnin as before the battle, maybe they stick with us and tell Rock to get stuffed.

"Of course, taking on the minor nations is something that Rock could do, so if the choice is 'we are either going after you or Leaf, your choice' then Grass would definitely throw us to the wolves." She sipped her tea, then nodded consideringly. "So, yeah. Pretty good chance that Leaf will be a smoldering crater a month from now and we'll all be missing-nin again. On the other hand, assuming we survive the fighting and aren't actively opposed by the other ninja here, we'll pretty much be able to own the place. Hazō's Multiple Earth Wall will let us rebuild housing quickly, especially with Noburi to provide the chakra, so we'll be able to put roofs over the heads of all the valuable people. I've been stuffing as much marsh weed into storage scrolls as I can, plus buying up all the flour and fruit. Rock will target food storage when they hit, so we'll be one of the major suppliers afterwards. Plus, since we'll have all the fruit, people will need to come to us or come down with scurvy. We'll be able to feed our own and we can use the excess to secure people's loyalty. Kagome's traps will keep the estate secure, both from the Rock ninja during the battle and from the mobs afterwards. People will be begging for our protection, so we'll have our pick of artisans plus as much of Leaf's material wealth as survives."

Hazō resisted the urge to facepalm.

Mari smiled brightly at Yuno. "Incidentally, you should absolutely consider staying with us instead of marrying into the Hyūga. They aren't popular with anyone in this city, and surviving ninja are going to take the opportunity to stick a knife in any Hyūga they can during the looting. Their estate doesn't have good natural defenses and they are the clan of the Hokage, so Rock is going to cause them some heavy casualties. Afterwards, it's pretty likely that animals will be attracted by the smell of blood and death and will cause a lot more damage over there—oh, and the fires will probably destroy a lot of their material goods and kill a few more of them. After which I will take advantage of the aforementioned artisans and material wealth to economically strangle the Hyūga out of existence until the few shattered survivors beg to become branch family servitors of the Gōketsu."

Hazō resisted the urge to facepalm. He took a breath and forced himself to smile. "Yuno, it's late and cold out. Why don't you stay with us for the night and decide what you want to do in the morning? Noburi, perhaps you could show her to one of the guest rooms? The third one in the northwest wing is made up."

A pale and more-than-vaguely disturbed Noburi nodded and climbed to his feet. "Right. Sounds good. Uh...Yuno? Would you like to see the room? You can decide then if you want to stay or not."

Their visitor looked at Noburi, looked at Mari, and swallowed. "Yes. Thank you." She rose and followed Noburi out of the room.

o-o-o-o

It was late, and Yuno was long abed and asleep, by the time the missing member of Team Uplift was able to arrive. Kagome-sensei insisted on getting everyone settled in the living room with a toasty fire and [insert each individual's preferred beverage] in hand before allowing the talk to get serious.

"Your messenger came at a propitious time," Keiko said. "I had just finished checking in with the Pangolin."

"Oh?" Hazō said, eyebrows rising. "Anything interesting?"

"Yes. That message that we sent to the Snakes, asking them to refuse any non-Gōketsu Summoner candidate? The Pangolins received a reply last night. I quote in full: 'The Snake Clan is not accepting applications for Summoner at this time.'"

Hazō cocked his head. "Huh."

"So, what are we thinking?" Noburi asked. "Orochimaru is dead and the Snakes are mourning him, or he's dead and they've decided that the Human Path isn't worth the trouble, or...."

"Or he isn't dead," Mari said grimly. "Sneaky snakey bastard."

"It is more probable that he is dead and the Snakes have already replaced him as Summoner," Keiko pointed out. "He was a forward thinker and would have had an apprentice and research assistant somewhere, to whom he undoubtedly left the scroll. He might well have even introduced his apprentice to the Snakes in the past, in order to ensure that the relationship would begin smoothly."

"Oh, hey," Mari said, "speaking of people who have far too many positive feelings towards Orochimaru, Kabuto is coming by for breakfast tomorrow."

Hazō blinked. "He's what?"

"Yeah, I didn't tell you?" Her tone pretended to innocence in the same way that young children pretend to emotion during harvest performances.

Hazō took a calming breath. "You did, in point of fact, not."

"Yeah, while you guys were out blowing stuff up he decided that it would be better to work with us on exploring the basement instead of having us blow it up. He's even down to get adopted. Dropped by with the paperwork all filled out and everything." She smiled brightly. "I told him that he would have to wait until you got back before he could start attempting to manipulate us, steal all our secrets, and sell us out to the Hyūga."

Hazō blinked. "Uh...."

"Just kidding! No, I told him that we were very excited to have him but that I didn't have the authority to sign and it would need to wait until you got back. He said that actually worked pretty well for him because he had to go out of town for a bit to do some work for Tsunade. He should be back late tonight, hence the 'breakfast tomorrow' thing." She paused, cocking her head in thought. "Oh, and he said that he'd be doing some review of the testing he and Noburi have done on the Vampiric Dew bloodline and the implications for Summoning and Shadow Clones. He thought there was a pretty good chance that he would finally be willing to tell us the answers that he figured out weeks ago and has been stalling on giving us...oops, I mean, he said he would try to have a progress report ready for after the adoption paperwork was dealt with."

"Ah," Hazō said faintly.

"Yyyup."

"Right." Hazō couldn't make his brain work for several seconds, but eventually he shook it off and turned to his sister.

"Keiko, there is a lot going on in our lives that would be more easily resolved with access to the Seventh Path. I acknowledge and respect your moral concerns regarding the Pangolin and Condor Clans and will not ask you to do anything you object to. I accept that I may not have a perfect understanding of where you draw those lines and I therefore state very clearly that my ideas and requests are simply that—ideas and requests. I promise that I will hold no animus if you reject them. I also do not wish to place you in an awkward position where your loyalties to the Gōketsu are misaligned with your loyalties to the Nara. Therefore, before getting into specifics I would like to propose some general topics and have you provide insight on whether or not you would be comfortable discussing them further. Is this acceptable to you?"

"Thank you, Hazō, for putting such effort into considering and respecting my feelings. I wish to state that, despite my marriage and whatever difficulties may have occurred at the time of my departure from this house, I am still loyal to the Gōketsu clan and to the ideals of Uplift that you—that we—embody. When the interests of the Nara and the Gōketsu conflict, I have a legal obligation to place the interests of the Nara first. With that stipulated, Shikamaru is, for the most part, positively inclined to you in particular and the Gōketsu in general. He recognizes the value of most of your ideals, even though he thinks that some of them are dangerously bad, and that your approach is often suboptimal and/or naïve. Given these facts, you should not ask me to actively keep secrets from the Nara but there are broad swaths of possibility-space in which I can help."

Noburi snorted in amusement. "It's always fun watching the two of you do this dance."

Hazō shot his brother a glare and then spent several seconds digesting Keiko's statement. "I see. Alright. Well, to start, I would like to discuss sending more messages to Seventh Path inhabitants. After that, I would like to discuss non-military trade between the Human Path and the Seventh Path. Are these topics open for further discussion in your mind?"

Keiko considered. "I have no objection to the general idea of discussing further messages to the Seventh Path. To whom specifically did you wish to send messages, and with what content?"

Hazō thought carefully before continuing. "There is a non-Leaf organization that it would be useful to engage with. They have an extremely large amount of potential influence that could significantly advance many of our goals. I believe, however, that contact between the Gōketsu and this organization would be disapproved of by the Hokage. Should I continue with this conversation or would it be better if you could honestly say that I had given no specifics?"

"You wish to contact Akatsuki, you recognize that this would be considered treason and an excuse to execute the entire Gōketsu clan, and therefore you wish to send a message to the Crows and the Sharks—the Summon Clans allied, respectively, with Uchiha Itachi and Hoshigaki Kisame—asking them to have their Summoners contact the Gōketsu as soon as possible. You will then take this to the Hokage, claiming that you had no part in initiating the conversation and are reporting it immediately, as is your duty as loyal Leaf ninja. You will then suggest that Leaf could ally themselves with Akatsuki in order to prevent, or at least influence the outcome of, the upcoming Fourth World War."

Hazō didn't even feel a twinge of surprise. "I have to say, I've missed these conversations," he said with a smile.

Surprisingly, Keiko smiled slightly in response. "I as well. Your thought patterns are refreshingly unpredictable until the conversation actually begins. It is a pleasure and a relief to engage with the Nara, but there is something about the energy of Team Uplift that I still find appealing." She paused. "In small doses."

Hazō chuckled. "Yes, well, let's move expeditiously through this one. In addition to the Crows and the Sharks, I'd also like to send a message to the Mara. Grandmaster F is their Summoner and, given her level of authority in Cloud right now, she might be our best chance to prevent the war. Are you willing to send the messages?"

She glanced at Mari and Noburi. "Has he discussed this with the two of you?"

Mari nodded. "Yes, after Yuno went to bed and before you arrived. Kagome was given the choice to participate or to not have to attempt to conceal dangerous information. He chose to go make explosives."

"I see." She thought for a moment, then turned back to Hazō. "Yes. I am willing to send your messages and will do so as soon as we conclude here. What was your second topic?"

"Trade. I can go into the rationale later, but the final conclusion is that I would find it useful to trade with the Pangolins. Non-combat items only—lantern seals, wood and other natural resources, that sort of thing. Storage scrolls have too much military utility, so not those. Explosives and implosives are, obviously, right out. Usamatsu's Glorious Life-Giving Purifiers, probably. Maybe Tunneler's Friends, although the pangolins might already have something equivalent. What do you think?"

Keiko considered. "This is an area where my Gōketsu and Nara interests may be in conflict. I will need to discuss it with Shikamaru, but I should be able to get back to you tomorrow."

Hazō nodded. "Understood. Thank you." He smiled. "Well, that's all the hard stuff. On a more pleasant topic, we want to have another games night. Are you available the night after tomorrow?"

She smiled. "I would like that very much."





XP AWARD: 3

Brevity XP: 1

Author's Notes:
Most of the rest of this plan doesn't interest me and I don't have the energy to write it even if there were time in the real-life day or the in-game day. Here's answers so you can get on with planning:
  • No, Yuno did not speak to Ami.
  • Yes, Ami has the taxidermied octocat plushy and is appreciative despite the fact that it's horrible.
  • Mari thinks Yuno is a great lever to seize power in Isan, so long as she can be sent home with a solid binding to a major clan in Leaf and thereby become 'never a missing-nin'. That probably means marrying Neji (because he's the Hokage's kid) or Noburi (because he's the brother of the Summoner and of a Clan Head), or one of a handful of others.
  • Kagome doesn't remember much about religion in Cloud. It wasn't discussed a lot at school, and he went there young. Blah blah sages blah blah chanting blah blah holy scriptures that were shatteringly boring and made no sense.
  • Noburi isn't opposed to the idea of marrying Yuno, finds it vaguely appealing, but doesn't understand his own feelings very well and is worried that his attraction to Yuno/the idea of marrying Yuno are rooted in guilt instead of actual desire for the girl in question.
  • You asked Mari to forcefully remind you to discuss outside-context problems with Team Uplift within two days.
  • You didn't ask Tsunade to check Noburi's suitability for Summoning and SC, since it makes sense to give Kabuto a chance first. If he jerks you around you can do it tomorrow or the next day.
  • You sent one of your totally-not-branch-family ninja to locate and purchase a tavern/inn for you. He found a tavern (i.e. a bar that serves some food but does not have bedrooms) called The Naked Jaybird (it has a picture of a plucked bluejay on a sign out front) and made an offer to the owner. He accepted. It was damaged by the seal failure; the place is missing two walls and the insides have suffered a lot of storm damage, but it's yours.
  • Invitations have gone out for your games night, which will be on the evening of the 15. The following people have RSVP'd in the positive: Team Gai, Keiko, all of the 31 KEI ninja who live on your property (which includes Nakano and his friends), Hinata, Hanabi, Kiba, Shikamaru, Ino, Chōji, Honoka and her family, and several kids from the minor clans that I can't be bothered to make up names for right now. There are a few 'maybe' replies floating around.
  • The rest of the plan has not happened yet.


It is now about midnight on February 13. Yuno is asleep in the guest room, Kabuto is due for late breakfast/early brunch tomorrow, around 10:30 or 11.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, October 16, 2019, at 12pm London time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 293: Ominous Foreshadowing



February 13, 1069 AS

It was nighttime at the Gōketsu compound (and hopefully everywhere else, or Noburi was going to have to have a word with Hazō about sealing safety). The building was silent, with the exception of Kagome's snores from down the hall—Kagome was somehow able to snore only in safe territory, as they'd found out after several months of living here. That, and the beating of his own heart, were the only things Noburi could hear as he stood outside Yuno's door preparing to knock.

"Come in!"

The sight that met Noburi's eyes was stunning. Yuno was sitting on the bed, brushing her hair, dressed only in a pink nightgown. He'd seen her in a dress before (exactly once), but he'd never experienced somebody radiating so much pure femininity in his vicinity. (Mari radiated a peculiar combination of mischief and control whenever not depressed, while Keiko radiated an undefinable Keikoness, and also had a tendency to try to murder anyone who dropped by her room late enough to see her in her pyjamas). If Yuno's hair looked so lovely down, why did she go to all the effort of braiding it every morning? Maybe he could ask her to—Noburi cut that thought off with an edge of alarm. It was inappropriate for so many reasons.

And then there was the nightgown, and the contours it did a wonderfully poor job of concealing…

Yuno crossed her arms over her chest defensively on registering his gaze. "I thought you were Akane!"

Noburi could see her beginning to blush, and realised that she was going to panic and kick him out within a matter of seconds (and, in some ways, rightly so, what with it being after 4 p.m. and him being without a female chaperone).

"Nononono!" he flailed his arms placatingly. "I wasn't ogling you! I was just…"—think, Noburi, think!—"admiring the craftsmanship of your dressing gown. It's very impressive, especially the lace."

"Oh." Yuno seemed to accept the world's feeblest excuse with grace. Noburi wondered if he'd caught a trace of disappointment mixed in with the relief. "Thank you. I made it myself."

"You can sew?" Noburi asked, trying to keep the conversation going, and especially to steer Yuno further away from any ogling-related topics. The nightgown really was professional-quality, and wouldn't look out of place in former seduction specialist Mari's ever-growing collection of sleepwear.

"Sewing, cooking, cleaning, laundry, home decoration…" Yuno listed off-handedly. "I try to pick up useful skills when I'm not practising the Mountain Cleaver Style."

Noburi did his best to ignore the fact that he was alone in the bedroom with a beautiful older girl separated from nudity by a single piece of thin cloth, and moved on to business.

"Listen, can we talk?"

"I suppose we should."

Noburi sat down on one end of the bed. Yuno promptly moved to the other.

"Yuno…" he said. "I'm sorry. For everything."

"You made a promise," Yuno said. "You were supposed to be with me till the end of our days. Did you ever want that, or were you planning to betray me from the very start?"

What had he wanted? In the beginning, it had just been an embarrassing mistake that their superiors decided to roll with. Yes, they'd standing been next to the Betrothal Stone, which Yuno had just told him was used by two people to become betrothed. But how could he have known that asking her if she was single, in a village where everything to do with love was cripplingly indirect, could be interpreted as a proposal?

It was only afterwards that he came to see Yuno in a different light. She was shy, but so incredibly strong. She endured everything a cruel world had to throw at her, without ever giving up. She was gentle, despite everything, and caring even though she'd never had anyone to care about. If he'd been able to spend more time with her, to deepen that developing bond… If he'd been more of a man, and resolved to face the difficulties of an early marriage head-on—Keiko had been able to do it, at much greater cost—instead of running away because he didn't feel ready…

"I wasn't ready to marry you," Noburi said quietly. "I did like you, and I think I was starting to… to fall…"

He couldn't say it. But Yuno's eyes widened slightly in a way that suggested he might not have to.

"I wasn't ready to marry anyone. I never meant to propose to you. That's the truth. But, looking back, maybe I should have become ready, tried to grow up, instead of…"

Yuno nodded. "I should have handled it differently too. You betrayed me, Endo… Gōketsu…"

"Noburi," he said. "For you, Noburi."

"You betrayed me, Noburi, but afterwards, I realised I'd betrayed myself as well. There were so many different things I could have done to stop you from leaving until I found a way to change your mind, and instead I just went off and cried.

"After all, I'd made a promise too."

She looked up at him.

"I promised you I'd never let anything take you away from me. Not ever."

The intensity of the 2.8 seconds made Noburi shiver.

"So where do we go from here?" he asked.

"I don't know," Yuno said. "It's never just about the two of us, is it? I mean, Isan can burn for all I care, everyone twisting and screaming in agony until the thick smoke from the remains of their homes fills their lungs, and their limbs burst into flame, consuming the skin, melting the fat, incinerating the muscle, and charring the bone, and they're still conscious to feel it all, and all they can see is an endless sea of flames with no escape and no hope, and no one willing to put them out of their misery…" She stared dreamily into the distance.

"B-But you still came here to save it," Noburi said a few seconds later, after making not-very-successful effort at repressing the mental images.

"Yes." Yuno's eyes refocused. "It's still the only home I ever had. The place I grew up in. Maybe if an outside influence, somebody who wasn't bound by the same laws and prejudices, reached out to it and offered it a different way to exist…

"Besides," she added after a second, "I refuse to let the High Priest have his way. He took a village full of deeply pious people ready to lay down their lives in the name of Akio's teachings, and turned them into religious fanatics willing to throw them away in the name of Ui's. He took away our faith, the one thing in Isan that was pure."

"Pure? But…"

"You mean how I'm the cursed child?" Yuno asked. "Obviously that wasn't in Akio's original teachings. Ui's own apprentice, the man who founded Isan, can't have preached anything so cruel. It must have been added later, after the village turned corrupt.

"The Hokage's nephew is supposed to be a great man," she said out of nowhere. "The Hokage says he's spent years enduring great tests of will for the sake of his team. He held his own in battle at the Chūnin Exam, and only recently accomplished great feats of diplomacy against intractable opponents. He's proved his readiness to sacrifice both his life and his dignity for the greater good. He's the man the Pangolin Summoner has named her personal rival. And, of course, he is in line to inherit leadership of the world's greatest clan."

That last one gave Noburi pause, until it occurred to him that technically every Hyūga was in line to inherit. It was just a matter of how many you were willing to kill first.

"I wonder what his reading of Hidden Leaf's political situation would be…" Yuno said meaningfully.

He wondered whether to enlighten Yuno as to exactly what kind of man Hyūga Neji was, but ultimately decided that bad-mouthing his so-called rival in love in front of the girl in question the second he was mentioned might come across as childishly competitive. When it came to matters of the heart, as he'd so agonisingly learned, timing was everything.

"And is that what you want?" he asked instead.

It was a while before Yuno spoke.

"You know what I want," she said in an unreadable voice. "But it might be too late. There are some things you can only get right the first time."

A flicker of rebellious anger passed through Noburi. "That's romantic fantasy claptrap! Even Jiraiya's novels are full of second chances, and they're normally as good a guide to real love as forest tracks are to sky squid migration. Heck, there was one couple in Mist that remarried each other after an official divorce. The Mizukage's clerks had to invent new forms and everything."

"Divorce?" Yuno asked uncertainly.

"Well, yeah. After they got married, they had some sort of irreconcilable conflict—I think a pelican was involved—so they got divorced. It's not illegal."

"You mean they were able to end the marriage and become unmarried again… just because? Without anyone dying or being declared unclean or anything? And their elders let them?"

"What did their elders have to do with it?" Noburi asked in bewilderment. "It wasn't a political marriage or anything."

Yuno took a while to soak this in.

"So in other words, in your culture, you're allowed to try marrying someone, and if you decide it was a mistake, you can just stop being married and go do something else."

"There's a ritual, and you have to pay a fine to the Mizukage's Office, but basically, yeah."

Only at the last moment did he realise where this was going.

"YOU MEAN YOU CARED FOR ME, AND YOU COULD HAVE UNMARRIED ME AT ANY TIME IF IT DIDN'T WORK OUT, AND THEN YOU ABANDONED ME BECAUSE YOU 'WEREN'T READY'?"

Ah, crap.

"Get out," Yuno hissed. "Get out before I give Satsuko what she wants."

All in all, Noburi reflected back in the safety of his own room (after temporarily barricading the door and opening the window in case he needed to dive out of it), that could have gone better.



-o-​



February 14, 1069 AS

Keiko paced back and forth across the living room, wringing her hands nervously in front of her. She had refused hot chocolate.

"This is wholly and exclusively my fault. I possessed the necessary data. I should have drawn conclusions, or, more sensibly, shared my perceptions with the rest of the team and trusted them to compensate for my social obliviousness."

"It's not your fault, Keiko," Hazō said, ignoring the déjà vu. "If what you say is right, you only caught a glimpse. All things considered, I'd have doubted my eyes too."

"I should have noticed!" Keiko exclaimed. "His eyes, perpetually vacant, shone with a gleam I should have recognised. I have observed you at the successful completion of an experiment. In comparison, Azai resembled a sealmaster activating a newly-researched Ars Magna seal!"

That brought Hazō up short. "You know about the Ars Magna seal?"

"Of course," Keiko paused. "My summoning studies covered a variety of legendary seals, and the practical and ethical issues relating to discovery of each kind. As you can imagine, it was an issue relevant to both summoner activity and Isan's immediate situation."

"Then…" Hazō said slowly, "you know sealing?"

Keiko shook her head. "I have previously compiled a detailed list of ways to end my own life, and the study of sealing is perhaps thirtieth on it.

"Regardless, this is a diversion. Neither the Ars Magna, nor the Symbol of Torment, nor Arisato's Great Seal are relevant to our present problem."

Hazō nodded. "I brought up the possibility of trying to replicate the latter with Kagome in case we were ever attacked by aliens from the moon. I'm still not exactly sure what he said—there was too much shrieking—but I think spiders coming out of people's eyesockets were involved."

Keiko went back to pacing. Her voice, when it came, was a little faster than normal.

"I do not believe exploiting the tapirs as an attack vector is wise. They are a key part of Isan's religious structure, and that we should not attempt to demolish. We wish to foment discontent with Azai, not provoke the wrath of the villagers ourselves. Nor can I confidently assert that my influence as the Pangolin Summoner will be sufficient on its own. If Azai's strategy is as Gasai describes it, he will surely repeat that Akio's mission is irrelevant now that it has been fulfilled. If he is as cunning an opponent as he appears, he will factor the Pangolin Summoner, his chief threat on the religious level, into this narrative."

"You're saying your religious status won't help us?" Hazō asked. "Ouch. I figured that was the strongest card we had to play."

"On the contrary," Keiko said. "We may have allies within the village who can aid us with leveraging my position. As with the recent elections, where direct confrontation was not an option, it may be possible to recruit those disenfranchised or at risk from Azai's regime. Takahashi-sensei possesses the wisdom to penetrate Azai's deception, and there may be others among the sidelined clan heads who resent their loss of influence. Their central position within the village community is still within recent memory. As the lorekeeper and the former religious leader respectively, Inoue and Aida could be persuaded to repress their enmity towards us if it meant regaining control. Assuming, of course, that they have not already been subverted or converted."

"Hooray for meddling in Isan's politics," Hazō muttered. "How I missed it. So how do we conspire with them without immediate backlash from Azai?"

"That goes beyond what I am able to generate on my own," Keiko admitted. "I will, of course, assist with any ideas you propose yourself."

"Not your fault," Hazō said. "You're being more than helpful. What about the Sacred Spiritual Seekers of the Scaly Sage? (I was going to call them the SSSSS, but I can't think of a way to do it without sounding like an idiot or a snake.) Nobody's going to side with them, and therefore with the High Priest, if they find out what they're really like—assuming they're Orochimaru's former minions the way they blatantly sound. Actually, we should check with Dr Yakushi on that one. He might know if Orochimaru had other apprentices."

"What exactly do you propose?" Keiko asked. "I note that if this group has access to any of his research, they would be dangerous foes to provoke. None of us can so much as speculate about the full extent of Orochimaru's secrets."

"Right," Hazō said. "Handle Orochimaru-related stuff with care. We learned that one the hard way. We could bribe them, though. Right now, we're holding the biggest collection of Orochimaru-related material in the world. Also, we're stinking rich."

Keiko nodded. "Quite. I can envision no scenario in which providing resources to the followers of one of Leaf's, nay, the world's most dangerous missing-nin, could have negative repercussions, whether in terms of further violations of the natural order, or of this clan being accused of treason. I will remind you that they have not received any form of pardon."

"There has to be some way we can use them," Hazō said. "This is a unique opportunity. Anything Orochimaru left behind that doesn't try to eat our faces could be the key to his immortality research. If we play our cards right, maybe we can use this as a starting point to exploit his whole network."

"It is curious how the period after I married into the Nara Clan and ceased regularly spending time at this compound overlaps so neatly with the period during which you appear to have been doing nothing but plotting various forms of treason," Keiko mused. "If Jiraiya had only known…"



-o-​



Mori stared fixedly at the octocat plushie. The octocat plushie stared even more fixedly at her. The apparent contest of wills went on for several seconds, until—

"Squeee! This is amazing!" Mori bounced. "You're the best little brother ever!"

"I'm not your little brother, Ami," Hazō said flatly.

"Yes, you are," Mori said, holding the plushie aloft like a trophy (which Hazō supposed it was), "by the transitive property. We've been over this. I'm Keiko's sister. You're Keiko's brother. Therefore I am your sister. You must be so proud.

"Also, you just gave me a plushie. That seals it—you see me as family. I'm willing to bet anything that Keiko is the only other person you've ever given a stuffed toy to. What was it, by the way?"

The question triggered Hazō's danger sense. If he flat-out denied it, Mori would definitely seize on it as proof that he was treating her more affectionately than his own sister, and that would open the door for headaches unimaginable. But if he made something up, she might ask Keiko for confirmation. Or worse, maybe she had already, and this was all a test for purposes equally unimaginable.

Then, as his gaze fell once more on the octocat, inspiration struck.

I gave her a toy black kitten," he said with semi-feigned awkwardness. "But I was embarrassed, so I did it anonymously. I'd appreciate it if you didn't tell her that was me."

"Ah," Mori said after a second, "So you are the one behind the Gōketsu Keiko Fan Club."

Wait, what?

"Wait, what?"

"I attended her wedding," Mori reminded him, "and her banner was in evidence."

"I fail to see the connection with me," Hazō said, trusting in the Iron Nerve to keep his expression neutral. In fact, he chose to look slightly annoyed at the unfair accusation. "There must be all kinds of ways they could have found out that she loves black kittens."

Mori's eyes narrowed, locking onto his. Her grin disappeared. "Keiko is fourteen, female, small of stature, and with poor capacity for social self-expression. She is attempting to present herself as an adult in a society where many dismiss her as a child whose status and combat power are unearned gifts from superior allies. With that in mind, what is the probability of her sharing her toy preferences with strangers, or indeed anyone?"

"It was probably just a lucky guess," Hazō insisted. "I'm sure plenty of children like kittens."

"And the civilians were so confident in their powers of intuition that they embraced the design as the chief decoration for their congratulatory banner without a second thought.

"She appreciates snowflake patterns. This is easily deduced from the clothes she wears, at least with the frequency of observation expected from a fan club. As a point of fact, a blue snowflake is the club logo.

"Alternative options abound." She tapped her fingers one by one. "The Gōketsu symbol. The Nara symbol. The Will of Fire symbol. A combination of two or three. Conventional flowers, or banal hearts. Then, too, Leaf must have a wealth of its own wedding symbolism. How intriguing that they ignored all of these options in favour of black kittens.

"it's nothing to be ashamed of." Mori beamed. "In fact, it earns you bonus points in my book. I needed to find the club leader to discuss bonus funding anyway, so at some point you and I will have to have a long chat about that. Don't worry, I don't have any reason to tell Keiko."

Hazō shivered despite himself.

"By the way," Mori said, changing the subject before he had time to come up with a counter, "when are you getting this thing reanimated?"

Hazō blinked. "What, the octocat?"

"What else? I mean, you're trying to change the future so that there's no more war and suffering and mankind pulls out of its slow decline, and you got yourself adopted by the world's greatest sealmaster, and you deliberately bought the old home of the legendary immortal who supposedly recovered from multiple fatal wounds at Nagi Island, and you got your brother trained as a medic-nin by said immortal's apprentice, and you got access to the world's greatest medic-nin as your de facto aunt, and between you and the other sealmaster, you're already making world-changing inventions… Honestly, I'd be deeply disappointed in you if you weren't researching eternal life in some shape by now.

"In brief, I want this octocat as a full-fledged pet. Won't you do it for your beloved big sister?" She gave him doe eyes. "Pretty please?"

Hazō gave her a weary look back. "Without commenting on anything else at all whatsoever, if I ever have the power to revive dead octocats, I'll think about it."

"Great. I'll keep this one in mint condition." Ami grinned.

"I have not had the opportunity to observe your stress responses and application of social techniques in the recent past," she added coolly, "so my options for comparative study have been limited. Thank you for taking this time to respond to non-standard stimuli. As an expression of my appreciation, I will forego any of the more invasive testing procedures on this occasion, with a single noteworthy exception."

Her gaze narrowed as it travelled across his face and up and down his body. Had her expression not been completely blank, it might even have come across as flirting.

"A messenger arrived from Mist a week ago. Although no official announcement has yet been made, the Mizukage has appointed me Mist's ambassador to the Village Hidden in the Leaves. My return home will therefore be delayed indefinitely.

"We're going to have so much fun together, little brother!"



-o-​



February 15, 1069 AS

"Welcome! Welcome! Oh, Suzume, thanks for coming! How's your leg? Sorry to hear that. Welcome! Welcome! Ami, I see you brought the octocat! Yuno, thanks for coming! I wasn't sure I'd see you here!"

"We still have unresolved..."

"I figured. Talk later? Welcome! Nakano, great to see you! Honoka, Kagome says he can't wait to play with you! Welcome! Welcome! Welcome!"

Mari's suggestion that the clan head personally greet (and count) all their guests as they came in was paying good dividends in making him seem like a great (and egalitarian) host, but it was also exhausting. Hazō was already worried if he'd have enough energy to get revenge on Mori for her monsters' use of three-dimensional battle tactics just because the adventure was set underwater.

So far, it was less of a gaming night and more of a gaming nightmare. Over forty guests. What had he been thinking? Mori was somewhere out there warping the social fabric of reality and he didn't have time to keep track of her. Many of the clanless ninja were overwhelmed and seeking guidance which he didn't have time to give them. And Dr Yakushi was reclining in an armchair, watching a game of Strategic Dominance while periodically smiling to himself for no apparent reason.

It was going to be a long, long night.



-o-​



Click!

"How do you like that, Keiko? Let's see your sealmasters complete that array after my jōnin is done massacring them!"

"Curses," Kei said in a completely deadpan voice. "Shiori, you have once more foiled my plans with a completely unexpected move. Whatever shall I do."

Slide.

"Teleport."

Click.

"How curious," Kei continued. "Your jōnin appears to have found himself in Noodle, where he will be forced to instead massacre Shikamaru's medic-nin squad. All dice must be rolled irrespective of verbal alliances, as per page three of the errata. With that, I believe we are ready to move on to the battle phase. Tenten, if you would?"

"She's taking on Gōketsu's elite hunter-nin squad with a single logistics genin," sneered Kanzaki Yurie (seventeen, Wind Element specialist chūnin of moderate ability, second-generation shinobi, KEI member in good standing and Class II voluntary contributor). "What are the odds?"

Kei gave her a calm look. "One."

Tenten picked up a single six-sided die.

Thunk.

"Six. One hit and roll again," Keiko stated for the benefit of the audience.

Thunk.

"Six. One hit and roll again."

Thunk.

"Six. One hit and roll again."

Thunk.

"Six. One hit and roll again."

Thunk.

"Six. One hit and roll again."

Thunk.

"Six. One hit and roll again."

Thunk.

"Six. One hit and roll again."

Thunk.

"Six. One hit. Battle over. Proceeding to the next region."

"Oh, hey, runt, Tenten," Ami called out from the doorway, a plate of sweet potatoes in each hand. "Brought you snacks. Catch!"

Ami threw the first plate. Given that she was a jōnin and also perfect at any task she attempted, the plate and its contents naturally stayed exactly even as they travelled in a slow arc above the table. Kei and Tenten reached out simultaneously.

The back of Tenten's hand touched the back of hers. A lightning shock travelled through Kei's body. She jerked her hand back. Tenten caught the plate.

A deathly silence filled the room. A few knew, by this point, that she did not take well to being touched. Others could read the atmosphere.

Kei and Tenten were not quite ready to cross that line. Soon, she hoped, they would be able to progress their relationship to the next stage, but not yet, and certainly not in public.

After a few seconds to calm her breathing, she turned to give Tenten a disparaging look. Tenten, bowing her head apologetically, offered her a sweet potato. Kei casually took it and returned to contemplating the state of the board.

Shatter!

Ami had dropped her plate.



-o-​



"Gōketsu." Hyūga Neji pushed through the crowd, scowling at Hazō for no reason Hazō could imagine.

"What is it, Hyūga?"

"I'm not saying I mind the invitation, but there's hardly room to breathe with all the skinwastes around." He waved in the direction of a clanless ninja Hazō thought was named Kitada. "Was it truly necessary to invite all this unwashed rabble?"

"Unwashed rabble?" Kitada inquired politely. "Might I have your name, sir?"

"Hyūga Neji," Hyūga snapped. "Not that I see why I should give it to the likes of you."

"Hyūga Neji," Kitada repeated. "I'll be sure to let the other thirty KEI ninja know. Actually, I'm pretty sure all three of the Coordinators are here tonight as well, and they like to stay informed about this sort of thing."

He gave an innocent smile.

"You have yourself a good gaming night, Hyūga Neji, sir."

Hazō took the opportunity to move on, leaving Hyūga staring at Kitada's retreating back.



-o-​



"She's absolutely right," Hanabi exclaimed to an intrigued Yuno. "You should stretch the hand of friendship out to all in need. How else are you supposed to bring them in so you can manipulate them into doing what you want?"

"I see." Yuno nodded. "And that is when you lure them into the basement and sacrifice them to this Lord Jashin."

Akane facepalmed. "The Spirit of Youth is not about sacrificing people to Jashin. It's about joy at the wonder of the world, and the outpouring of that joy into everything you do."

"Right," Yuno said. "So you're combining joy and blood sacrifice. Where's the contradiction?"

"Exactly," Hanabi said. "You invite those in need and show them the joy that comes with youthfulness. Then you sacrifice some of them to Lord Jashin so he blesses the rest. Then they go out and recruit more people by showing off how joyful and blessed they are. It's a self-reinforcing cycle."

"That makes sense," Yuno said. "So you have an ever-growing community founded on faith and mutual sacrifice. And because Lord Jashin doesn't discriminate, this community welcomes everyone equally."

"You know," Hanabi said thoughtfully, "my cousin is already doing something like that. Maybe we can ask him for advice. Ooh, we could call ourselves the Church of Happiness!"

"Yes." Yuno gave a slow smile. "Happiness for everyone."



-o-​



You have gathered additional information on Cloud's religion. This wasn't as difficult as you expected, since Cloud is the only hidden village known to send out proselytisers. The reports also helped jog Kagome's memory.

The religion does not have a name because it is the only thing a sane person can believe. You are either religious, or you are a misguided fool in urgent need of conversion. In interactions with the outside world, it is simply "the truth", or, at the most liberal, "the spiritual truth". The religion is founded around the sutras, scrolls of wisdom allegedly left behind by the Sage of Six Paths and containing his teachings. Mastering said wisdom is said to bring one closer to the Sage in both power and enlightenment, and it is speculated that the more advanced teachings (unavailable to the general public) include powerful ninjutsu and other shinobi secrets.

While everyone in Cloud is at least nominally a lay worshipper, the more dedicated monks gather in clifftop monasteries where they can better focus on their studies. The monasteries are not solely religious institutions, as each possesses a certain number of original sutras, and provides specialised ninja training derived from those sutras to those deemed worthy. Cloud uses special terminology to reflect its unique nature as heirs of the Sage, such as "warrior monks" for special jōnin and jōnin, and "chakra oracles" for sensory ninja. Grandmaster F's monastery of origin is unknown, as is her position within it.

The Raiyoke are well-known bearers of wisdom. They occupy senior positions within multiple monasteries due to their effortless mastery of scriptures that can take years or decades of study for ordinary monks. While they will accept any Cloud supplicant who comes to them seeking instruction, they can be difficult to communicate with due to their absolute lack of interest in the wider world. Some suspect that they would never set foot outside their monasteries if they were no longer requested or commanded to involve themselves in village life. Grandmaster F left the monastery after Kagome's time, so he can't speculate as to why she bucks the trend.



-o-​



Kabuto was forced to cancel brunch because something came up. Instead, he sent a note suggesting that you talk after the games night.



-o-​



Hiashi intends to send Hazō, Keiko, Mari, and Kabuto to Isan. There will be at least one Hyūga monitor, and potentially other hand-picked Leaf ninja. Mari notes that the Gōketsu will be vulnerable without both her and Hazō, but the orders have been given. However, the expedition cannot commence until the Yuno issue is settled, determining whether it will be Noburi or an "unspecified" Hyūga husband that accompanies her.

A messenger has been sent to find Tsunade, but no word has arrived as of this time.



-o-​



Hazō believes that finding a way to fill a macerator with molten iron and cold water is the easiest of his ideas, since it does not require him to invent a new kind of seal.



-o-​



You have received 4 XP.

There will be no voting.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 294: Housing Projects
Chapter 294: Housing Projects

Hazō had decided to change up his Jutsu Wars playstyle this time. Instead of the "steal everyone else's stuff" control strategy that he'd used in the past, this time he was going with a straightforward "control territory, draw a crapton of cards because of it, and use them to beat face" plan. It had worked well thus far; Naruto HorseFeathers, Naruto DemonDropper, and Ino had all been forced out of the game twenty minutes ago (at which point they had promptly wandered off to pillage the buffet table), and by sticking to the eastern continent Hazō had avoided getting embroiled in the Shikamaru vs Kiba vs Mari slugging match.

Unfortunately, Noburi was in the game, partnered with Yuno at Mari's insistence. Noburi either had a burr up his butt about something unrelated to the game (possibly the 'forcibly being partnered with the girl with whom he was having drama' thing) and was looking to spread the misery, or he had played against Hazō in enough board games that he had learned to target him early and often. Possibly both. Regardless, through annoyingly skillful diplomacy and dealmaking with the other players, he and a remarkably canny Yuno had successfully starved Hazō of the resources necessary to mount a significant defence. As a result, Hazō had been forced out of every territory except Sky, and things weren't looking good there either. The Nobuno alliance had piled troops up in Wolf while the Asumenai team had just picked up the dice and were preparing to rampage in from Bird and gut him.

Fortunately, that was about to change. For the last three turns, Hazō had been stubbornly holding onto a collection of cards that were utterly useless on their own, hoping to draw a match for at least one subset. Keiko would have berated him for his low-probability play, but she also would have surrendered five turns ago if she'd been in his position. Had she seen what he'd just drawn, she probably would have thrown up her hands in exasperation at how fickle the hand of fate could be.

"Ready?" Asuma asked his teammate and totally-not-girlfriend, giving his die a preliminary shake. The predatory grin on his face would have done a megalodon proud.

"Born ready," Kurenai replied, her matching grin looking disturbingly at home on such delicate features as she rattled her own die. "Three, two—"

"Interrupt: False Flag," Hazō said with a smile, laying down a card. "Strength sixteen."

Kurenai frowned. "You've only got ten cards in hand."

"Hm, so I do," Hazō said, feigning disappointment. "Well, I guess my False Flag fails...oh, hang on. Interrupt: Research Breakthrough. Interrupt: Future Dream. Interrupt: Speed of the Sage. I'll target Winds of Fortune. Interrupt: Reality Distortion, strength two." He lay down the three Interrupt cards, one after another, placed the Winds of Fortune next to Speed of the Sage, and tucked two other cards face-down under the Reality Distortion to pay for the specified strength.

Across the table, Mari groaned and leaned back in her chair.

Asumenai blinked in tandem, then picked up the cards and examined them carefully, leaning their heads together so they could read the cards at the same time.

"'Research Breakthrough: Draw 1d3+1 cards'," Kurenai murmured. "'Future Dream: Look at the top two cards of your deck. Put them back in any order.' 'Speed of the Sage: Replace this card on the stack with an instance of a target main-phase card from your hand.' 'Winds of Fortune: Choose a card on the next lower priority level. Replace that card with 1d3 instances of that card, all at that same priority level. Roll to see which player controls each instance.' 'Reality Distortion: Pay N cards. Choose a card on the next lower priority level. Replace any single number on that card with N.'" They looked at each other, frowning.

"Okay, I don't get it," Kurenai said. "Distort the Winds of Fortune to be 2d3 instead of 1d3, sure. And of course you'll roll max on both dice. What's the Future Dream for? Why aren't you using Winds of Fortune on the Research Breakthrough instead?"

"I'll show you," Hazō said helpfully. "The Reality Distortion goes off first. As you guessed, I'm going to replace the '1' on the Winds of Fortune with a '2'." He tossed the Reality Distortion and the two face-down cards into the discard pile. "Now, before the Winds of Fortune resolves, I'll play an Interrupt: Twinned Fate." He showed his final card, then tossed it on the discard pile. "Like any newly-cast jutsu, it goes on the top of the stack so it resolves next. When it does, it replaces the card below it on the stack with two equal-priority instances of that card. There's now two Winds of Fortune, both of which have been Distorted to be 2d3 instead of 1d3. They're equal priority so when they resolve they will both affect the Future Dream. Oh, but wait! I'll use an Interrupt: Shifting Fortune to push one of the Winds of Fortune instances down one priority level."

Asumenai groaned in tandem and sat back in their chairs. Kiba looked confused. Mari shook her head and smiled. Shikamaru slumped forward onto the table, head on folded arms.

"Now I let the first Winds resolve and I roll 2d3," Hazō continued, trying not to smirk. He took the dice and, unsurprisingly, rolled a pair of sixes, which divided down into a pair of threes. "Let's see...there's two cards on the next lower priority level. Hm, should I target the Winds of Fortune or the Future Dream? Hm. Hmmmmmmm. Decisions, decisions."

"Don't be smug, Hazō," Mari chided. "That's Noburi's schtick."

"Hey!"

Yuno laughed.

"As I was saying, I'm having the first Winds of Fortune target the second Winds of Fortune instead of the Future Dream. It creates six equal-priority instances of Winds of Fortune. Let me just roll to see who controls each of them...me...me...me...me...me...me. Huh, look at that, I control all six! How lucky. The Winds of Fortune finishes resolving and clears." He tossed the card and the Speed of the Sage onto the discard pile. "The top of the stack is now Future Dream and six copies of the Distorted Winds of Fortune, with the Research Breakthrough on the priority level below that. I'll just get the Future Dream out of the way." He peeled the top two cards off his deck and dropped them back without more than glancing at them. "And now let's see how many copies of Research Breaththrough each of the Winds of Fortune is making."

Kurenai, Asuma, and Kiba were still watching intently. Shikamaru had folded his arms on the table and was repeatedly thumping his head on them. Noburi and Yuno had checked out as soon as Hazō started rolling dice and were now talking quietly while looking around the room. They had not been super excited about the idea when Mari made them be a team, but it had seemed to be working thus far, and apparently Noburi was happy to quietly fill her in on the other partygoers while Hazō was busy cleverly winning the game.

"Wow, look at that," Hazō said. "I rolled max for all the Winds of Fortune! That means there's thirty-six equal-priority copies of the Research Breakthrough on the stack. Let's check to see who controls each instance." He started rolling dice; the other players became more and more despondent.

"Yes, we get it, you control all of them," Kiba growled. "Get on with it." There was a loud chorus of agreement, along with a suggestion that he just skip to the 'drawing all the cards' part.

"Well, if you insist." Hazō started counting cards off his deck.

"Hah!" Kiba said as Hazō drew the last card from his deck with eighty-seven left to draw. "You decked yourself! I'll take your—"

"Hang on," Hazō said, pointing to one of the cards in his playspace. "I've still got the Mirror of the Ageless. It allows me to substitute a card draw for three chakra tokens." He helped himself to two hundred and sixty-one tokens. (There weren't enough, so he tossed some ryō into the box to serve as extras.)

Asuma took a deep breath and let it out slowly. "All right," he said. "Nicely done. Now you have the sixteen cards you need to pay for the False Flag. Let me guess: You want us to attack Yuno and Noburi in Wolf and Honey, right? Four units from Bird, three from Marsh, we force-march six in from Demon by burning a Hero's Water token for each of them so that they can cross two borders instead of one. The troops from Demon take two stress each from forced-marching an extra border, so they'll probably die in the assault. We'll still have to take three Misfortune token for not being able to field the full sixteen, and with all those cards and chakra you can snatch Bird, Marsh, and Demon on your turn." He shook his head, smiling ruefully. "I gotta admit, that's pretty slick."

Hazō grinned. "Oh, no. I want you to attack me, not Yunoburi."

"What?! We were in the middle of attacking you!"

"Yeah, but only with four units. I want you to attack with sixteen."

Asuma looked down at the board. "We don't even have sixteen units that we can attack you with. The ones in Demon can't survive the four stress from force-marching across three borders." He grimaced and glanced at Kurenai, then back at the board. "Four from Bird, three from Marsh on a forced march, the Yellow Flash teleports in...um...." He glanced at his teammate in mute appeal. "We really cannot afford six Misfortune."

Kurenai surveyed the board. "Four in Bird to start; they can attack for free. The three in Marsh burn their Hero's Water tokens to forced-march into Sky. Then we burn two chakra to let the Yellow Flash jump from Demon to Waterfall and back with a new load of Hero's Water. That would let three of the troops from Demon use three Hero's Water each: two to let them forced-march across three borders, and the third to prevent one stress so they don't die. Then we pay another chakra so the Yellow Flash can teleport directly to Sky for the assault."

Asuma was nodding, relieved. "Good eye. We'll probably lose the three from Demon since they'll be going into battle with their stress tracks full, but that's fine. That gets us up to eleven units. Then the three in Vegetable use their Gear: Transport Ship"—he lay the card down as he spoke—"and make an amphibious assault. They're bypassing two nations so they'll take two stress from the seasickness, but we've got fourteen units so it's only two Misfortune."

"Actually," Hazō said, smiling, "I think you'll find that, after the Yellow Flash does his supply run to Waterfalls, you could spend one chakra to let him jump from Demon to Fire, then he and two of your Chakra-Linked ANBU could join the attack by teleporting straight to Sky."

Asuma blinked and Kurenai looked appalled. "That would cost seventeen chakra," she said. "We've only got thirteen, so..."

"So you'll just have to spend that and four Hero's Water tokens," Hazō said helpfully. "The Yellow Flash takes four stress and dies on arrival, meaning that the ANBU he was transporting also die. Still, at least you had sixteen units in the assault, so you don't take any Misfortune." He waggled the False Flag card at them with a toothy grin. "Also, don't forget that you're obligated to meet the requirements using all resources currently on the board, so you don't have the option of not saccing the Yellow Flash."

Asuma and Kurenai both glared daggers at Hazō. The junior sealmaster was very careful not to let his gaze anywhere near Kurenai's face; no one wanted to meet the eye of an angry genjutsu mistress who had gone toe-to-toe—or, rather, eyeball-to-eyeball—with Uchiha Itachi.

"Fine, let's get it over with," Asuma said, resigned. He reached out for the tokens of his Demon troops and then paused, hand outstretched, and looked back over his shoulder. The sound level in the room had changed, a wave of silence sweeping closer and closer.

"What's going o—" Hazō's words cut off in mid-syllable as the crowd around them suddenly parted, everyone backing away quickly with faces pale and eyes wide as they stared at the new arrival sauntering up to the table.

"Good evening, nephew," said Orochimaru of the Sannin.

Hazō gaped.

"Oh, please don't get up, Asuma," Orochimaru said, lazily waving the scroll that he held in one delicate-fingered hand. The silver-dusted vellum scroll with the Hokage's red-wax seal. "As you're the Jōnin Commander, I'm assuming you're aware that I've been pardoned?"

Asuma seemed to visibly gather himself in order to ensure that his words came out calmly. "Yes, I am."

"Excellent!" Orochimaru glanced around at the two dozen terrified faces of the partygoers. "So nice to meet you all!" he said, smiling a smile that showed too many teeth and a forked tongue that was far too long for comfort. He surveyed the room, then heaved a sigh of satisfaction. "It certainly is nice to be home again."

"You..." Hazō stopped, not even sure where he'd been trying to go with that thought.

"Oh, that reminds me," Orochimaru said, turning back to the table. "You're in my house and I didn't invite you. I'm quite tired, so I'll thank you to be on your way. You can pick up your things tomorrow."

"...What?" It was the best that Hazō could do. His brain didn't seem to be working.

Orochimaru gave an exaggerated frown, not even pretending that his slit-pupiled eyes weren't dancing with amusement. "What what? You're in my house and I want to go to bed."

"It's our house! We bought it from the Tower!"

"I think you'll find that, as a jōnin of Leaf, I count as a one-person clan. The Tower does not have the right to expropriate clan property unless it can be demonstrated that all registered members of the clan are dead without assigned heirs."

"But...but you were a missing-nin!"

"Yes, but I wasn't dead. And I'm not missing anymore; Jiraiya gave me a full pardon and Hiashi countersigned it not an hour ago. The sale was illegal because the property never belonged to the Tower in the first place."

Hazō gaped, his mouth working like a landed fish. He turned in shocked entreaty to his brother-in-law.

"Shikamaru?"

The Nara Clan Head rubbed his head. "I would need to check the relevant legal texts," he admitted. "I am uncertain if jōnin have legal status as clans or are merely treated as such for tax purposes. Regardless, he's probably right about the rest of it. The expropriation laws were written by the First Hokage and have barely been amended since then. I would not be surprised if the phrase 'or goes missing' was overlooked."

Hazō turned back to the grinning lunatic in the middle of his living room. "That's...but... We paid millions for it."

Orochimaru shrugged. "That's hardly my problem, now is it? You'll need to talk with the Tower about getting your money refunded. I would ask for damages if I were you."

"..."

Orochimaru looked around at the party, then nodded his head thoughtfully. "I suppose it would be ungracious of me to show everyone the door when the party is going so well. And I suppose I owe the Gōketsu something for stocking the pantry." He pursed his lips, thinking for a moment, then turned back to Hazō and nodded. "All right. I suppose you lot can stay in one of the guest houses until Thursday. Do you intend to find your own accommodations in the city or should we step into my office and discuss rent?"





XP AWARD: 0

Author's Note:
Hero's Water is a mythical substance that supposedly came from a spring somewhere in the Land of Waterfalls. It has been ascribed the power of 'whatever the plot requires' so often that even Jiraiya stopped using it in his stories, since every time it appeared he would promptly get a deluge of 'fan' mail scolding him for being lazy.

It is now about 10pm.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, October 23, 2019, at noon London time. (Sunday the 19th will be an interlude.)
 
Last edited:
Chapter 294, Part 0: The Man Who Deserves No Introduction
Chapter 294, Part 0: The Man Who Deserves No Introduction


February 15, 1069 AS. While Hazō is making Asuma and Kurenai miserable.

"I didn't think you'd invite me," Yuno said in a soft voice, sitting with Noburi in a corner away from the action. "After the other night."

"I wanted you here," Noburi said. "Even if… stuff…, you're still important to me. I didn't want to leave you out."

"Thank you," Yuno said. "Noburi, can we talk tonight, after the gaming is over?"

"Sure," Noburi said. "I mean, we could just go up to my room now." He looked pointedly at Hazō and his gleeful rolling of endless dice. "It's not like we'll be missing anything."

Yuno considered. "No. I'm actually enjoying the gaming. There's an awful lot of strangers surrounding us, though, and it's making Satsuko antsy."

That did not bode well for anyone or anything. They needed a (non-romantic) distraction.

Then Noburi was struck by a brainwave of spectacular, nay, diabolical ingenuity.

"You know, since we're pretty much out of this game anyway, there's someone I'd like to introduce you to. Come on." He rose from his seat, unthinkingly reaching out to lead Yuno through the crowd by the hand. She just as unthinkingly took it.

After a second to realise, Noburi found himself caught on a knife-edge of indecision. Let go of her hand, or hold tighter? Which way was he supposed to go? Which way did she want him to go? Was he allowed to hold her hand right now?

Yuno looked no more certain.

After an eternity of hesitation, they let go. That seemed like an acceptable compromise.


"There he is!" Noburi grinned. "Oi, Hyūga, get over here!"

Hyūga gave him a contemptuous glance.

"You. I had intended to let you off as a courtesy to my host, but if you insist on deliberately seeking me out, then clearly you are begging for the evisceration you have long been denied."

Yuno turned look at him attentively. "Details, please."

Noburi rolled his eyes (out of her line of sight; one did not insult one's potential bride's hobbies). "He means verbal evisceration, which would be a great threat if he didn't have to carry it out with his blunt spoon of a mind.

"Yuno, Hyūga Neji. He's a minor branch family member of the Hyūga Clan with delusions of grandeur.

"Hyūga, Gasai Yuno. A woman who has everything you lack, from brains, to beauty, to the respect of another human being—in this instance, me."

"Glad to see you're drowning in your own wit, Gōketsu. I would offer you a towel, but it seems you're already completely dry."

Well, now. Hyūga must have been training hard since they last met.

Hyūga raised his eyebrows. "Another of your many mudfoots?"

Yuno looked down at Noburi questioningly.

"Kannagi Clan, actually," Noburi said. "The best of them, at that."

Yuno smiled shyly.

"I do not bother memorising the names of all the minor clans," Hyūga said dismissively. "Just be sure not to let him drag you down into the mud with him."

"You don't need to worry about that," Noburi said. "I've already reserved your place."

"I regret to tell you that I have no need to avail myself of your employee discount."

Hyūga really was growing. Noburi wondered if he'd picked up some kind of creative hobby.

"And here I thought you were poor," Noburi replied. "Oh, no, sorry, that was 'morally bankrupt'."

"A fine thing to hear from a foreigner incapable of morality to begin with. I'd sooner be judged by an Inuzuka dog than you."

Too easy. Far, far too easy.

"Are you two best friends?" Yuno asked unironically before Noburi could craft a response worthy of the opening.

"Like hell we are/How dare you!"

"You bounce off each other," Yuno said affectionately. "You've got this great rhythm going—it's so adorable. If you were a boy and a girl, I'd be dragging you off to the Betrothal Stone myself."

Noburi and Hyūga looked aghast at each other.

"Thanks for introducing us, Noburi," Yuno said. "And it's nice to meet you, Hyūga. I hope the three of us will get to spend much more time together."







"Hey," Noburi said. "Is it me, or has the main room gone really quiet?"

Hyūga made to go investigate, briefly noted all the people he'd have to push past, then smirked.

"Byakugan!"

Huh? Oh, right, Kagome had yet to replace the (usually unnecessary) privacy seals on the inner walls.

"Well?" Noburi asked.

"By the Tsuchikage's enormous rocks, what is that thing?!"
 
Last edited:
Interlude: Chosen for the Grave, Part 17
Interlude: Chosen for the Grave, Part 17

Previously, on Chosen for the Grave...

"Wow, I feel like crap. I think I'm going to die from this horrible chakra-enhanced disease that I have contracted after a shadow demon portaled me and my friends-slash-co-authors into Chosen for the Grave, the Naruto fanfic quest that we co-authored on the EnoughSpeed.com website, giving us superpowers in the process such as my exhaustive knowledge of seal creation. I wonder if Tsunade, the greatest medic-nin in the world, can cure me?"

o-o-o-o​

"Nope," said Tsunade, the greatest medic-nin in the world.

o-o-o-o​

"Wow, Earl. You look like crap," said Oli, one of the aforementioned friends and co-authors, who had been given the power to rewrite reality through the power of invisible spreadsheets.

"Hey, here's an idea," said Val, the friend and co-author who had been given
all the jutsu!!1!!! "Let's go find the Stone of Gelel, an objectively stupid and annoying hunk of rock from Naruto filler that provides incredible regenerative properties, plus lets you turn into a werewolf, plus halts aging, plus grants the ability to shoot lightning, plus the ability to shoot sound blasts, plus the ability to cast illusions, plus whatever else the plot requires. Note: I have no idea where to find it aside from 'probably in the north of Wind Country' and the only one who can shape the stuff is Temujin, and I have no idea who he is or where to find him."





"Well, that was super easy," Val said.

"Barely an inconvenience," Oli agreed.

"Indeed!" I said. "I sure am glad that we managed to find Temujin and convince him to make a stone for me and embed it in me in order to give me all its powers. Pew! Pew!" I blasted an unassuming chunk of rock with lightning, just because I could.

"Pity about that whole 'declaration of international war' thing," Oli noted.

I refused to be distracted, choosing instead to be delighted at my suddenly snot- and sickness-free self. Also, the 'I have energy blasts' thing. (Pew! Pew! Blam!)

"Eh," I said, waving dismissively with the hand that I was not using to gleefully blow rubble into successively smaller pieces. "It made Jiraiya get off his ass and authorize the deployment of my seals and seal interpreter. With mass-produced reams of my battletech jump harnesses and his Goo Bomb seals, the loss of life was very minimal and Leaf now owns the former Wind Country, giving it control of half this continent. Furthermore, now that Hiruzen is behind our Resurrection Research Initiative that loss of life should be reversible."

Val gave me a side-eye. "We know that, Earl. We were in all the meetings."

"And didn't those meetings go brilliantly? I am specifically thinking about how Oli cranking up the talent levels of all Leaf's active-duty ninja and the current crop of Academy students really made a difference, especially after Val taught the Shadow Clone and Flying Thunder God techniques to every Leaf ninja capable of learning them, so now they all have limited teleportation capacity."

Oli frowned. "Earl, are you feeling okay? You're talking weird. All...exposity."

"I have no idea what you mean. Also, I'm really looking forward to getting back to Leaf so that we can work on the Infrastruture Acceleration and Comprehensive Technological Help Underpinning Lasting Uplift seal-based project that we talked about last week while we were searching for the Stone."

"Okay," Val said, "that's it. I'm officially worried about your mental state. I want to use the Yamanaka jutsu to scan your brain and ensure that there weren't any side effects to the Stone being implanted."

I struck a hero pose, one foot up on a boulder in front of me, shoulders back, fists clenched and arms curved out while gazing heroically into the distance.

"The power of health courses through my veins! I need no examination! Now come! Let us return to our adoptive home that we may bring its people the benefits of our enormous intellects and future knowledge!" I threw my head back and howled even as I triggered my werewolf transformation. My body embiggened and emfuzzened as muscles surged out of all my limbs, popping my shoes off my newly-clawed feet and tearing my shirt to titillating ribbons while leaving my pants completely unaffected except for some dramatic rips around the ankles.

"Come, my friends! The world needs us!" I leaped off the boulder, running on all fours at speeds so high I threw a rooster-tail of dust behind me.

Val and Oli looked at each other.

"Nope, no side effects whatsoever," Oli said.





Earl has earned 2289 XP, which must be spent immediately on purchasing stunts in the 'Gelel' tree.

Val and Oli have earned 36 XP each, as well as 1 FP for the "Immensely Aggravated" Consequence they each picked up as a result of this conversation.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 295: The Master Returns

"Dispel!"

Orochimaru did not disappear, though he did chuckle. Others in the room stared aghast at the breach of propriety.

"You are far from the first," he said.

"I'm pleased to meet you, uncle," Hazō said, clawing at the composure which surely lay somewhere beneath the shock. "It's great to see you alive and well."

"I agree," Orochimaru said. "I also notice that you're still here."

The commotion in the room was beginning to settle down as people began to realise that Orochimaru was real, present, and paying attention to someone other than them. There was a lot of resumed breathing.

"I'd really like to discuss the whole housing issue with you," Hazō said politely. "But, as the organiser, it would be rude of me to leave the party early. I'm sure you understand. Would you like to sit back and play one of our games? We have a wide selection, and I'm sure there'll be something you find entertaining."

Orochimaru ran his eyes briefly over the spread of cards left over from Hazō's Ultimate Killer Combo of Ingenious Doom, then over the other players.

"Unlike many, I welcome trespassers," he said coolly. "To me, the word is another way of saying 'volunteer'."

"So," Hazō gave a strained smile, "why don't you and I go to a nice, private discussion room and discuss practicalities while everyone else packs up? Mari can take over here."

He glanced at Akane, sitting on top of Kagome's armchair beyond Orochimaru's line of sight. She had both hands over Kagome-sensei's mouth, with her knees locking down his elbows, and her overall body weight positioned so as to prevent him from getting leverage. She was looking to Noburi for backup, but the latter was busy urgently whispering to Yuno. It was definitely time to move on.

"First things first," Orochimaru said. To Hazō's absolute, utter, and indescribable terror, he glided over to Mori.

"You are coming with us."

"Mori Ami, sir." Mori bowed. "Jōnin of Hidden Mist's Mori Clan. It's an honour."

"Mori?" Orochimaru said. "A pity. Bring the specimen with you."

Mori, of course, had been holding the stuffed octocat.

-o-​

Orochimaru leaned back against the only door leading out of the room, arms casually crossed.

"I am weary, so let's make this brief. Mori, why do you have one of my specimens?" Orochimaru asked mildly.

"You can call me Ami." Mori gave a friendly smile.

"I can," Orochimaru agreed. "Mori, why do you have one of my specimens?"

"You mean Urtaru? Oh, Hazō gave her to me as a random present!" Mori cheerfully threw him under the cart.

"How original," Orochimaru said neutrally. He looked at Hazō. "Have you given out many such presents?"

Aided by the Iron Nerve, Hazō maintained an expression of relaxed calm while silently apologising to his mother, Noburi, Keiko, Akane, Kagome, and Mari. It hadn't even been two months since they'd lost Jiraiya.

Given his unusual circumstances, he wondered whether he'd join his ancestors in the depths—though he doubted that either side would be happy to see the other—or maybe experience an eternity of (even greater) suffering in accordance with Yagura's teachings on missing-nin. He probably wasn't qualified to become one with the Will of Fire, and it was a heretical faith anyway, but it did sound like an improvement over either of the other options. Or, ideally, his lingering attachment to the world of the living would allow him to haunt the rest of the clan—being able to analyse a human soul first-hand sounded like a great boon to immortality research.

"No, sir, just this one!" he exclaimed.

Orochimaru was blocking the exit. If one of them threw themselves at him, would their body get in the way long enough for the other to run?

But where could one run from one of the world's strongest ninja, in a village whose Kage would only celebrate if they were tracked down and murdered?

Orochimaru narrowed his eyes slightly.

"I believe housing will no longer be an issue for you."

Hazō had to be the first person in history to be so bloodcurdlingly terrified by those words.

"If I may clarify," Mori said emotionlessly, "I may have been misleading in my phrasing. The specimen was a present in the sense that Hazō had generously presented me with a unique research opportunity, having determined that my Mori abilities and training could lend relevant insight. Unfortunately, being a generalist, I found myself unable to analyse it. I was in the process of returning the specimen, relying on deception to hide it in plain sight so as not to attract attention from the Hyūga, when you announced your return."

"Your timing is extraordinary," Orochimaru said.

Mori froze.

"That was my idea," Hazō said hurriedly. "I was getting anxious about having something so valuable out of my hands, so after her latest research report didn't contain any progress, I decided I wanted the specimen back ASAP. It looks like a toy, and being surrounded by observers would actually make it safer from theft until I could deposit it in secure storage."

Before Orochimaru could question this feeblest of claims, Mori wordlessly passed him the stuffed octocat. He slipped on a slim pair of gloves before taking it.

"You may spend the night in one of the outbuildings, Mori. Do not leave the compound."

"Understood," Mori said crisply.

Orochimaru stepped aside to let her past. The door closed firmly behind her. Being a thick, sturdy, eavesdropper-proof door, it was not designed to accommodate escape—or, it suddenly occurred to Hazō, audibility of calls for help.

"Now…" Orochimaru said slowly.

"Yes, sir?" The timing did not seem right to call him "uncle".

"Did you decontaminate the specimen before removing it from the controlled environment?"

"I'm not familiar with the term," Hazō said warily.

"No matter," Orochimaru said lightly. "We can consider it a test of leadership for the boy in the tower."

Hazō could feel himself starting to sweat.

"What is decontamination?" he asked.

"The process of purifying someone or something of potential corruption," Orochimaru said, absent-mindedly scritching the octocat behind the anterior tentacles, "lest the taint adversely affect the surrounding environment or those within it, or interfere with measurement accuracy. Failure to properly decontaminate a specimen is the second most frequent cause of death for chakra beast researchers."

"What's the first?" Hazō asked despite himself.

"Chakra beasts."

Right. So if there was anything contagiously tainted about the octocat, Hazō had potentially infected an innocent taxidermist, Mori, the guests, and, in fact, probably everyone in Leaf. His first thought, oddly, was how he was going to break it to Kagome-sensei.

"How many other possessions of mine have you handed out to strangers, nephew?"

"None!" Hazō exclaimed. "I have a comprehensive itemised list of everything we have, if you want it." If he survived the meeting, he fully intended to gloat to the rest of the clan about how his mastery of lists had potentially saved all their lives. After he was done grovelling about the octocat.

Orochimaru nodded approvingly.

"You were, of course, willing to offer all of my possessions to Kabuto," he said just as Hazō was about to relax.

In the back of his mind, Hazō suddenly cross-referenced Dr Yakushi's background, his recent behaviour, and the cryptic smiling right before Orochimaru's appearance, drew some very alarming conclusions, then realised that voicing them would almost certainly get him killed.

"The condition was adopting him, so they'd stay within the clan, and we'd be able to monitor his use of them," Hazō argued, insofar as he felt himself capable of arguing with a man who could eviscerate him in the blink of an eye as a gesture of mercy. "And can't you imagine lending your materials to someone else if you found yourself with no idea how to proceed?"

"An unlikely scenario," Orochimaru said ambiguously. "What of it?"

"That's all I did," Hazō said. "It was a rational means of pursuing my research."

"My research," Orochimaru corrected. "I do not recall giving you permission."

"The odds of you coming back for it were very low," Hazō explained, "and it would have been unreasonable to just let it lie there unused forever. We did think you were dead when we went down into the Basement."

"Nephew," Orochimaru said patiently, "you are under the impression that I care."

Hazō could hear the last grains of sand falling.

"I could assist you with your research!" Hazō said urgently. "We have some common interests that I'm sure it would be mutually beneficial to collaborate on."

"You will assist me with my research," Orochimaru agreed. "The Iron Nerve is much more valuable now that Leaf is lacking in Uchiha, and the Vampiric Dew's potential for storing life force outside the body is nothing short of fascinating. We begin tomorrow morning—I suggest you select a new clan head with all due haste."

Falling…

"I meant as head of a cooperating clan!" Hazō said. "We have overlapping goals, and I'm a sealmaster in my own right. I'd be especially happy to collaborate with you on your research into the nature of life and death."

Orochimaru raised an eyebrow.

"Just how far did you penetrate into my facility?"

"Not far," Hazō said. "It's something we heard from Dr Yakushi."

"And you do not believe that death is an inextricable part of the natural order, such that interference with it is immoral and a violation of the Sage's will, as well as being contrary to the Will of Fire and/or expected to invoke the wrath of various spirits?" Orochimaru asked curiously.

"Never," Hazō said fiercely. Finally, an opportunity to prove himself, and also say something unlikely to dig himself deeper. "Death is mankind's greatest enemy. It doesn't just bring incredible, constant suffering. It robs us of the opportunity to learn from our mistakes, and the ability to improve ourselves. It prevents us from taking responsibility for the future. It has the power to end our entire civilisation, our entire species, cutting off our infinite potential. If mankind is going to fulfil that potential and create an enlightened society, death has to go."

Orochimaru studied Hazō.

"I disdain appeals to emotion," he finally said.

Hazō gulped.

"On the other hand, I do not disdain common sense."

Hazō breathed a sigh of relief.

"Besides," Hazō added, "there has to be at least one deceased person you and I both want to see again."

"I wonder," Orochimaru said.

"I'm sure there's a way in which we can work together without the need for…" Hazō hesitated.

"Invasive surgery," Orochimaru supplied.

"That. As a clan head, I have access to a lot of financial and other resources. Between us, the clan has two sealmasters, one summoner-in-training, one medic, and one social expert jōnin. We can be a lot of use to each other."

Orochimaru considered.

"Look," Hazō said with an edge of desperation. "Why don't we start over? You wanted to discuss housing, didn't you? We should do that right now, and maybe leave longer-term concerns until you've rested from your journey. What would it take for us to keep the compound, or at least part of it?"

"I believe I've made it clear that this is my home," Orochimaru said. "The circumstances under which I permit strangers to remain here are quite specific."

Hazō suppressed a shudder.

There had to be something the Gōketsu had to offer Orochimaru. This was a great compound, even without the Basement. They'd invested in it. They'd made their own repairs and improvements. They'd made it a home for dispossessed refugees. He couldn't let it go without a fight, which was to say an obsequious and painstakingly careful attempt at negotiation.

He ran through his options. He wasn't going to beg. It was beneath his dignity, and, more importantly, might make him sound like one of Orochimaru's experimental subjects (why was he planning to cooperate with this man again?). Straightforwardly bribing Orochimaru wouldn't work. As one of the few guarantees of Leaf's immediate survival, right now Orochimaru could ask for a chakra pony and Hyūga would start sending out capture teams. Threatening Orochimaru? He'd consider it a form of entertainment. Rent it was, then, which Orochimaru could set at a crippling rate, especially if he was aware of the clan's current wealth, and legitimately charge as much back rent as he liked. Of course, in theory the Gōketsu would be able to claim it back from the Tower, but relying on Hyūga to play fair when Leaf law apparently had loopholes big enough to ride a chakra megalodon through and this was a chance to leave the clan bankrupt…

Of course, there was one scenario, exactly one, in which they wouldn't need to pay Orochimaru at all. It was ingenious. Insane. A masterful solution to all their problems, and one which opened up infinite possibilities. In other words, a move truly worthy of Gōketsu Hazō.

"Would you consider clan adoption?" Hazō asked.

Orochimaru looked surprised for the first time in the conversation. "Continue."

"We have a lot of resources on top of those skills I mentioned," Hazō said keenly. "We've been expanding the clan's financial base, and are expecting huge returns on our investments. We have connections, whereas you haven't had a chance to build any." This was a half-truth, given ISC's decision to distance themselves, but that was a detail Orochimaru didn't need right now. "We also offer access to more unique goods. We have all of Jiraiya's sealing notes, for a start. We also have much unique ninjutsu, including techniques received from the Pangolin Clan which we are contractually bound to only teach to clan members."

"Seventh Path techniques?" Orochimaru asked alertly. "Elaborate."

"A wide variety of techniques," Hazō said, "especially for object manipulation and armour. We even have passive protective techniques that completely absorb damage."

"And you wish to offer all of this, in addition to the full use of your personal skills, in exchange for my joining the clan," Orochimaru said.

"It's an option to consider," Hazō said.

"Very well," Orochimaru said. "I accept. Have the paperwork sent to me by the end of the week."

Hazō quietly boggled. Obviously, there'd be costs and inconveniences, especially when it came to having someone with such… flexible… morals join a clan which hitherto had been a tightly-bound family united behind a single set of values, but as tradeoffs went, having the full cooperation of a legendary immortal who, with the Gōketsu's assistance, might be able to bring back loved ones or even conquer death…

He'd need to talk to the clan, of course, before stamping his seal, and they might have some salient objections. But in the end, Hazō couldn't help feeling like he'd casually accomplished the impossible.

Also, he'd be leaving the meeting alive.

"We will be the Yasha Clan, although if you have alternative naming suggestions, I will consider them at the time of signing. I wish to have the transfer of power performed as efficiently as possible."

"I'm sorry?" Hazō stuttered.

"I can hardly be head of the Gōketsu Clan, now can I?" Orochimaru asked as if it were obvious. "That would be distasteful on multiple levels. As for our clan crest, it will be some variation on the ouroboros."

Hazō could feel the violent chthonic rumblings of Jiraiya turning in his grave, made even worse by the fact that the patriarch had been cremated.

-o-
You have received 3 XP.

-o-​

What do you do?

Voting closes on Saturday 26th of October, 9 a.m. New York Time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 296: Brushing Against the Beyond

Back when she had been Mari-sensei, the fire-souled redhead had spent a lot of time working with the team on what she called 'internal management'. Being a ninja was dangerous, and it wasn't possible to manage those dangers unless you could manage yourself into maintaining a cool head. Breathing exercises, pre-planning, meditation, body-to-mind control—the toolbox she'd offered had been wide and varied.

Hazō reached into that toolbox now. He took a deep breath, picturing the swirling blue energies of the air flowing down his throat and into his lungs. He watched it move along the inside surfaces of the lungs and then curl upwards at the bottom in order to push out all the stale red air that lingered there, hosting panic the way spoiled meat hosted maggots. The air flowed back up, carrying all the stress and distraction with it. His chest relaxed, the muscles of his shoulders loosened, and he felt himself calm. He pulled chakra through his body, imagining it flow in through his fingertips from the outer world ("Sensei, that's impossible! There's no chakra floating around in the air, it's only in living things!" "Hush. Who's the teacher here?"), up his arms, up into his head along the inside surface, curl over and flow down through his spine, spread out and then down through his chest and legs, and out through his feet. There he actually could push the chakra out of himself, sending it deep into the ground and imagining it connecting him, not just to the ground he stood on, but to the very core of the world where lay the essence of everything.

He pushed his awareness outwards, threads of attention running through him into his environment. It was an exercise taught to him by the frankly terrifying Mother Nana as the first steps in the Living Roots technique, before any actual moulding of chakra. He pushed the awareness further, winding his mind's eye through the fabric of the house and imagining where everyone was in the rooms and corridors around him.

There were numerous problems, all balanced on the point of a needle named Orochimaru. If Hazō annoyed him, Hazō would die. Instantly and without repercussion from a Gōketsu-hating Hokage. Kagome-sensei would doubtless attempt revenge and be casually swatted. The rest of the clan would die or need to go missing again, unable to live in a village that permitted such things. Even if Hazō didn't annoy him, the Gōketsu and their retainers still faced homelessness and the loss of all the unique resources that existed on this compound. The hot spring, the medicinal gardens, the hidden training area. Most of all, the house.

The house was beautiful. Old, and still moderately decrepit, although that was being reversed. It was a dowager matron, traces of her youth's bloom still visible in her face but now seasoned and engraved with long years of experience. The wood and stone of its walls was imbued with imagined years of lives and loves, tempers and reconciliations, joys and loss and all the essence of life. Many of those had been added just since the Gōketsu came to live here.

Despite that, it was just stuff. Material walls, rich carpets, comfortable beds, but those were hardly uncommon or unavailable elsewhere.

The grounds were beautiful. Wild and still somewhat unkempt. Mildly dangerous in places, just to add seasoning and as a reminder not to take them casually. Still, beautiful. The hot spring was lovely, especially in the winter. There was room for all the civilians and clanless ninja that were slowly becoming loyal retainers of the Gōketsu. Giving the house back to Orochimaru would dispossess all of those people as well as Hazō and his team.

Still.

All of that was still just stuff. Oh, the hot spring was probably irreplaceable within the boundaries of Leaf and the special plants in the gardens were unlikely to be available elsewhere. Still, there was nothing here that truly mattered. Giving it up to Orochimaru was the right choice...even though it wasn't really a choice, since the S-rank ninja had the backing of a Gōketsu-hostile Hokage. Orochimaru could do whatever he wanted, trample on anyone, and it wouldn't matter.

Hazō nodded slightly as he recognized the obstacles within himself. Pride. Anger. Fear of Orochimaru and his dangerous whims.

Those were just stuff as well. Mari-sensei's voice whispered in his memory's ear, telling him that a modicum of fear was useful in order to chart one's path through dangerous waters, but more than that modicum was something to actively discard. A modicum of pride, she had said, was useful for gaining and keeping the respect of others; no one admired a worm who groveled and begged, instead preferring those who stood tall and showed respect to themselves and those around them. More than a modicum of pride interfered with the mission and was something else to actively discard.

The people who lived here...they mattered. They mattered a lot. Team Uplift. Keiko, who had begun to distance herself from the team and no longer lived among them, but was still more important than anyone outside it. The clanless ninja whose names he was just beginning to learn. The hundreds of civilians whom he had sheltered but had very little chance to interact with as yet. All of those were valuable and worthy of protection.

And then, of course, there were the people that Orochimaru would work on in the future. The specimens that would be studied...no. No, be honest and face truth unflinching. The people who would be mutilated, tortured, their humanity ignored in favor of the knowledge that could be extracted from their screaming bodies. The Third Hokage had been well known for patience and kindness, for loyalty to his students and his people, for wisdom and courage...including the courage to make hard choices and then accept the consequences. Despite all that, he had considered Orochimaru's experiments so horrific that he had arrested and imprisoned the Sannin to prevent them from continuing.

Still.

However horrific those things were, however completely opposed to the ideals of Uplift on which Hazō grounded his entire purpose in life...they mattered. Not only would expressing interest and approval make it more likely for Hazō to walk out of this room alive but, if he faced brutal truth, they were interesting. The results they yielded could, in the long run, save far more people than would be expended in the process of achieving those results. So what if a handful—or even a few dozen handfuls—needed to have their limbs cut off in order to...what? Experiment with regeneration, probably. If a thousand people had their missing arms or legs replaced, wasn't that worth carving the limbs off a few dozen? Did not the ends justify the means? They had to, if Hazō wanted to work with Orochimaru, which he did. And surely what mattered was the final accounting, not the intermediate steps. After all, Hazō had been willing to butcher sixty people on the Sunset Racer merely because his commander ordered him to, obedience to orders was the price of remaining in Leaf, and remaining in Leaf gave him far more leverage to achieve his goals than would going missing again.

No, working with Orochimaru, no matter the cost in lives or pain or degradation of the helpless, it would all be worth it. No matter how red Hazō's ledger became in the process, it could be restored and rendered pristine later. A future in which Noburi could heal a thousand, ten thousand, a million. A future in which Hazō's seals could provide housing and comfort and safety to literally everyone in the world, in which Mari's skills—doubtless enhanced by modifications discovered in the course of Orochimaru's research, since anyone who could splice tentacles onto a lynx could presumably find ways to enhance the brain and the body—a future in which Mari's skills and knowledge could shape politics and rulership into something that worked to the benefit of the many instead of the enrichment of the few. Doing enough good at some point in the future could wash away the blood that would drench his hands along the way to that future...right? Surely that was the case. Surely.

Oof. Speaking of Mari, that brought back to focus just how much she was not going to like the idea of Orochimaru's work. Nor would Kagome-sensei; the older man thought that biosealing was beyond insanity and that the world would be better off if all knowledge of such things fell straight into the Out and was forgotten forever. They would oppose any efforts to work with Orochimaru, and if they opposed such efforts too strongly then the Sannin might wipe them away as casually as Hazō would kill a fly that was annoying him while he was drawing seals. Worse, they would know that, and they would be furious that Hazō had placed them in such a compromising position.

Still...

His friends, his family, those under his protection. Those were the things that mattered. Them and Uplift and that shining future in which all problems were solved. And Orochimaru could be...not just a step on the path to that future but an entire staircase, a shortcut that would slice years or decades of uncertain effort into weeks or months of focused surety.

Still...

He felt himself waver, his chosen passion for protection and Uplift uncertain-but-somewhat-opposed to the ideals that Orochimaru embraced. No matter. That opposition was merely squeamishness, not something to be seriously considered. No, if he was going to convince Orochimaru to work with him, to be the protector that the Gōketsu needed and the teacher that Hazō wanted, Hazō was going to have to be the one who changed. The demigod before him had cast aside emotion and the fallibility of imperfect human ethics, built as they were on uncertain mental groping after truth, compromise for the sake of mutual coexistence, and the ongoing struggle for dominance. He had cast those things aside and look what he had achieved: Power beyond all but perhaps a dozen living beings. Skills that were the subject of whispered legend. Knowledge held by no one else. The power to be cut in half and then just casually walk it off. What if those skills and that knowledge could be spread? What if everyone could casually walk off lethal injury?

How could he gain the benefits of Orochimaru's skills without incurring the costs of losing his family's trust, of potentially losing them to the knives and needles of a dispassionate demigod who disliked being annoyed and viewed people as experimental subjects?

Appeals to emotion were out; that had been made clear. What he needed was logic. Reason. Formality, that would show him a person worthy of at least a modicum of respect. Not as an equal, but as someone above the common herd, who could think in lines similar enough to those of the Snake Sannin that said Sannin found the thinker of those thoughts interesting enough to talk to. And not kill. That part was very important; he could not protect the others if he was dead, and if he died then the dream of Uplift would die with him.

His emotions and social training were quieter now, but still grumbling objections in the back of his mind despite his best efforts to quiet them. He could not afford the distraction, yet there were no techniques remaining to try...except, perhaps, one.

He suppressed a shudder and then very, very carefully, he brushed against the edges of his memory of the Scroll. Not the actual experience, just the strange, off-kilter feeling that had crept over him when he first looked at it, before things had gone sideways. The moment he felt that feeling again, he firmly brought to mind the image of the most ridiculous thing he could think of: Hyūga Hiashi, painted purple and yellow and dressed in a frilly pink skirt, capering and tumbling through the streets of Leaf while shouting "Calooy, callay! Hoodooy halayyye!"

It was difficult, balancing the two bizarre states of mind, but it achieved the effect: He was distant from his body, his surroundings, the world rendered strange and dissonant. There was no space within him for the grumblings of conscience or the distraction of emotion, and he could choose his way rationally.

He considered his language and word choice, casting his mind back to every conversation he'd ever had with any Nara—the one interview he'd had with Shikaku, the many conversations with Shikamaru, the casual and brief interactions with other members of the clan on visits to the Nara estate or here and there throughout the course of everyday life. How would they phrase it?

"When I offered adoption into the clan," Hazō began, keeping his voice toneless in the Nara manner, "I had not anticipated you wanting to be Clan Head, although in retrospect I should have. As a tactic for dealing with intelligent and powerful agents, I have pre-committed to not make binding agreements until I get time to privately ruminate and consult with trusted external parties." He braced himself for the killing intent that would doubtless come next, a morbid curiosity making him wonder if it would be snake-themed or medical-themed or both.

Orochimaru shrugged before walking past Hazō and over to the desk. He casually swept the papers that resided there onto the floor and seated himself before producing a stack of seals from a pocket. A moment later, a lantern seal cast pale green light and a storage seal had disgorged paper, brush, and ink. Orochimaru bent over the paper and began writing notes.

Hazō stood, uncertain, for several long seconds.

Orochimaru glanced up. "Why are you still here? If you can't make decisions without talking to others, go talk to them and come back when they've told you what to say."

Hazō blinked. He took a moment to gather himself "I wished to apologize for my tonal shifts," he said after a moment. "Your arrival threw me off balance—" He broke off at Orochimaru's upraised palm.

Orochimaru bent over his paperwork again, clearly dismissing Hazō from his attention...although undoubtedly not completely, since no ninja would completely ignore the presence of another, even one so far below them in power.

Hazō backed away and pulled the door open...and hesitated. "Sir," he asked, after struggling with the potential risks, "I have multiple burning questions. Would you be willing to indulge me for just a moment?"

Orochimaru looked up, the steady light of the lantern seal that rested on the desk throwing his face into chiaroscuro relief. "Speak."

"What are your long-term plans? It will help in the consideration of my upcoming actions to be able to simulate your intentions more accurately. I wish to minimize conflicts between us, maximize our mutual gains...or at least not get in your way." He hastened to add the final words, as an expression of annoyance hinted across Orochimaru's face.

"I can conceive of multiple methods for you to be useful in my plans." The way he studied Hazō as he spoke those words was far too much 'farmwife eyeing side of beef' for Hazō's comfort.

"Is this an expression of your unwillingness to explain your long-term plans?"

"I find discussions of my goals both overly personal and rarely of positive utility. The screaming is often distracting."

Hazō felt ripples across the calm surface into which he had so carefully smoothed his mind. Too many implications, too many images pressing themselves in front of his mind's eye, too many of them centered on the man from the basement. If Orochimaru would do that....

"I see." He paused, considering. There was more he wanted to ask...why had Orochimaru returned? What had Akatsuki's plan been? What more did the Sannin know about Nagato/Pain, the leader of Akatsuki, and the resurrection technique he had used? Still, those weren't appropriate at the moment. He at most had a few more seconds of his potential clan head's attention, so he needed to go straight to the most important thing.

"Sir, may I become your apprentice?"

One thin eyebrow went up. "You wish to be my apprentice?"

Hazō nodded firmly. "Yes, sir. Biosealing? Bloodline research? Necromancy? The true nature of chakra and the world? Sign me up. I want to make the world better. I want my father back, and Jiraiya. I want to never die, and spend eternity learning and growing and experiencing. Death is an annoyance and your investigations are the surest path to removing it from consideration."

The snort was somewhere between amusement and contempt, but Hazō carefully told himself that it leaned more towards the former.

"I'd prefer not to be involved in any of the more...invasive research experiments," Hazō said carefully. "I'd rather assist you in modifying the methodology of these experiments. We—the Gōketsu, I meant—have resources. We could help you rebrand. That's something we're good at. We have—"

The world became knives and agony, his body flensed into its component elements, opened up and pulled apart so that every nerve and muscle and snip of skin floated in the air, consciousness still inhabiting a destroyed fleshsack that could not scream because the lungs were no longer connected to the throat despite still swelling and shrinking with breath that went nowhere. Horrors paraded through his mind, every image he'd ever seen that had infuriated or horrified or terrified. Zabuza's killing intent, the enormity of the Third Hokage and the coldness of being separated from his presence, the horror of Jiraiya's anger looming above and around him, threatening to crash down if the Fifth's temper tipped from 'annoyed' to 'angry'. The pain of his father's loss, the isolation of a boy growing into a man in a society that never fit, the loneliness of the wilderness with only a handful of badly damaged humans for company. The view of the scroll that had t)23rn h!m to @)AHO$^&(@#HJKJR JHLW@)&!!$%Y 1#$%D %#DFSG #$a% !gFt32....

He came back to himself, curled on the ground with Mari and Akane and Noburi clustered around him in fear. Piss and shit stank in his nose, drool and snot covered his face, and his clothes were drenched in sweat.

"Interesting," Orochimaru said, tapping the handle of his brush on the desk in absent thought. "We shall discuss your reaction later. You. The redhead. Get him out of here, then fetch a mop and clean that up."





XP AWARD: -1 (0 for a ~10 minute scene, -1 for lack-of-brevity penalty)

Consequences: Mild, Physical ("Seizure Bruising"). Mild, Mental ("Brushing Against the Beyond")

FP AWARD: 2

It is now about 11pm.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, October 30, 2019, at 12pm London time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 297: Refracted Darkness

"Good morning, Akane. The weather's nice today. I know I should be underground in the lab, but Orochimaru-sensei is out, and Dr Yakushi tells me it's important to avoid burnout. I can't help thinking that every day I take off from research, somewhere out there people are dying. But Kagome-sensei did always say that forcing yourself to do sealing work past your limits was a great way to get yourself and everyone around you eaten from the inside out by artery crawlers.

"Now I think of it, today's a good day to take a walk to the Uplift Mausoleum. It's been a while since I refreshed the Kagome memorial trap arrays. I don't think people ever understood what a special man he was, you know—not just as a sealmaster, but as a loyal friend and cousin. Until the very end, he was convinced we'd been taken over by lupchanzen. I like to think that if we'd able to hold him down just a little longer, we could have calmed him down enough to explain. Though, then again, I don't know if Orochimaru-sensei would have spared a potential threat. You remember what happened to Naruto.

"I think we all assumed, before that day, that it was going to be a coin flip. But I realise now, there was never a chance of Orochimaru-sensei losing. He'd been an elite jōnin back when Naruto's father was in his nappies, and above all, he'd known well in advance that it was coming. There's a Mori saying in Mist, about sufficient preparation trumping any number of S-rank ninjutsu. I do wonder sometimes if, as the team planner and surviving sealmaster, I could have found a way to leverage Naruto's skills enough to close the gap. But by then, of course, I'd picked my side. Naruto was a great guy, but he was never going to save the world.

"We got another letter from Noburi, by the way. He sounds so bored. Apparently, now that the Cats have surrendered, sweeping up the lesser clans just feels like cleanup work. I guess we could send him after another bloodline clan to switch things up—we haven't got anyone from the pirate lords yet. Part of me wishes Orochimaru-sensei had given me the modifications too so we could go on Akatsuki hunts together, but I know full well my work down here is more important. Besides, the casualty figures are already racking up, and killing people is just going to lead to more work further down the line.

"Still nothing from Keiko, though, not since Mist went dark. She was always the smartest of us—she disbanded the KEI before the harvesting began, which avoided so much unnecessary conflict, and she never tried to argue Orochimaru-sensei out of his ethics. I wish she'd reply to my messages. We could work so well together.

"Team Uplift is never coming together again, is it? Even if we bring everyone back to life. That thought's really taken the wind out of my sails. I was going to go see if Mari's having one of her good days, but I guess I'll save it for another time. Maybe once I'm done inspecting the bodies in the mausoleum, I'll check in on Mori, make sure she's eating properly. I think Keiko would like that.

"Thanks for listening, Akane. Also, I know I've said it before, but thank you for being my first. After you, everything else was easy."

-o-​

Orochimaru calmly pulled out a plain red cloth, wiped his hands off, then stored it away. His hands briefly flashed with green light.

Hazō stayed kneeling on the floor. He didn't have the strength to move, and even if he could, it was far, far too late.

"Why?" he demanded hoarsely. "I know you're stronger than this! Why did you have to make it lethal?!"

"As I told you previously," Orochimaru said, stepping disdainfully away from the pool of blood, "your life has no intrinsic value, positive or negative. However, I cannot allow interference with my work."

That was all their rebellion was to him. Interference with his work. Interference which now lay dead or dying on the cold laboratory floor.

They'd almost had him. Hazō wanted to believe that, if only because there was nothing else left to believe. Naruto's surprise attack had been flawless. It would have killed the Sage of Six Paths himself. But, even as it connected, even as the Rasengan destroyed everything that could be destroyed, Orochimaru was briefly something else. In the part of his brain dripping with hatred, Hazō asked how something so inhuman could be qualified to save humanity.

A glimpse of that had been all it took. At his full strength, Naruto would probably have shrugged off ten times the horror. But after torment at the hands of the ultimate genjutsu user, followed by months of psychic trauma, followed by the Basement… Naruto had turned out to be a lot more fragile than he let on.

Orochimaru followed his line of sight. "I will return him to the boy in the tower once I have taken steps to make him more obedient. The unique opportunity more than compensates for your waste of my time."

Hazō felt tears he couldn't shed burning the corners of his eyes. Orochimaru's waste of time had been the greatest, most desperate battle of their lives. After Naruto, their one hope of victory, went down without a fight, Keiko ascended. Where Orochimaru was an abomination, she was perfection. Her words flowed without pause, transforming a game of all snakes and no ladders into frantic speed chess. She knew every seal in their inventories. She knew all the applications of their ninjutsu, and combinations of both that they'd never considered. She was the reason Mari had been able to keep fighting after Orochimaru took her eyes. She was the reason Kagome-sensei had been able to rain down explosive after explosive without ever catching any of them in the crossfire. She was the reason that the three Bloodline Limit ninja were constantly in positions where Orochimaru couldn't attack without destroying their value as specimens. She was the reason…

…the reason they took a little longer to die.

That was Mari's blood he was kneeling in, so much from such a tiny body. He wanted to pick her up and hold her close while she was still warm, but he didn't have the strength to lift his arms.

Kagome-sensei was gone, simply gone. Some part of Hazō would be forever proud that the sealmaster's final technique had briefly staggered a physical god.

Noburi was slumped not far from him, unconscious, his barrel broken and oozing with a tar-like black goo that hissed where it touched Mari's blood. The exposed parts of his skin were slowly turning dark.

Keiko was in a corner, still breathing, but staring at the ceiling with unseeing eyes. Hazō didn't have to guess at the price she'd paid for her brief reversal of the Mori curse.

Akane? Akane had been Keiko's sacrificial pawn, flinging herself at Orochimaru without a second's hesitation as he came out of his other form. The surprise, perhaps that they were still fighting, bought the rest of them a second to get in formation. Then, casually, without changing expression, Orochimaru had placed his hand on the crown of her head, and the only mercy was that the screams were brief.

"My servant pool has been depleted," Orochimaru said, breaking into his thoughts. "If you still wish to be my assistant, I will accept your application."

Hazō stared at him in incomprehension. "You're inviting me to serve you because you just murdered my family?"

"I would say that my chosen field of study has just become very relevant to you," Orochimaru said sardonically.

Hazō looked again around the room, his mind spinning. Everything about this monster of a man was inside out. Everything was jarringly, skin-crawlingly wrong. Orochimaru spoke to someone who'd just tried to kill him, someone he'd nearly killed in turn, and offered them a job. The warped, roiling impossibility that they called Orochimaru's body was pureblood human compared to his mind.

"Keiko and Noburi," Hazō said. "Spare them. Please. I'll do anything you want, willingly and enthusiastically. Just please…"

"They are rare Bloodline Limit holders," Orochimaru said, "and worth more than your cooperation."

Hazō cast around, desperately. He hated himself for the next words to come out of his mouth, immersed himself in guilt that he would never allow to fade away, but ultimately did not hesitate. "You've met Keiko's sister, Ami. She loves Keiko more than anything in the world. She's got a much stronger Frozen Skein, and she'll gladly turn herself in if it means you sending Keiko back to the Mori for treatment."

There was a second's silence.

"Acceptable."

Hazō's desperation eased just a little. He was halfway there, halfway to saving what was left of his family.

But Noburi's sisters weren't available for equivalent exchange. The Wakahisa, who continued to look down in him behind their acknowledgement of his status, would not intervene against Orochimaru on his behalf. With Jiraiya's death and the demise of what used to be the Gōketsu, Noburi had no political value that didn't stem from Orochimaru himself. He was a decent medic, but an unremarkable one at best, while Orochimaru had Kabuto and free access to Leaf's recruitment pool.

"He's the Toad Summoner," Hazō said, if only to buy time. "The previous summoner's chosen heir."

Orochimaru raised his eyebrows. "Has he been accepted by the clan?"

"No, he's still in training," Hazō admitted through gritted teeth. "But his chakra system is perfect for summoning, with his naturally vast reserves."

"Kabuto will receive the Toad Scroll," Orochimaru said. "Procure ice and use it to refrigerate the corpses in Cold Storage on the second floor. After that, clean yourself and report to Specimen Storage A, same floor, for further instructions."

"But don't you want the ideal summoner working for you?" Hazō pleaded one final time.

"Additional firepower is not my priority," Orochimaru said. "The corpses are deteriorating even as we speak."

Orochimaru said nothing more. Hazō watched him approach Noburi's body, stepping daintily so as to avoid stepping on the black ooze. The movement struck Hazō as grimly ironic.

Wild thoughts flickered through his mind. He could use his unnatural position as Orochimaru's assistant to get them out of there. He could free Naruto at least, or just get him to wake up before it was too late. He could get Dr Yakushi, who cared about political implications, to invoke the Nara. At the very worst, if he couldn't save anyone, he could at least be with Noburi. Hazō would do what it took to stop his brother from becoming another eternally-tortured skin farm man. Yes, however feeble his odds, Hazō's rebellion wasn't done.

But that was just a delusion, wasn't it? No matter what he did, Mari, Kagome-sensei and Akane would stay dead. Noburi wouldn't survive the ooze unless Orochimaru saved him for use in his experiments. Keiko might or might not survive, but they didn't call them sacrificial techniques because they were easy to come back from. Even if Orochimaru was permanently killed this very second, it would be too late.

No, all of Hazō's ways were cut off except for one. He'd failed to save his family. With Naruto soon to be turned, he'd probably failed to save all of Leaf. But he could still save humanity, and in the process he might manage to turn back time for those he'd lost. He couldn't save both humanity and himself—looking at Orochimaru, it was clear that the price of trying would be his heart and soul—but, after everything he'd just lost, what was the point of those things anyway?

Slowly, painfully, Hazō levered himself to his feet and, still covered in Mari's blood, staggered away to do his master's bidding.

-o-​

One more...

-o-​

The angles of space sliced through his flesh as if it was molten steel. He was an infinity of soap bubbles, so compressed they glowed like a sun. He was 5555555555555555555.3 unbounded. He was fractured, and every piece was its own cruel song. He was self, and self meant nothing. Matter was a single name exactly as long as the universe. Somewhere out there, something laughed.

"Hazō! Hazō, can you hear me?"

His eyes opened. They were physical eyes, capable of seeing light and physical matter and nothing else. He could hear words. They expressed conceptual meaning, individually or in combination, and were made by flesh or material interacting with air. He could hear them with human ears.

He was in bed, in a familiar bedroom. People he knew clustered all around him. People who couldn't be there.

"He's awake again! Hazō, you're awake. How are you feeling?"

"…Akane?"

Akane couldn't be here. Akane died. Akane always died. Creatively murdered by Orochimaru. Reduced to a hollow shell by the prototype cure. Shredded by the first "victim" she rescued from the biosealing failure. Torn apart by the hunter-seekers discovering the last rebel hideout. Sacrificed by his own hand, in a thousand ways, for a thousand reasons.

Which one was he?

"You don't look well. Don't worry, you should have a little more time to rest before Orochimaru decides he cares enough to kick us out."

They were all here. Mari. Kagome-sensei. Noburi. Keiko. Akane.

Which one was he? Was this the past? Was there a divergence point that he had just unpassed? Did someone send him here? Did one of him send him here? Was it a sealing failure? A sealing success? Which one was he?

"Hazō?" Akane said carefully. "Could you say something, just so we know you're OK? You just staring at me without saying anything is making me uncomfortable."

Akane wasn't dead.

"Sorry," he said vaguely. "Could you give me a little time alone?"

"Sure," Mari said. "We'll be nearby. Call us if you need us."

Wait. He was so stupid. The research! Forget everything else, he had to write down the results of the research!

But even as he opened his mouth to ask for something to write with, he could feel the hard-earned knowledge slipping from his mind, fading from a brain unready to contain it like tiny fish darting through gaps in a net. The memories went with it, detail after detail, leaving only a single Hazō behind.

Hazō stared at his family's retreating backs, at Akane bringing up the rear. In that moment, seeing her alive in front of him after so long, he felt a sudden, powerful impulse to embrace her/cut her throat/beg her for help/scream at her/make love to her/vivisect her.

Alone again, Hazō asked the empty room a question to which he would never, ever, get an answer.

"Which one am I?"

-o-​

You have received ? XP and ? FP.

-o-​

What do you(?) do?

Voting closes Saturday 2nd of November, 9 a.m. New York Time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 298: Regrouping

"Well, that was exciting," Noburi said, once all the guests had been ushered out and the family was together again in their favorite restaurant's private function room. (At this point the family simply paid a retainer for the restaurant to keep the place unoccupied and ready for any Gōketsu who needed a moment of privacy. It was simpler than throwing everything into disarray every week or so. Also, it meant that they could make certain alterations to the room, such as installing blast shields and posts suitable for mounting door-facing explosives on, for when Kagome-sensei was feeling edgy...or, in plainer language, every visit.)

"Indeed," Keiko said, nodding from her position on Mari's right. "If by 'exciting' you mean 'utterly disastrous'."

"Actually," Hazō said, "it didn't go that badly. No, really! I made it through four separate topics before annoying him."

"You mean before inciting him into a homicidal rage so intense that we could feel the killing intent from down the hall?" Noburi asked.

"He wasn't actually angry," Mari said from the head of the table. "If he had been, Hazō would be dead. He was annoyed and made an effort of will. If anything, it sounds more like he was amused by the offer of adoption and then mildly offended when Hazō got condescending about how he knew better than Orochimaru how to design a research methodology and how Orochimaru needed to rebrand—as though he weren't happy with who he is and that he should care about popular opinion."

"Right, well, enough of that," Hazō said quickly. "Here's my take on it: I definitely do not want him as Clan Head—"

"Duh," Noburi mumbled.

"—both because he's clearly unstable," Hazō continued, plowing right through Noburi's snidery, "and also because Naruto has first claim." He turned to the blond seated to his left. "Naruto, what do you say? Want the position?"

The young jinchūrki (or, rather, the Prime body that was seated at the table, as opposed to the fifteen clones scattered around the perimeter of the room) sincerely considered the idea for several seconds, then shook his head. "Not now. Letting the Uzumaki name die out means giving up a piece of who I am...and also costs us a Council vote, maybe two. Shitlicker was smart to offer me a special dispensation under the Hokage's seal to have a non-clan member as my regent. It means he doesn't have to set the precedent that non-blood clan members can officially be regents or Clan Heads."

He gestured around the table. "As the founding members of the Gōketsu clan you are all of the Gōketsu blood, even if you don't have any blood in common. I am definitely not of the Gōketsu blood, so if I get adopted and take the Clan Head position then it's up to the Council to decide whether or not that can be a thing." He rolled his eyes. "I mean, sure, it's technically up to FartyMcShitPants, but he would definitely throw it over to the Council so as to avoid any appearance of bias. He could hold it up as him being magnanimous and upstanding and all that crap, all the while pulling the strings to make the vote go his way."

Mari's eyes widened, mouth opening in an oh of surprise. "That's twisted," she said, shaking her head. "You get adopted, Hazō appoints you as his heir, he steps down as Clan Head, but the Council determines that it's illegal for you to take the office because you aren't of the blood. Suddenly, there is no Clan Head of the Gōketsu. As regent I have power to vote in Council, but only as proxy for the authority of the Clan Head. When there is no Clan Head, I can't vote. Furthermore, there wouldn't be a Clan Head available to appoint the next Clan Head. And, of course, the Uzumaki ceased to exist the moment you got adopted, so there's no clan for you to go back to."

"Hang on," Noburi said. "How does the Council get a say? I mean, sure, Leaf-wide age of majority, I guess that makes sense. Why do they get to mix in on who we choose as Clan Head?"

Mari puffed out her cheeks in thought for a moment. "It's murky," she admitted at last. "I guess at base it comes down to the fact that Leaf is a joint venture between the clans. Joining Leaf meant that they gave up a certain amount of rights and control in order to live at peace with one another. They don't get a say in anything internal to the other clans, but they do get a say about the interfaces between the clans, and the Council is the most visible example of that. No one wants to be sitting at the table with another representative who is dangerously insane, or too senile to make binding agreements, or things like that. As a result, they agreed at the founding that there would be consensus rules for who could be Clan Head."

"Okay, but why not just let us have a proxy?"

"It would defeat the purpose," Keiko said. "The entire idea is to ensure that the individuals seated at the Council table will be mature, educated, of sound mind, able to contribute productively during discussion, relatively trustworthy, and of the clan that they represent so as to prevent conflicts of interest. Aside from that is the concept of clan itself...if anyone can be appointed as effective head of clan, what does it even mean to be a clan? Of all things that might be discussed among clans, the rulership of a clan is the most critical for agreement."

"Anyway," Hazō said, quickly reclaiming control of the conversation, "Naruto, you say you're not taking the job, or joining up. Honestly, I'm a little conflicted about that...on the one hand, I would really like to have you with us. Because you're cool, and because it was Jiraiya's wish, and because sometimes I would like to dump the responsibility and just go do research, and because I'd like to finally be able to show you some of our clan secrets that I think would be really useful to you and therefore by proxy to us." He shrugged and flashed an unrepentant grin. "On the other hand, I admit that having mighty power to rule ruthlessly over all these, my minions, is kinda fun."

"Try it, Mr. MEW," Noburi said, snorting. "Call me a minion one more time, I dare you."

Hazō cleared his throat. "Yes, well. Moving on. I feel very strongly that we should not give Orochimaru the Clan Head seat, but I'm not going to be unilateral about it. Anyone want him in?"

"I do not think it wise."

"I'll pass. I'm enjoying being regent as much as you're enjoying thinking of us as minions."

"Holy everloving fuck no."

"I find him most unyouthful."

"That stinker? Clan Head? We wouldn't survive ten minutes."

"Good. I do think we should work with him." He raised his hands to interrupt the frenzied interruptions. "Hang on, hear me out! I think we should work with him, very carefully, because his research is undeniably useful, and there are some areas of overlap in what he wants and what we want. He's looking for fast regeneration, agelessness, immortality, defense, that sort of thing. All of that would be very useful to us, both personally and as part of our Uplift project."

"Uh, dude, you realize he's psychotic and torture-crazy, right?"

Hazō shrugged. "Yeah, he's definitely a few knots short of a tie, but you have to admit that his work is impressive."

Glances were exchanged.

"Hazō," Keiko said carefully. "I am concerned that you have had multiple instances of head trauma recently and it is possible that the effects are starting to show."

"Yeah, do you remember what was in that basement?" Noburi demanded. "Seriously, the guy on the table...that was messed up."

"Don't forget the 'turn you into a cannibal' seal," Naruto added. "I spent weeks being tortured and starved by Akatsuki and that seal was still the most messed-up thing I've ever felt."

"You didn't feel it," Hazō pointed out. "It was Naruto Pepperoni, and you didn't get his memories back."

Naruto looked at him as though he were an idiot. "I watched someone who looked and talked exactly like me clearly want to eat my friends—or, at least, you guys." He stuck out his tongue, swivelling to direct the insult to everyone equally. "Even if I don't remember it first-person, it was still all kinds of messed up."

Hazō nodded, raising a hand in surrender. "Okay, fair. Still, working with him is the only way we're going to be able to exert any kind of moderating influence, or—"

"Moderating influence?!" Noburi yelped. "Dude, are you out of your fucking mind? He's not going to listen to a damn word anyone says. Why should he? Who's going to stop him? Tsunade's all fucked up and may not even be in town, Naruto's fucked up and not good enough—no offense, man—"

"Some taken."

Noburi brushed the issue aside with an apologetically dismissive wave. (It was a gesture that contained multitudes.) "Look, you're really good, but he's better and you know it. He's three times your age; he's had more time to study and practice, to think up tricks and learn stuff. His entire focus is on survival; you heard what Captain Minori said about the Battle of the Gods. Orochimaru got cut in fucking half and didn't even really notice."

"He did get killed at the last," Keiko noted. She paused. "Probably. It seems likely that he was in fact killed and then resurrected with the rest of Akatsuki."

"Are you sure?" Noburi demanded. "Because I'm not. Captain Minori said that seven figures got resurrected and walked off. Uchiha, Hoshigake, Hidan, Deidara, Sasori, Konan, Kakuzu. Notice the absence of the name 'Orochimaru'? Odds on that he came back to life on his own after the battle."

"He could have reverse-summoned himself before being killed," Akane put in, her voice containing a notable absence of youthful certainty.

"Sure," Noburi said. "Doesn't sound like it, though. There were a bunch of snakes still crawling across the field until they got blown up. They were either some weird form of body shifting, or they were a chakra construct like clones, or they were summons from the Seventh Path. In those last two cases, wouldn't they have popped when their creator left this Path? Because it sounds to me like those snakes were Orochimaru, they got killed, and he came back to life after everyone else had left the island."

"Regardless," Hazō said loudly. "We still need to work with him. If nothing else, we want to keep one eye on his research. If he's working on some kind of paralysis-plague, wouldn't it be better to know before he releases it?"

Uncomfortable silence reigned.

Mari sighed in defeat. "I suppose," she said. "For the record, I have done a classified but very high number of seduction missions, too many of which required me to get into the bed of someone that I found personally revolting. I have had guys want me to act like a little girl, or tell me to take a very cold bath and then lie still. I have had men call me every filthy name you can imagine while they were pounding into me. I have pretended to be enthusiastic about a lot of disturbingly weird stuff, because that was the mission. I have never in my life felt so unclean, so utterly degraded and objectified, as when Orochimaru casually studied me for five seconds while I was mopping up his office. After we finish here I am going to take a bath and scrub off three layers of skin so I can hopefully feel clean again." She shuddered. "He never glanced at my tits or my ass, and I'm confident he wasn't thinking about fucking me; I can't even make my brain picture what he might have been imagining, because I start to shake every time I do." She slammed back the mug of mostly-cooled sake that had been sitting untouched in front of her, then pulled a hot bottle out of a storage seal and poured most of it down her throat in one go. She set the bottle down carefully and lay her hand casually back in her lap.

Hazō swallowed a lump of fear/anger/guilt/something at the slight tremor in Mari's fingers that she had not managed to conceal in time.

"Let's wrap this up as soon as we can," Hazō said. "Keiko, thank you for agreeing to put everyone up at the Nara compound."

"It was the obvious solution. Many of the civilians will need to stay in storage facilities or field shelters, but they will at least have a roof and bedding, since Orochimaru allowed them to bring their possessions." She smiled very slightly. "They definitely would not have fit on the Uzumaki 'estate'."

Naruto Bodybagger, on sentry duty beside the door, glanced over his shoulder at her. "Let it go, Scary Sis," he grumbled. "It was just Mom and Dad, okay? No other Uzumaki or Namikaze, so they didn't need more than a house. There were plans to adopt people, get an estate, start rebuilding the clans, but both Mom and Dad came down with a really bad case of dead before that could happen."

"Oy!" growled the clone next to him, smacking him upside the head. "Eyes on your sector, numbnuts! You and I are on the door, Prime is on the meatbag convo."

"My apologies," Keiko said, nodding to Naruto Bodybagger and then to Prime. "My attempt at levity was ill-chosen. I did not intend to offer hurt."

Prime waved her apology aside. "It's fine," he said. "You're not the first, or even the fifty-first, to be surprised that I just have a little house instead of a big fancy clan compound." He shrugged. "It's just easier, you know? I can keep it clean myselves without having to hire a ton of servants."

"Can but don't, apparently," Noburi said with a grin.

"It's clean! I just...wasn't ready for houseguests."

"Do tell?" Noburi asked, eyebrows raised. "The remains of wild drunken debauchery everywhere? Or maybe you had a desperate need to get the women's undergarments stuffed back into your closet before we guessed your terrible secret?"

Naruto shifted nervously. "Nothing like that," he mumbled. "Just...you know, stuff. And the guest rooms aren't made up, so three of me are on that." He gestured around the table. "You know it's going to be pretty tight, right? Two guestrooms, but they're designed for either a singleton or a couple who are sleeping together."

"It's fine," Kagome-sensei said. "We've slept in tight spaces plenty of times. I've still got my bedroll, so I'll take the floor."

"Back on topic," Hazō said, desperately trying to save the focus, "I'm glad that the civilians and the 'branch family' ninja are taken care of. Keiko, you said that Shikamaru would give us a week to find alternate arrangements, right?"

She nodded. "Indeed. I apologize for his unwillingness to shelter the team as well, but that would be too far for the current political environment. Sheltering the civilians is obviously not relevant to any other clan, and sheltering the clanless ninja is not a strong political statement; simply because they were renting dwellings on the Gōketsu land and attending parties there does not make them Gōketsu. Sheltering the five of you would destroy the illusion of political distance he has been trying to build." She reached into her jacket and pulled out a storage seal, from which emerged a heavy sack that jingled as she gestured with it. "He wasn't sure how much liquidity we would have available, so he provided this to tide you all over. It's a hundred thousand ryō; it should be more than enough to cover expenses until you can find something." She looked away, clearly uncomfortable and guilty, then stretched across the table so she could set it in front of Hazō.

"Thank him for me," Hazō said, studying the pouch.

Keiko ducked her head. "Of course. There is...there is no need to pay it back. Nor are there obligations. It is not a gift, it is a...repayment of a debt that Shikamaru feels he incurred to Hazō during the Chūnin Exams."

Hazō looked up, frowning. "A debt?"

"Yes," Keiko said. "A debt. Which has now been discharged."

"But—"

"It's an imaginary debt that exists so that the money is neither charity nor a loan," Mari said impatiently. "This way there's no obligation on our side. Can we move on?"

Hazō blushed to his hairline. "Right. Um...okay, the civilians and the other ninja are taken care of for now. Keiko, Furiko should be done checking on the taxidermist and back at the Nara compound when you get home. Have her come over to Naruto's place and give us the word, okay?"

"Of course."

"Hopefully there isn't actually a horrific face-melting chakra plague spreading through Leaf," Noburi grumbled.

"Okay," Hazō said. "Noburi, I'd like you to take a couple of Narutos—if that's okay with you, Naruto—and go track down Lady Tsunade—check the hospital, the Tower, wherever else you can think of. We need to know about Orochimaru's personality, his history, and his motivations. What is he likely to do next? Is he actually a threat to us? Whatever she's willing to say."

Noburi grimaced. "I mean, I'll go, but I'm not sure she's even still in Leaf. She was talking about heading out to get back to work, and I haven't had a chance to check if she left yet."

"There might be other sources," Mari noted. "Kabuto was his apprentice and prime assistant. Anko worked with him for a bit, although I don't know the details. There are others around who were active before he went missing. I'll ask around."

"Thanks." Hazō said. He blew out a tired breath, thought for a moment, then nodded. "I think that's everything. Orochimaru is not becoming a Gōketsu, and certainly not becoming the Gōketsu Clan Head. We do want to work with him, although very carefully, just so that we can try to keep an eye on what he's doing and make sure we aren't blindsided. Mari, I'll keep you away from him."

"It's fine," she said. "There's nothing about me that he finds interesting, so I may actually be less at risk from him than the rest of you would be." She gestured around the table. "Three bloodlines, a sealmaster, and a girl who is a lot stronger and tougher than her age mates."

"Uh...yes, well, good thought. Anyway, I think that covers everything. Naruto, it's getting late. Are the rooms ready yet?"

"Let me check. Multiple Shadow Clone!" A Naruto appeared and then immediately disappeared. A few seconds later, Naruto Prime nodded. "Yes, they're just wrapping up. Should be ready by the time we get there. Mari, I told them to draw you a hot bath."

The redhead gave him a megawatt smile. "You are my favorite dimple-cheeked blond jinchūriki, Naruto. Thank you."

"How many dimple-cheeked blond jinchūriki do you know?" Naruto Windripper asked, not looking away from the wall he was guarding in case a snake-mounted Sannin came bursting through.

"Don't answer that," Naruto Prime hurried to add. "Windripper, let's just take the compliment, okay?" He pushed his chair back and stood up. "C'mon, it's been a long day and I'd like to bag some Zs."

"You guys go on ahead," Hazō said. "Keiko, hang back a second? I had a weird experience that I want to ask you about privately."

"You want me to leave a couple mes outside the door?" asked Naruto Prime.

"Thanks," Hazō said, smiling gratefully. "That would be great. This shouldn't take long. We'll catch up in a few minutes."

There was some discussion and mild disagreement, but eventually everyone agreed that allowing Hazō to travel on his own with only a pair of Naruto clones for protection probably would not end up with him strapped to a vivisection table while insane biosealmasters put lupchanzen in his orifices. Hopefully. Regardless, 'good evening's were said and ways were parted, leaving Hazō and Keiko alone in the room.

"This sounds ominous," Keiko said.

"Not a bad word for it," Hazō replied. "Let me tell you what happened when I looked at your Summoning Scroll..."

o-o-o-o​

Keiko paced back and forth across the function room, her body language alert but her eyes staring somewhere into the distance. Hazō had narrated his experiences to the best of his ability, punctuated by Keiko's regular "You did WHAT?!" and "Why would you do that to yourself?!"

Finally, as if having covered the preliminary pacing distance necessary to discuss difficult subjects, Keiko stopped to look directly at him. "You attempted to directly interface your consciousness with a mystical artefact whose function and basic principles of construction are not understood after a thousand years of constant use, which requires extensive training to utilise, and which interacts with space and time in a fashion completely different to any other seal ever, while being a skilled sealmaster."

"That would be one way of putting it, yes."

"Hazō, that you still retain some passing resemblance to sanity after direct exposure is a miracle equal in scope to the continued existence of the human race. You exposed your unprotected mind to the alien truth of the universe, an action akin to diving into the caldera of an active volcano as a recreational activity while shouting, "The fire kami are worthless scum, and magma-dwelling chakra beasts doubly so!"

"Fine," he said, "I do suicidal things for fun every day. As you pointed out, I'm a sealmaster. Can you help me?"

Keiko sighed.

"First, the optimal course of action would be to cast you into said caldera, ideally somewhere very far from civilisation. Your actions were on the level of a mind-affecting sealing failure. Your mind now periodically decouples itself from human thought, a state of being that is liable to give rise to unpredictable activities that may place those around you in direct danger. You are receiving visions of what may be the future, or communications from an external agent which could with equal ease be interested in your welfare, your suffering, or any number of goals orthogonal to your own—or they could merely be delusions which express some profoundly dubious information concerning your mental state.

"For the record, incidentally, if you take any hostile action towards Ami on the scale implied in your visions, I will use any and all means at my disposal to protect her, which will likely include your complete and utter destruction. Nothing personal."

"...duly noted."

"Next on the infinite list of your concerns which I lack the lifespan to fully enumerate—especially given that I, as a summoner, can be expected to be sent to the front lines in the coming war—is the possibility of possession. You yourself have described the experience of seemingly returning from a variety of possible futures, many of which contained versions of yourself with terrifyingly warped visions of morality, or other properties inimical to your loved ones and/or the world. There is no reason to believe that any such do not continue to lurk within the deeper layers of your mind, awaiting only a suitable trigger to emerge and consume what you naively believe to be a consistent and resilient consciousness."

"So, volcanic caldera, huh?"

Keiko nodded. "I would recommend it," she said in what he could only hope was S-rank deadpan.

"And supposing I want a less extreme option?" Hazō asked.

"Brief the rest of the clan if you have not already done so. Instruct them to observe your behaviour at all times, and regularly seek reports on your mental state, so as to notice any changes which may seem natural to you as the subject. If you are at all uncertain whether your judgement has been impaired, err on the side of inaction and seek immediate aid from someone you trust. Failing that, isolate yourself until you feel more stable.

"Oh, also, attempting to weaponise the very forces that shape this world on a level far beyond your conception is sheer insanity. Every time you 'brush against it', you are offering a connection to your mind to forces you are literally incapable of understanding. It is for this very reason that summoners are not taught, and indeed do not attempt to develop, any further art derived from summoning, despite the potential inherent in being able to breach the gap between worlds at will."

Hazō frowned. "I could have sworn that at some point you mentioned using a light touch to manage your emotions with the Frozen Skein."

"Did I? That was not intentional, I assure you, and may now be placed on the list of 'knowledge forbidden to Hazō lest he attempt to exploit it in unpredictable ways and bring equally unpredictable doom unto us all', a list informally created by Kagome but, it would appear, in desperate need of formalisation."

"Still, Keiko, everything you've told me makes the Frozen Skein sound like the closest anyone else has had to this experience. Can't you offer my any insight based on that?"

"Indeed," Keiko said impatiently. "I am most keen to draw parallels with a sophisticated process founded in a Bloodline Limit optimised for the purpose, and utilised in accordance with teachings passed down and expanded for countless generations, taught to every Mori child from the noteworthily early age when they begin to comprehend complex concepts, on the one hand, and your blind fumbling through powers far beyond your comprehension, on the other."

Hazō couldn't help but seize on a single detail.

"The Frozen Skein has a purpose? As opposed to being a gift from the Sage of Six Paths, or a blessing randomly bestowed on a bloodline by the ancestors or the ancient spirits or the Will of Fire or whatever?"

"Pay it no mind," Keiko said. "What need concern you is that attempting to interface with inimical entities of terrible power requires certain vital preparations, including means to contact the relevant entity and only the relevant entity, and to have defences in place that have been optimised against that particular entity. Compare, if you will, the hopefully-fictional tales of summoning a demon of the Asura Path by calling on its true name while protected by a flawless magic circle. Summoning the wrong asura would surely end in the magician's demise, as would the tiniest flaw in the design or implementation of the circle.

"In that context, you are opening the Akatsuki Children's Dictionary of Asura Names to pages determined by random die roll, and reading those entire pages out loud while drawing fractal patterns on the ground because you find them aesthetically appealing.

"To summarise briefly, are you familiar with the expression 'do not call up that which you cannot pull down?' Hazō, you have called up the universe."

"So all in all, you think I am stupid and/or crazy, and definitely doomed."

Keiko nodded curtly. "You may also have potentially doomed the rest of us, but as this is only a slight change to my overall view of the world, I am less moved by it than I might be.

"With these facts concerning your thought patterns, behaviour, and consequences thereof fully established, I do not deny a certain level of commiseration with your condition. The training required by the Frozen Skein is brutally demanding, insofar as the consequences of failure are cataclysmic for the individual—in a more immediate sense than what you have unleashed upon yourself. Your pursuit of absolute mental discipline, which you will require, must be equally demanding, albeit without a qualified instructor."

"What about you?"

Keiko looked at him impatiently. "How many times have I repeated this over the last two years? I am a Mori genin. I was kidnapped for this thrilling adventure mere months after graduating the Academy. There are any number of levels on which my psychological survival is a miracle no lesser than the physical, and rest assured, a fragile psyche begs to be devoured by the stresses you will now experience alongside me."

Because Keiko's psyche was in no way fragile when they first met her.

"But I do understand the stresses. Do not attempt to call on these powers at all, if powers they be, and if you do, be certain to focus on some key element of your identity that is antagonistic to them. In the face of helplessness, focus on what you have the will and power to achieve, however small. In the face of apathy, recall what sets your heart aflame, however irrational. In the face of ruthless curiosity, perhaps the greatest of your many vices, and the one most likely to manifest when faced with the unknown and the unknowable, ground yourself in what remains undone in the world that already is. Above all, accept for free this lesson that was hard-earned: do not allow yourself to be alone. Though you may leave your humanity behind to journey into the darkness, that humanity remains real, for others to acknowledge or even to embrace. Strange and unnatural though the idea may be, comprehension is not required for acceptance.

"That said," she added finally, "it has its benefits. If the stress ever proves excessive, and you continue to disregard the caldera option, come to me. I am the second most qualified person in Leaf to support you through this horror that you have inflicted upon yourself."





XP AWARD: 1

Brevity XP: 1

Author's Note:
The second scene, the one in which Keiko and Hazō talk privately, was written by @Velorien. Thanks, amigo.

It is now about 1am.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, November 6, 2019, at 12pm London time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 299: A Threatening Plan

They were in Casa Uzumaki, a relatively small house (at least relative to the size of the Gōketsu Orochimaru compound), sitting in the most plush armchairs ever to be upholstered by the hand of man, sipping a variety of drinks served cheerfully by their thoughtful hosts. As someone who'd got very little sleep last night, courtesy of everyone's favourite uncle, Hazō would have been sagging into his seat—were he not in the middle of an adrenaline-driven tour de force. This, yes, this declaration marked the day when the status quo of the Gōketsu Clan would shift dramatically and permanently.

"…obviously," Hazō said animatedly, watching his audience cling to his every word, "he could just say that Orochimaru will have no problem making us test subjects, just like anyone else. But if he does—"

"Stop." Naruto held up his hand. There was no trace of his usual playfulness in his eyes. "I've heard enough."

"Then… you get it?" Hazō asked warily. To be sure, this was a serious discussion, and he was glad that Naruto appreciated it, but somehow the interruption didn't feel like a "you don't need to explain this any further because I understand" interruption. Yet again, Hazō wished spoken language made sense the way Nara hand signals did.

"I get it," Naruto said. "You want to march into Dickhead's office, threaten him to his face, and tell him you'll get Orochimaru to kill him if he doesn't give you what he wants. And you want me to loom over his shoulder while you talk. That about sum it up?"

"You don't have to make it sound like—"

"Shut the fuck up!" Naruto yelled out of nowhere, leaping out of his seat. "You do not get to weasel out of this! There is no 'charitable interpretation' for what you just said. Jiraiya made you family, even though missing-nin are disgusting criminals who don't even have the decency to die after they betray their village. He took a chance on you. So when I met you in that hospital room a few weeks back, I decided that if he cared about you that much, maybe I should take a chance on you too.

"But this? Inviting me to commit fucking treason? Not just plotting it, but expecting me to go along without a second thought? You're everything Dickhead says you are."

"I know what Hazō's saying sounds extreme," Mari said carefully, "but I think that's a case of miscommunication. What he's trying to say is—"

"No," Naruto cut her off, the fire in his voice freezing instantly. "You do not get to charm your way out of this. He said straight out, and I quote, 'I would be willing to go pretty damn far to make sure Orochimaru goes for a promotion.'

"You were Jiraiya's family, and that's the only reason I'm going to forget I ever heard any of this, instead of going straight to Dickhead like a loyal ninja. But let me make this clear."

Naruto shifted his half-lowered hand into a familiar cupping position.

"If you ever try to pull this shit for real, I swear on my father's ashes I'll Rasengan you myself.

"Now get out of my house, Gōketsu."

-o-​

The hastily-erected maximum security discussion space out in the woods wasn't quite as comfortable as the Uzumaki home, but the clan had agreed without a single word that this was not a matter for temporary lodgings at the Nara compound, much less some random inn or other publicly-accessible location.

"So I guess Naruto not being on board will mean some changes to the plan," Hazō said uneasily to the five sets of death stares (well, four, plus Akane's "I still love you, but I'm very disappointed in you" look). "Should we postpone this until Tsunade's back in Leaf, or do you think it can still pass with major corrections?"

"Hazō," Mari said, "I don't know how to break this to you gently, so I won't. This is the worst plan you've come up with since I first met you back at Mako's. It's worse than the plan which landed us in the killbox with Jiraiya wondering how he'd get the stains out of his haori. How did you not learn from that? Blackmailing Hyūga gets you laughed out of his office at best, pulled up before the Clan Council at worst. Threatening the life of the Hokage is grounds for immediate execution.

"I'm not even going to go into the part where it was an abysmal negotiation proposal. You thought he was going to accede to those demands in exchange for practically nothing in return? Framed as a threat?

"Hazō, you came up with a plan that would end the Gōketsu."

While Hazō was still reeling, Kagome-sensei spoke up in a low, melancholy voice.

"You were supposed to protect our family. I can protect us from attackers, and thieves and spies and saboteurs, and ravenous abominations with too many wings, but I know I'm no good at talking to people. You're supposed to do the talking, you and Mari. You're supposed to protect us where I can't. I thought I could trust you to watch our backs while I'm watching our front."

Hazō froze for a full two seconds before recovering. "You don't understand. This is my way of protecting my family. Hyūga is a threat. I could have eliminated that threat, and got the concessions we needed, just by laying out the facts of how things are. Aggressively, sure, but that's just a negotiation strategy. You know we wouldn't have got anywhere if we didn't show we were willing to play hardball."

Mari sighed. "Playing hardball. With the Hokage. Our biggest threat whose name doesn't begin with 'o' and end with 'rochimaru'. Hazō, kids, Kagome, maybe I wasn't clear before when I said he couldn't afford to escalate too far. Sure, he's the weakest Hokage in history, and he's got a shaky mandate which he has to work his ass off to reinforce. He can't just declare us feebly-undercover Mist operatives and sic ANBU on us, no matter how much he wants to. I reckon the Third could have, if we pushed him.

"But that's conditional on exactly two things. First, he can't afford to spend the political capital to crush us. We've got enemies, but we've also got friends, or at least people who'd rather see us alive than dead, and who will stand up for us if push comes to shove. That's the reason for our political survival, and the game I've been playing since Day One.

"Second, he knows he needs us for the war. Leaf is in an all-hands-on-deck situation, and he can't afford to chuck us overboard if he wants to survive the storm. That's the reason for our physical survival, and why none of us are going to have unfortunate accidents even though our worst enemy is a clan that always knows where we are, knows exactly when we let our guard down, and can instantly scan the area for witnesses. As well as, y'know, having the freaking Hokage for cover-ups.

"Now, tell me what happens if he decides that the desire to commit high treason outweighs our military value. Then, assuming we're still alive at that point, tell me what happens when he informs the rest of the clans."

Noburi winced. "…and we've just lost Naruto. That one we all screwed up on, but I'm willing to own it, because keeping track of this kind of thing is my job. Hazō makes the decisions, Keiko makes sure they're not stupid, Mari implements them, Kagome keeps us safe, and Akane makes sure we're sane. I'm supposed to be the people person, especially now that Mari's pouring all her energy into the big-picture stuff, but I completely missed the 'casual acquaintances versus fourteen years of conventional Leaf life' angle. I should have taken the time to get to know him, not just what he could do for us."

Hazō nodded. "Yeah, I don't know what I was thinking there. But then again, ever since we got back from the Chūnin Exam, it's been one crisis after another. There haven't been that many opportunities to just hang out."

"I think… maybe we're forgetting how to do that," Akane said softly. "It didn't occur to any of us to just sit down and take time to recuperate instead of exploring the Basement. I can't remember a time when one of our gaming nights wasn't a political tool. I know we're all under a lot of pressure, but if this is what happens when the stress gets too much, then maybe we need to slow down. I don't want to lose anyone else."

Part of Hazō wanted to argue—in fact, a very large part—but he stopped in internal shock when he realised he didn't even know which person she meant, and in what sense. Since becoming the Gōketsu Clan, they'd accumulated too many options.

"Without intending to challenge your comment, with which I can empathise as one who spends her time here supporting one overburdened clan head, only to return home to do the same for another, I believe the situation is much more grave than you presently believe."

"More grave?" Mari asked in an unsuccessful attempt at mock horror. "You mean Hyūga is marrying Ami?"

"I believe she is still at the compound, hopefully negotiating with Orochimaru," Keiko said neutrally, "though to what end I cannot guess. The fact that my sister is alone with someone potentially prepared to kill her at any moment, with no need for justification, does nothing to support my present mental state.

"Hazō has not, I believe, had time to explain to you that, after absorbing part of the summoning scroll, his mind has now become a gate to the forbidden realms beyond the reality we know and can survive, and that he could at any time become warped beyond recognition by their influence—or worse, be influenced so subtly that none of us realise the extent to which he has fallen until we find ourselves pulled into the abyss alongside him."

"I have it under control," Hazō said. "I think. At any rate, I haven't experienced anything that makes me think I'm going to be a danger to other people. Just some… mental weirdness, and at one point I found it was actually helpful."

A deathly silence permeated the dome, but not for long, as Kagome-sensei let out a groan that would shame the most despairing of the dead.

"This is a sealing failure, isn't it? The other kind. And now you're going to be possessed by one of the Thousand Masks, or get addicted to live cabbage, or start developing rituals to create stable portals to the Out, or start remembering things that never existed anymore, or decide you have magic powers and start going out looking for contracts with sapient chakra beasts…"

"Kagome," Mari interrupted, "I think we get the idea. You're saying that the reason Hazō went mad and tried to destroy the clan was because his mind has been corrupted by some sort of terrible supernatural force. Is there a cure?"

"Hah," Kagome-sensei barked. "A cure would mean we had any idea what was going on in his head. At least with lupchanzen, everyone knows how they work.

"If the other sealmasters decide that one of us has been possessed," he added miserably, "there's only one thing we can do for him."

Keiko nodded. "The volcanic caldera."

The deathly silence returned, if with a touch of confusion.

"Tell me you're not taking this seriously," Hazō said. "I'm fine. I wrote this plan—I'll admit it, there's a written version, which I promise I have on me now and am going to eat—while being of sound mind and body. I know that might not come across as very encouraging in and of itself, but it's no cause to overreact."

"Kagome," Mari said, ignoring him, "just now, him thinking to check in with me and Naruto first is the only reason we're still alive. What are our non-lethal options?"

"If we want to be sure," Kagome-sensei said, "then we keep him under house arrest—a proper house, not like that sieve of a compound—and have someone watching him at all times. Anybody else, it would be a locked cell, but Hazō is family, and he was one of the best of us."

"Now wait just a damn minute!" Hazō exclaimed.

"Problematic," Keiko said. "We do not currently possess a suitably secure domicile. Even if we are successful in securing the Shimura compound, or one of equal value, escape-proofing it would take time. We would also be unable to safely receive visitors, though this would be mitigated by said compound's inconvenient location."

"I am not going under house arrest!" Hazō said fiercely. "This isn't funny. I have an endless list of things to do, I have to represent us as the clan head, and above all, I'm fine. I will not have you treating me as some kind of serial killer in the making. You can consider that an order."

"Obviously," Mari agreed. "None of us would actually betray your trust like that. I just wanted to get the worst-case scenario out of the way. Hazō, we're not worried about you, we're worried for you. If you're under the kind of alien influence that makes you want to destroy the clan without even realising it, then we need to be there to support you—just like we were today, when we made sure you didn't go ahead with the plan.

"We've already ruled out murder. We'd never do that to one of our own. And you're right that house arrest is too extreme. It shows a lack of trust, and it's offensive to your dignity as a human being. It also means you can't work to advance Uplift, and I think that matters most.

"What about this? Just for now, until Kagome gives the all-clear, you two can go somewhere secure, and catch up on that huge sealing research backlog while the rest of us keep things running here in Leaf. Whenever there's something that needs instructions from you, we'll let you know and you can send a message back. That way you can be active in Leaf without having to interrupt your research.

"Or, if you would rather focus on face-to-face politics than sealing, we can just take care that one of us is always available in case you have another episode. Then, no matter how bad things get, we can make sure you're safe, and that you won't do anything dangerous or misguided because your mind's temporarily being influenced from Outside."

"It goes without saying that I'll back up my bro whatever it takes," Noburi said.

Akane met Hazō's eyes. "I will always be here for you, no matter what you decide."

Keiko and Kagome exchanged unreadable looks, and nodded to each other.

Mari smiled at Hazō reassuringly. "Make your decision, Hazō. We'll support you all the way."

-o-​

You have received 0 XP.

-o-​

There has not yet been time for the "Other" part of the plan.

-o-​

What do you do?

Voting closes Saturday 9th of November, 9 a.m. New York Time.
 
Last edited:
Back
Top